-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----
Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR
Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov
Originator-Key-Asymmetric:
 MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen
 TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB
MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA,
 Mm69Raxtq0NbSPbIKS7umkk25kVkB1TUF+Rj54OYgvqIubllUXF41G5vKnET8My1
 5P8B6OFA0WlnX95ZWcGnWA==

<SEC-DOCUMENT>0000021344-03-000031.txt : 20030326
<SEC-HEADER>0000021344-03-000031.hdr.sgml : 20030325
<ACCEPTANCE-DATETIME>20030326153325
ACCESSION NUMBER:		0000021344-03-000031
CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE:	10-K
PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT:		17
CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT:	20021231
FILED AS OF DATE:		20030326

FILER:

	COMPANY DATA:	
		COMPANY CONFORMED NAME:			COCA COLA CO
		CENTRAL INDEX KEY:			0000021344
		STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION:	BEVERAGES [2080]
		IRS NUMBER:				580628465
		STATE OF INCORPORATION:			DE
		FISCAL YEAR END:			1231

	FILING VALUES:
		FORM TYPE:		10-K
		SEC ACT:		1934 Act
		SEC FILE NUMBER:	001-02217
		FILM NUMBER:		03618266

	BUSINESS ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		ONE COCA COLA PLAZA
		CITY:			ATLANTA
		STATE:			GA
		ZIP:			30313
		BUSINESS PHONE:		4046762121

	MAIL ADDRESS:	
		STREET 1:		ONE COCA COLA PLAZA
		ZIP:			30313
</SEC-HEADER>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>10-K
<SEQUENCE>1
<FILENAME>kok03.txt
<DESCRIPTION>2002 10-K OF THE COCA-COLA COMPANY ("KO")
<TEXT>
================================================================================
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM 10-K
             [ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002
                                       OR
            [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                     For the transition period from      to
                           Commission File No. 1-2217

                              THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

               DELAWARE                                    58-0628465
    (State or other jurisdiction of                      (IRS Employer
      incorporation or organization)                   Identification No.)

           One Coca-Cola Plaza                               30313
             Atlanta, Georgia                              (Zip Code)
  (Address of principal executive offices)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (404) 676-2121

          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


                                                   Name of each exchange on
      Title of each class                              which registered
      -------------------                          ------------------------
  COMMON STOCK, $.25 PAR VALUE                      NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE

Securities registered  pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:   None


Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for
the past 90 days.

                        Yes   X          No
                            ----            ----

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation  S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,  to the
best of Registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. X
             ----

Indicate  by check mark  whether  the  Registrant  is an  accelerated  filer (as
defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).

                        Yes   X            No
                            ----              ----

The aggregate  market value of the common equity held by  non-affiliates  of the
Registrant  (assuming  for  these  purposes,  but  without  conceding,  that all
executive  officers and Directors are "affiliates" of the Registrant) as of June
28, 2002,  the last business day of the  Registrant's  most  recently  completed
second fiscal quarter, was $121,210,276,488  (based on the closing sale price of
the  Registrant's  Common  Stock on that date as  reported on the New York Stock
Exchange).

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's Common Stock as of February
21, 2003, was 2,471,045,132.


                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the  Company's  Annual  Report to Share  Owners  for the year ended
December 31, 2002, are incorporated by reference in Parts I, II and IV.

Portions of the Company's Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Share Owners
to be held on April 16, 2003, are incorporated by reference in Part III.

================================================================================
<PAGE>

                                     PART I
                                     ------

ITEM 1. BUSINESS
- ----------------

     The Coca-Cola Company is the largest manufacturer, distributor and marketer
of nonalcoholic beverage concentrates and syrups in the world. Finished beverage
products  bearing our trademarks,  sold in the United States since 1886, are now
sold in more than 200 countries  and include the leading soft drink  products in
most of these  countries.  When used in this report,  the terms "Company," "we,"
"us" or "our" mean The Coca-Cola Company and its divisions and subsidiaries.

     Our business is nonalcoholic  beverages -- principally  soft drinks (1) but
also  a  variety  of  noncarbonated   beverages.(2)   We  manufacture   beverage
concentrates and syrups,  as well as some finished  beverages,  which we sell to
bottling and canning  operations,  distributors,  fountain  wholesalers and some
fountain  retailers.  We also market and distribute  juices and juice drinks and
certain water  products.  In addition,  we have ownership  interests in numerous
bottling and canning operations.

     We were incorporated in September 1919 under the laws of the State of
Delaware and succeeded to the business of a Georgia corporation with the same
name that had been organized in 1892.

     Our Company is one of numerous competitors in the commercial beverages
market. Of the approximately 50 billion beverage servings of all types consumed
worldwide every day, beverages bearing our trademarks ("Company Trademark
Beverages") account for more than 1.2 billion.

     We believe that our success depends on our ability to connect with
consumers by creating brands they love. It further depends on the capacity of
our people, together with our bottling partners, to find new and appealing ways
to deliver those brands to thirsty people everywhere. Our Company has adopted an
approach to its business that is based on the following strategic priorities:

     - Accelerate carbonated soft-drink growth, led by Coca-Cola
     - Selectively broaden our family of beverage brands to drive profitable
       growth
     - Grow system profitability and capability together with our bottling
       partners
     - Serve customers with creativity and consistency to generate growth across
       all channels
     - Direct investments to highest-potential areas across markets
     - Drive efficiency and cost effectiveness everywhere

     The Company's operating structure includes the following operating
segments, the first five of which are also sometimes referred to as strategic
business units:

     - North America
     - Africa
     - Europe, Eurasia and Middle East
     - Latin America
     - Asia
     - Corporate

This structure is the basis for our Company's internal financial reporting.  The
North  America  segment  includes  the United  States,  Canada and Puerto  Rico.
Effective January 1, 2001, the Company's operating segments were

- ------------------

(1)  As used  in this  report,  the  term  "soft  drinks"  means  nonalcoholic
carbonated  beverages  containing  flavorings and sweeteners,  excluding waters,
flavored waters and carbonated or noncarbonated teas, coffees and sports drinks.

(2)  As  used  in  this  report,  the  term  "noncarbonated  beverages"  means
nonalcoholic  noncarbonated beverages including,  but not limited to, waters and
flavored waters, juices and juice-based  beverages,  sports drinks, and teas and
coffees.

                                       1

<PAGE>




geographically  reconfigured and renamed. At that time, Puerto Rico was added to
the North  America  segment  from the Latin  America  segment.  The Middle  East
Division was added to the Europe and Eurasia segment,  which changed its name to
the Europe,  Eurasia and Middle East segment.  At the same time,  the Africa and
Middle East segment,  less the  reclassified  Middle East Division,  changed its
name to the Africa  segment.  During the first quarter of 2001, the Asia Pacific
segment was  renamed the Asia  segment.  During the first  quarter of 2002,  the
Egypt Region was reclassified  from the Europe,  Eurasia and Middle East segment
to the Africa segment.

     At the date of this report,  the heads of the strategic  business units are
as follows:  Alexander B. Cummings, Jr. (Africa), Mary E. Minnick (Asia), A.R.C.
"Sandy"  Allan  (Europe,  Eurasia and Middle  East),  Jose Octavio  Reyes (Latin
America) and Jeffrey T. Dunn (North America). See "Item X. -- Executive Officers
of the Company." The heads of the strategic  business  units report to Steven J.
Heyer,  President and Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company.  Steven J. Heyer
reports  to  Douglas  N.  Daft,  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company.

     Except to the  extent  that  differences  between  operating  segments  are
material to an  understanding  of our business taken as a whole, the description
of our business in this report is presented on a consolidated basis.

     In the following  table,  prior period  amounts have been  reclassified  to
conform to the current  period  presentation.  Information  about our  Company's
operations  for the years ended  December 31, 2002,  2001 and 2000, by operating
segment, is as follows (in millions):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               North                 Europe, Eurasia       Latin
                              America     Africa     and Middle East      America      Asia      Corporate     Consolidated
                              -------     ------     ---------------      -------      ----      ---------     ------------
<S>                           <C>         <C>           <C>               <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>
Net operating revenues
         2002                 $ 6,264     $ 684         $ 5,262           $ 2,089    $ 5,054      $  211         $ 19,564
         2001                   5,729       633           3,961             2,181      4,861         180           17,545
         2000                   5,679       624           3,929             2,024      4,949         149           17,354

Operating income
         2002                   1,494       224           1,612             1,033      1,820        (725)           5,458
         2001                   1,480       276           1,461             1,094      1,763        (722)           5,352
         2000                   1,409       164           1,310               908        956      (1,056)           3,691

Income before income taxes
 and cumulative effect
 of accounting change

         2002                  1,515        187           1,540             1,081      1,848        (672)           5,499
         2001                  1,472        262           1,413             1,279      1,808        (564)           5,670
         2000                  1,413        134           1,406               859        651      (1,064)           3,399


</TABLE>



For additional financial information about our operating segments and geographic
areas, see Notes 1 and 20 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, set forth on
pages 77-81 and 104-106,  respectively, of our Annual Report to Share Owners for
the year ended December 31, 2002, incorporated herein by reference.

     Our Company  manufactures and sells soft drink and  noncarbonated  beverage
concentrates  (sometimes  referred to as beverage  bases) and syrups,  including
fountain  syrups.  We also  manufacture and sell some finished  beverages,  both
carbonated and noncarbonated,  including certain juice and juice-drink  products
and water products.

     Syrups are composed of sweetener, water and flavoring concentrate.  We sell
the  concentrates  and syrups for bottled  and canned  beverages  to  authorized
bottling and canning operations. In addition to concentrates and syrups for soft
drink products and flavored noncarbonated  beverages,  we also sell concentrates
for purified water products such as Dasani to authorized bottling operations.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     The bottlers or canners of  soft-drink  products  either  combine the syrup
with  carbonated  water or combine the  concentrate  with  sweetener,  water and
carbonated water to produce  finished soft drinks.  The finished soft drinks are
packaged  in  authorized  containers  bearing  our  trademarks  -- such as cans,
refillable and non-refillable  glass and plastic bottles -- and are then sold to
retailers or, in some cases,  wholesalers.  Principally in the United States, we
manufacture  fountain syrups and sell these to authorized  fountain  wholesalers
and some  fountain  retailers.  (Outside  the  United  States,  fountain  syrups
typically are manufactured by authorized bottlers from concentrates sold to them
by the Company.) Authorized fountain  wholesalers  (including certain authorized
bottlers) sell fountain syrups to fountain retailers. The fountain retailers use
dispensing  equipment to mix the syrup with  carbonated  or still water and then
sell  finished soft drinks or  noncarbonated  beverages to consumers in cups and
glasses.

     Finished beverages  manufactured by us comprise a variety of carbonated and
noncarbonated  beverages.  Most of these  finished  beverages  are sold by us to
authorized  bottlers  or  distributors,  who in  turn  sell  these  products  to
retailers or, in some cases, wholesalers. Both directly and through a network of
business partners,  including certain Coca-Cola  bottlers,  Company-manufactured
juice and  juice-drink  products  and certain  water  products are sold by us to
retailers and wholesalers in the United States and numerous other countries.

     The  Company's  beverage  products  include  bottled  and canned  beverages
produced by independent and Company-owned  bottling and canning  operations,  as
well as concentrates,  syrups and some  non-ready-to-drink  powder products. Our
beverage products include Coca-Cola, Coca-Cola classic, caffeine free Coca-Cola,
caffeine free Coca-Cola classic,  diet Coke (sold under the trademark  Coca-Cola
light in many countries other than the United States),  caffeine free diet Coke,
diet Coke with lemon,  Vanilla Coke, diet Vanilla Coke, Cherry Coke, diet Cherry
Coke,  Fanta brand soft drinks,  Sprite,  diet Sprite (sold under the  trademark
Sprite light in many countries  other than the United States),  Mr. Pibb,  Mello
Yello,  TAB,  Fresca,  Barq's  root beer and  other  flavors,  Citra,  POWERade,
Fruitopia,  Minute Maid flavors,  Aquarius,  Sokenbicha,  Ciel, Bonaqa,  Dasani,
Lift, Thums Up, Kinley, Pop, Kuat, Qoo and other products developed for specific
countries,  including Georgia brand  ready-to-drink  coffees, and numerous other
brands.  In many  countries  (excluding  the United  States,  among  others) our
Company's  beverage products also include  Schweppes,  Canada Dry, Dr Pepper and
Crush.  Our Company  produces,  distributes  and markets  juice and  juice-drink
products,  including Minute Maid products,  Simply Orange orange juice,  Odwalla
and Samantha super premium juices and drinks, Five Alive refreshment  beverages,
Bacardi  tropical fruit mixers  (manufactured  and marketed under a license from
Bacardi & Company  Limited),  and Hi-C  ready-to-serve  fruit  drinks.  Beverage
Partners  Worldwide,  the  Company's  50% owned joint  venture with Nestle S.A.,
markets ready-to-drink teas and coffees in certain countries. Our Company is the
exclusive  master  distributor  of Evian  bottled water in the United States and
Canada. In addition,  CCDA Waters, L.L.C., a 51% owned consolidated  subsidiary,
has a license  for the use of the  Dannon  and  Sparkletts  water  brands in the
United States.

     Consumer demand  determines the optimal menu of Company product  offerings.
Consumer  demand can vary from one locale to  another  and can change  over time
within a single locale.  Employing our business strategy, and with special focus
on Coca-Cola,  our Company  seeks to build its existing  brands and, at the same
time, to broaden its historical family of brands, products and services in order
to create and satisfy consumer demand locale by locale.

     Our Company  introduced a variety of new brands and  products  during 2002.
Vanilla  Coke  was  rolled  out  initially  in the  United  States  and  Canada,
commencing in May. In October,  diet Vanilla Coke was introduced in the same two
countries.   Vanilla  Coke  also  was  introduced  in  other  markets  including
Australia,  New Zealand and Nordic  markets  during  2002,  with more  countries
planning launches for 2003. Diet Coke with lemon/Coca-Cola  light with lemon was
rolled  out  in  20  new   international   markets.   Among  other  new  product
introductions, Love Body diet tea was introduced in Japan.

     During 2002, we acquired certain brands or license rights for brands. These
included  Risco  water in Mexico,  Dorna water and Valser  water in Europe,  the
Seagram's mixers line of soft drinks, and Rio Beverages in New Zealand.

     Also during 2002,  our Company  broadened its  collaboration  with The Walt
Disney Company to market noncarbonated children's beverages.

                                       3
<PAGE>

     Our Company  measures  sales  volume in two ways:  (1) gallons and (2) unit
cases of finished products. "Gallons" is a unit of measurement for concentrates,
syrups,  beverage bases, finished beverages and powders (in all cases, expressed
in equivalent  gallons of syrup) for all beverage  products which are reportable
as unit case volume. Most of our revenues are based on this measure of primarily
"wholesale"  activity.  We also  measure  volume in unit cases.  As used in this
report,  "unit case" means a unit of measurement  equal to 192 U.S. fluid ounces
of finished  beverage (24 eight-ounce  servings);  and "unit case volume" of the
Company  means the  number of unit cases (or unit case  equivalents)  of Company
trademark  or licensed  beverage  products  directly or  indirectly  sold by the
Coca-Cola bottling system or by the Company to customers.  This volume primarily
consists of beverage products bearing Company trademarks.  Also included in unit
case volume are certain  products  licensed to our Company or owned by Coca-Cola
system bottlers,  for which our Company provides  marketing  support and derives
profit  from the  sales.  Such  products  licensed  to our  Company  or owned by
Coca-Cola  system  bottlers  account  for a minimal  portion  of total unit case
volume.  Although most of our Company's  revenues are not based directly on unit
case  volume,  we  believe  unit  case  volume  is one of  the  measures  of the
underlying  strength of the Coca-Cola business system because it measures trends
at the consumer level.

     In 2002,  concentrates  and  syrups for  beverages  bearing  the  trademark
"Coca-Cola" or including the trademark "Coke" accounted for approximately 57% of
the Company's total gallon sales.

     In  2002,  gallon  sales  in  the  United  States  ("U.S.   gallon  sales")
represented   approximately  28%  of  the  Company's   worldwide  gallon  sales.
Approximately  59% of U.S.  gallon sales for 2002 was  attributable  to sales of
beverage   concentrates  and  syrups  to  approximately  81  authorized  bottler
ownership  groups in  approximately  394 licensed  territories.  Those  bottlers
prepare and sell finished  beverages  bearing our  trademarks for the food store
and vending machine  distribution  channels and for other distribution  channels
supplying home and immediate consumption.  Approximately 33% of 2002 U.S. gallon
sales was  attributable  to fountain  syrups sold to fountain  retailers  and to
approximately 650 authorized fountain  wholesalers,  some of whom are authorized
bottlers.  These fountain wholesalers in turn sell the syrups or deliver them on
the Company's behalf to restaurants and other fountain retailers.  The remaining
approximately  8% of 2002 U.S.  gallon  sales was  attributable  to sales by the
Company of finished  beverages,  including  juice and  juice-drink  products and
certain  water  products.  Coca-Cola  Enterprises  Inc.,  including its bottling
subsidiaries   and   divisions   ("Coca-Cola   Enterprises"),    accounted   for
approximately  53% of the Company's  U.S.  gallon sales in 2002. At December 31,
2002, our Company held an ownership  interest of approximately  38% in Coca-Cola
Enterprises,   which  is  the  world's  largest  bottler  of  Company  Trademark
Beverages.

     In 2002, gallon sales outside the United States  represented  approximately
72% of the Company's  worldwide  gallon sales.  In 2002,  our principal  markets
outside the United States, based on gallon sales, were Mexico, Brazil, Japan and
Germany,  which together accounted for approximately 25% of our worldwide gallon
sales.  Approximately 90% of non-U.S. unit case volume for 2002 was attributable
to  sales  of  beverage  concentrates  and  syrups  to  authorized  bottlers  in
approximately  509 licensed  territories,  together with sales by the Company of
finished beverages other than juice and juice-drink  products.  Approximately 6%
of 2002  non-U.S.  unit case volume was  attributable  to fountain  syrups.  The
remaining approximately 4% of 2002 non-U.S. unit case volume was attributable to
juice and juice-drink products.

     In addition to conducting  its own  independent  advertising  and marketing
activities,  our Company may provide  promotional and marketing  services and/or
funds and consultation to its bottlers and to fountain and bottle/can retailers.
In most cases we do this on a discretionary basis, under the terms of commitment
letters or agreements, even though we are not obligated to do so under the terms
of the bottling or distribution agreements between our Company and the bottlers.
Also on a  discretionary  basis,  in most  cases,  the  Company  may develop and
introduce new products,  packages and equipment to assist its bottlers, fountain
syrup wholesalers and fountain beverage retailers. The aggregate amount of funds
provided by our Company to  bottlers,  resellers,  vendors or  customers  of our
Company's  products,  principally  including  participation  in sales  promotion
programs and volume-based incentives, was approximately $3.4 billion in 2002.

     The  profitability  of our business outside the United States is subject to
many factors,  including  governmental laws,  regulations and monetary policies,
economic  and  political  conditions  in the  countries in which our business is
conducted, and the risk of changes in currency exchange rates and regulations.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     Bottler's Agreements and Distribution Agreements
     ------------------------------------------------

     Separate contracts  ("Bottler's  Agreements") exist between our Company and
each of its bottlers regarding the manufacture and sale of soft drinks.  Subject
to  specified  terms  and  conditions  and  certain  variations,  the  Bottler's
Agreements  generally  authorize  the bottler to prepare  particular  designated
Company  Trademark  Beverages,  to  package  the same in  particular  authorized
containers,  and to distribute  and sell the same in (but  generally only in) an
identified   territory.   The  bottler  is  obligated  to  purchase  its  entire
requirement  of  concentrates  or syrups for the  designated  Company  Trademark
Beverages from the Company or Company-authorized  suppliers.  We typically agree
to refrain from selling or  distributing  or from  authorizing  third parties to
sell or distribute the designated  Company  Trademark  Beverages  throughout the
identified  territory  in the  particular  authorized  containers;  however,  we
typically  reserve for  ourselves  or our  designee the right (i) to prepare and
package such beverages in such  containers in the territory for sale outside the
territory and (ii) to prepare,  package,  distribute  and sell such beverages in
the territory in any other manner or form.

     The  Bottler's  Agreements  between us and our  authorized  bottlers in the
United  States differ in certain  respects from those in the other  countries in
which Company  Trademark  Beverages are sold. As further  discussed  below,  the
principal  differences involve the duration of the agreements;  the inclusion or
exclusion of canned beverage  production  rights;  the inclusion or exclusion of
authorizations to manufacture and distribute fountain syrups; in some cases, the
degree of  flexibility  on the part of the Company to  determine  the pricing of
syrups and concentrates;  and the extent, if any, of the Company's obligation to
provide marketing support.

     Outside the United  States.  The  Bottler's  Agreements  between us and our
authorized  bottlers outside the United States generally are of stated duration,
subject in some cases to  possible  extensions  or  renewals  of the term of the
contract.  Generally,  these contracts are subject to termination by the Company
following the occurrence of certain designated events,  including defined events
of default and certain changes in ownership or control of the bottler.

     In  certain  parts of the world  outside  the  United  States,  we have not
granted  comprehensive  beverage  production  rights  to the  bottlers.  In such
instances,  we or our designee typically sells canned (or in some cases bottled)
Company Trademark Beverages to the bottlers for sale and distribution throughout
the designated territory under distribution agreements, often on a non-exclusive
basis.  A majority of the Bottler's  Agreements in force between us and bottlers
outside the United States  authorize the bottler to  manufacture  and distribute
fountain syrups, usually on a non-exclusive basis.

     Our Company  generally has complete  flexibility to determine the price and
other terms of sale of concentrates  and syrups we sell to bottlers  outside the
United States. In some instances, we have agreed or may in the future agree with
the bottler  with  respect to  concentrate  pricing on a  prospective  basis for
specified  time  periods.  Outside the United  States,  in most cases we have no
obligation to provide marketing support to the bottlers.  Nevertheless,  we may,
in our discretion,  contribute towards bottler  expenditures for advertising and
marketing. We may also elect to undertake independent or cooperative advertising
and marketing activities.

     Within the United States.  In the United States,  with certain very limited
exceptions,  the Bottler's  Agreements  for  Coca-Cola  and other  cola-flavored
beverages have no stated expiration date. Our standard  contracts for other soft
drink flavors and for noncarbonated beverages are of stated duration, subject to
bottler  renewal  rights.  The  Bottler's  Agreements  in the United  States are
subject to termination by the Company for  nonperformance or upon the occurrence
of certain  defined  events of default which may vary from contract to contract.
The so-called  "1987  Contract,"  described  below, is terminable by the Company
upon the occurrence of certain events including:

     - the bottler's insolvency, dissolution, receivership or the like;
     - any  disposition by the bottler or any of its  subsidiaries of any voting
       securities of any bottler subsidiary without the consent of the Company;
     - any  material  breach of any  obligation  of the  bottler  under the 1987
       Contract; or
     - except in the case of certain  bottlers,  if a person or affiliated group
       acquires or obtains  any right to acquire  beneficial  ownership  of more
       than 10% of any  class or  series of  voting  securities  of the  bottler
       without authorization by the Company.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     Under the terms of the Bottler's Agreements,  bottlers in the United States
are authorized to  manufacture  and distribute  Company  Trademark  Beverages in
bottles and cans.  However,  these  bottlers  generally  are not  authorized  to
manufacture fountain syrups. Rather, our Company manufactures and sells fountain
syrups to approximately 650 authorized fountain  wholesalers  (including certain
authorized  bottlers) and some fountain retailers.  The wholesalers in turn sell
the syrups or deliver them on our behalf to restaurants and other retailers. The
wholesaler  typically  acts pursuant to a  non-exclusive  letter of  appointment
which neither  restricts the pricing of fountain  syrups by us nor the territory
in which the wholesaler may resell in the United States.

     In the United  States,  the form of Bottler's  Agreement for  cola-flavored
soft drinks that covers the largest amount of U.S. volume (the "1987  Contract")
gives us complete  flexibility to determine the price and other terms of sale of
soft drink concentrates and syrups for cola-flavored Company Trademark Beverages
("Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages") and other Company Trademark Beverages. In some
instances,  we have  agreed or may in the  future  agree with the  bottler  with
respect  to  concentrate  pricing  on a  prospective  basis for  specified  time
periods.  Bottlers operating under the 1987 Contract accounted for approximately
88% of our  Company's  total United  States  gallon sales for bottled and canned
beverages,  excluding  direct  sales by the  Company  of juice  and  juice-drink
products and other finished beverages ("U.S.  bottle/can gallon sales") in 2002.
Certain other forms of U.S.  Bottler's  Agreements,  entered into prior to 1987,
provide for soft drink  concentrates or syrups for certain  Coca-Cola  Trademark
Beverages  to be priced  pursuant to a stated  formula.  The oldest such form of
contract,  applicable  to  bottlers  accounting  for  approximately  1% of  U.S.
bottle/can gallon sales in 2002,  provides for a fixed price for Coca-Cola syrup
used in bottles  and cans.  This price is subject to  quarterly  adjustments  to
reflect  changes  in the  quoted  price of sugar.  Bottlers  accounting  for the
remaining  approximately  11% of U.S.  bottle/can  gallon  sales  in  2002  have
contracts  for certain  Coca-Cola  Trademark  Beverages  with  pricing  formulas
generally  providing for a baseline  price.  This baseline price may be adjusted
periodically  by the Company,  up to a maximum  indexed  ceiling  price,  and is
adjusted  quarterly based upon changes in certain sugar or sweetener  prices, as
applicable.

     We have standard  contracts with bottlers in the United States for the sale
of  concentrates  and  syrups for  non-cola-flavored  soft  drinks  and  certain
noncarbonated  beverages in bottles and cans;  and in certain cases for the sale
of finished  noncarbonated  beverages in bottles and cans. All of these standard
contracts give the Company complete flexibility to determine the price and other
terms of sale.

     Under the 1987  Contract  and most of our  other  standard  soft  drink and
noncarbonated beverage contracts with bottlers in the United States, our Company
has no obligation to participate  with bottlers in expenditures  for advertising
and marketing.  Nevertheless,  in our  discretion we may contribute  toward such
expenditures and undertake independent or cooperative  advertising and marketing
activities.  Some U.S.  Bottler's  Agreements  that  pre-date the 1987  Contract
impose  certain  marketing  obligations  on us with  respect to certain  Company
Trademark Beverages.

     The Company's ability to exercise its contractual  flexibility to determine
the price and other  terms of sale of its  syrups,  concentrates,  and  finished
beverages under various  agreements  described above is, both outside and within
the United States, subject to competitive market conditions.

     Significant Equity Investments and Company Bottling Operations
     --------------------------------------------------------------

     Our Company maintains business  relationships with three types of bottlers:
(1)  independently  owned  bottlers,  in  which  the  Company  has no  ownership
interest;   (2)   bottlers  in  which  the  Company  has   invested  and  has  a
noncontrolling  ownership  interest;  and (3)  bottlers in which the Company has
invested and has a controlling ownership interest. In 2002,  independently owned
bottling operations produced and distributed  approximately 23% of our worldwide
unit case  volume.  We have  equity  positions  in 53  unconsolidated  bottling,
canning and distribution  operations for our products  worldwide.  These cost or
equity  method  investees  produced  and  distributed  approximately  59% of our
worldwide  unit  case  volume  in 2002.  Controlled  and  consolidated  bottling
operations produced and distributed  approximately 8% of our worldwide unit case
volume in 2002.  Fountain  operations  and The  Minute  Maid  Company  (a global
division with operations primarily in the United States and Canada) produced and
distributed the remaining approximately 10% of our worldwide unit case volume in
2002.

     We make  equity  investments  in  selected  bottling  operations  with  the
intention of maximizing  the strength and  efficiency of the Coca-Cola  system's
production,   distribution  and  marketing  systems  around  the  world.   These

                                       6
<PAGE>

investments  are  intended  to result in  increases  in unit  case  volume,  net
revenues,  and profits at the bottler  level,  which in turn generate  increased
gallon sales for our Company's concentrate  business.  When this occurs, both we
and the bottlers  benefit from long-term  growth in volume,  improved cash flows
and increased share-owner value.

     The level of our  investment  generally  depends on the  bottler's  capital
structure  and  its  available   resources  at  the  time  of  the   investment.
Historically,  in  certain  situations,  we have  viewed it as  advantageous  to
acquire a  controlling  interest in a bottling  operation,  often on a temporary
basis.  Owning such a  controlling  interest  has allowed us to  compensate  for
limited local resources and has enabled us to help focus the bottler's sales and
marketing  programs and assist in the development of the bottler's  business and
information systems and the establishment of appropriate capital structures.

     In line with our long-term bottling strategy,  we may periodically consider
options for reducing our ownership interest in a bottler.  One such option is to
combine our bottling  interests  with the  bottling  interests of others to form
strategic  business  alliances.  Another  option  is to sell our  interest  in a
bottling  operation  to one of our equity  investee  bottlers.  In both of these
situations,  our Company  continues to participate  in the bottler's  results of
operations through its share of the equity investee's earnings or losses.

     In  cases  where  our  investments  in  bottlers  represent  noncontrolling
interests,  our  intention is to provide  expertise  and resources to strengthen
those businesses.

     Significant  investees that we account for by the equity method include the
following:

     Coca-Cola  Enterprises Inc. Our ownership interest in Coca-Cola Enterprises
was approximately 38% at December 31, 2002. Coca-Cola Enterprises is the world's
largest  bottler  of the  Company's  beverage  products.  In 2002,  net sales of
concentrates   and  syrups  by  the  Company  to  Coca-Cola   Enterprises   were
approximately $4.3 billion.  Coca-Cola Enterprises also purchases  high-fructose
corn syrup through the Company;  however,  related  collections  from  Coca-Cola
Enterprises  and  payments  to  suppliers  are  not  included  in the  Company's
consolidated  statements of income.  Coca-Cola  Enterprises  estimates  that the
territories in which it markets  beverage  products to retailers  (which include
portions of 46 states and the  District of Columbia in the U.S.,  Canada,  Great
Britain,  continental France, the Netherlands,  Luxembourg,  Belgium and Monaco)
contain approximately 79% of the United States population, 98% of the population
of Canada, and 100% of the populations of Great Britain, continental France, the
Netherlands, Luxembourg, Belgium and Monaco.

     Excluding products in post-mix (fountain) form, in 2002,  approximately 62%
of the unit  case  volume  of  Coca-Cola  Enterprises  was  Coca-Cola  Trademark
Beverages, approximately 31% of its unit case volume was other Company Trademark
Beverages, and approximately 7% of its unit case volume was beverage products of
other   companies.   Coca-Cola   Enterprises'   net   operating   revenues  were
approximately $16.9 billion in 2002.

     Coca-Cola Hellenic Bottling Company S.A. ("Coca-Cola HBC"). At December 31,
2002, our ownership  interest in Coca-Cola HBC was approximately  24%. Coca-Cola
HBC has bottling and  distribution  rights,  through  direct  ownership or joint
ventures,  in  Armenia,  Austria,  Belarus,  Bosnia,  Bulgaria,  Croatia,  Czech
Republic,  Estonia,  Greece,  Hungary,  Latvia,  Lithuania,   Northern  Ireland,
Republic  of Ireland,  Italy,  Macedonia,  Moldova,  Nigeria,  Poland,  Romania,
Russia, Slovakia, Slovenia, Switzerland,  Ukraine and Yugoslavia.  Coca-Cola HBC
estimates that the  territories in which it markets  beverage  products  contain
approximately  67% of the population of Italy and 100% of the populations of the
other countries named above in which Coca-Cola HBC has bottling and distribution
rights.

     In 2002,  Coca-Cola HBC's net sales of beverage products were approximately
U.S.$3.6  billion.  In  2002,  approximately  53% of the  unit  case  volume  of
Coca-Cola HBC was Coca-Cola Trademark  Beverages,  approximately 41% of its unit
case volume was other Company  Trademark  Beverages and  approximately 6% of its
unit case volume was beverage products of Coca-Cola HBC or other companies.

     Coca-Cola Amatil Limited  ("Coca-Cola  Amatil").  At December 31, 2002, our
Company's   ownership  interest  in  Coca-Cola  Amatil  was  approximately  35%.
Coca-Cola  Amatil is the largest bottler of the Company's  beverage  products in
Australia  and  also  has  bottling  and  distribution  rights,  through  direct
ownership or joint ventures, in New Zealand,  Fiji, Papua New Guinea,  Indonesia
and South Korea.  Coca-Cola  Amatil  estimates that the  territories in which it
markets  beverage  products  contain  approximately  99%  of the  population  of
Australia,  100% of the

                                       7
<PAGE>

populations of New Zealand, Fiji and South Korea, 93% of the population of Papua
New Guinea and 98% of the population of Indonesia.

     In  2002,   Coca-Cola   Amatil's  net  sales  of  beverage   products  were
approximately  U.S.$1.9  billion.  In 2002,  approximately  58% of the unit case
volume of Coca-Cola Amatil was Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages,  approximately 34%
of its unit case volume was other Company Trademark Beverages,  approximately 7%
of  its  unit  case  volume  was  beverage  products  of  Coca-Cola  Amatil  and
approximately  1% of its  unit  case  volume  was  beverage  products  of  other
companies.

     Panamerican Beverages, Inc. ("Panamco").  At December 31, 2002, our Company
owned an equity interest of approximately 25% in Panamco,  a Panamanian  holding
company with bottling  subsidiaries  operating in a substantial  part of central
Mexico (excluding  Mexico City);  greater Sao Paulo, Campinas,  Santos and Matto
Grosso do Sul, Brazil;  central  Guatemala;  most of Colombia;  and all of Costa
Rica, Venezuela, Nicaragua and Panama. Panamco estimates that the territories in
which it markets beverage  products contain  approximately 18% of the population
of Mexico,  14% of the population of Brazil,  95% of the population of Colombia,
38% of the  population of Guatemala and 100% of the  populations  of Costa Rica,
Venezuela, Nicaragua and Panama.

     In 2002,  Panamco's  net  sales of  beverage  products  were  approximately
U.S.$2.4 billion. In 2002,  approximately 52% of the unit case volume of Panamco
was Coca-Cola Trademark Beverages, approximately 26% of its unit case volume was
other Company Trademark  Beverages and approximately 22% of its unit case volume
was beverage products of Panamco or other companies.

     Coca-Cola FEMSA, S.A. de C.V.  ("Coca-Cola  FEMSA").  At December 31, 2002,
our Company owned a 30% equity  interest in Coca-Cola  FEMSA, a Mexican  holding
company  with  bottling   subsidiaries   in  the  Valley  of  Mexico,   Mexico's
southeastern  region  and  greater  Buenos  Aires,  Argentina.  Coca-Cola  FEMSA
estimates that the  territories in which it markets  beverage  products  contain
approximately  30% of the  population  of Mexico  and  approximately  31% of the
population of Argentina.

     In  2002,   Coca-Cola   FEMSA's  net  sales  of  beverage   products   were
approximately  U.S.$1.7  billion.  In 2002,  approximately  71% of the unit case
volume of Coca-Cola FEMSA was Coca-Cola Trademark  Beverages,  approximately 27%
of its unit case volume was other Company Trademark  Beverages and approximately
2% of its unit case volume was  beverage  products of  Coca-Cola  FEMSA or other
companies.

     In December  2002,  it was  announced  that  Coca-Cola  FEMSA has reached a
definitive  agreement  to acquire  Panamco in a merger  transaction  expected to
close in the first half of 2003.  Completion of this  transaction  is subject to
approval by Panamco's  share  owners,  regulatory  approvals  and other  closing
conditions. Immediately following completion of the merger, our Company would no
longer  directly own an equity  interest in Panamco,  and our  Company's  equity
interest in Coca-Cola FEMSA would increase from 30% to approximately 40%.

     Other Interests.  We own a 50% interest in a joint venture with Nestle S.A.
("Nestle")  and  certain  of  its   subsidiaries   which  is  focused  upon  the
ready-to-drink tea and coffee businesses.  The joint venture,  known as Beverage
Partners  Worldwide  ("BPW"),  currently  has  sales in the  United  States  and
approximately  45 other countries.  BPW serves as the exclusive  vehicle through
which our Company and Nestle participate  in the  ready-to-drink  tea and coffee
business,  except in Japan.  BPW markets  ready-to-drink  tea products under the
Nestea, Belte, Yang Guang, Nagomi and Tey trademarks, and ready-to-drink  coffee
products under the Nescafe, Taster's Choice and Georgia Club trademarks. It also
operates the Mad River noncarbonated beverage business in the United States.

Other Developments
- ------------------

     In November  2001,  we entered into a Control and Profit and Loss  Transfer
Agreement ("CPL Agreement") with Coca-Cola  Erfrischungsgetraenke  AG ("CCEAG"),
the  largest  bottler  in  Germany.  Under the terms of the CPL  Agreement,  our
Company acquired  management control of CCEAG. In November 2001, we also entered
into a Pooling  Agreement  ("Pooling  Agreement")  with certain  share owners of
CCEAG that provided our Company with voting  control of CCEAG.  Both  agreements
became  effective as of February  2002 for a term ending no later than  December
31,  2006.  In return for  control of CCEAG,  pursuant to the CPL  Agreement  we
guaranteed  annual  payments,  in lieu of dividends by CCEAG, to all other CCEAG
share owners.  Additionally,  all other CCEAG share

                                       8
<PAGE>


owners  entered  into  either  a put or a  put/call  option  agreement  with the
Company,  exercisable  at the end of the  term of the CPL  Agreement  at  agreed
prices.  At December 31, 2002,  our  Company's  ownership  interest in CCEAG was
approximately 41%. This transaction was accounted for as a business combination,
and the  results of  CCEAG's  operations  have been  included  in our  Company's
consolidated financial statements since February 2002.

     In February 2003, CCEAG announced plans to streamline its operations and to
improve  efficiency  in sales and  distribution.  Three  plants  operated by the
bottler will be closed but will continue to operate as distribution  centers.  A
new bottling plant for  noncarbonated  beverages  will soon start  operations in
Halle.  Implementation  of the plan will  result  in a  headcount  reduction  of
approximately 900 employees.

     In January  2002,  our Company and  Coca-Cola  Bottlers  Philippines,  Inc.
("CCBPI")  acquired  from RFM Corp.,  a  Philippine  food and  beverage  concern
("RFM"),   RFM's   approximately  83%  ownership  interest  in  Cosmos  Bottling
Corporation ("Cosmos"),  a publicly traded Philippine beverage company. In March
2002,  a tender offer was  completed  with our Company and CCBPI  acquiring  all
shares of the remaining  minority share owners except for shares  representing a
one percent  ownership  interest in Cosmos.  At December  31,  2002,  our direct
ownership  interest in Cosmos was approximately  61%, and our indirect ownership
interest in Cosmos was approximately  13%. This transaction was accounted for as
a business combination, and the results of Cosmos' operations have been included
in our Company's  consolidated  financial  statements  since  January 2002.  The
Company and CCBPI have agreed to restructure the operations of Cosmos,  and this
restructuring  will result in our Company  owning all  acquired  trademarks  and
CCBPI owning all acquired bottling assets.  This restructuring is expected to be
completed in 2003.

     In April 2002,  our Company  entered into a master  distribution  agreement
with Groupe Danone  ("Danone") and certain  subsidiaries  of Danone  pursuant to
which our  Company was  appointed  the  exclusive  master  distributor  of Evian
bottled water in the United States and Canada effective July 1, 2002. Under this
master  agreement,  our Company is responsible  for managing  market  execution,
sales and distribution for Evian in the United States and Canada,  including the
development  of  marketing  plans,  media  planning  and  consumer  and customer
promotions.  Danone and its  subsidiaries are responsible for all global product
development and brand strategy efforts for Evian, as well as providing sales and
customer service support.  The stated term of the master agreement is perpetual,
subject to earlier termination in the event of default.  Under this arrangement,
Evian bottled water  continues to be distributed by Coca-Cola  Enterprises  Inc.
and other licensed  Coca-Cola  bottlers  within the U.S. and Canada,  as well as
certain other existing distributors of Evian.

     In July 2002, our Company and Danone Waters of North America, Inc. ("DWNA")
formed  a new  company,  CCDA  Waters,  L.L.C.  ("CCDA"),  for  the  production,
marketing and distribution of DWNA's bottled spring and source water business in
the  United  States.  In forming  CCDA,  DWNA  contributed  assets of its retail
bottled  spring and source  water  business in the United  States.  These assets
include  five  production  facilities,  a license  for the use of the Dannon and
Sparkletts  brands,  and ownership of several  value brands.  Our Company made a
cash payment to acquire a  controlling  51% equity  interest in CCDA and is also
providing marketing, distribution and management expertise. This transaction was
accounted for as a business  combination,  and the results of CCDA's  operations
have been included in our Company's consolidated financial statements since July
2002. This business  combination expanded our water brands to include a national
offering in all sectors of the water category with  purified,  spring and source
waters.

     In January 2003, we announced that we are integrating the operations of our
three  separate  business  units  in  North  America:  Coca-Cola  North  America
(including our interest in CCDA), The Minute Maid Company (including our Odwalla
business) and Coca-Cola  Fountain.  Going forward,  the integrated business unit
will be referred to simply as Coca-Cola  North  America.  The  integration  plan
calls for the unification of information  technology,  human  resources,  sales,
marketing,  finance,  legal and administrative  staffs to eliminate  unnecessary
duplication  of effort.  The  integration  is  expected to result in a headcount
reduction  of  approximately   1,000  people,  and  the  identification  of  the
individuals  is  expected  to be  completed  during  the first  quarter of 2003.

                                       9
<PAGE>

Seasonality
- -----------

     Sales of ready-to-drink  nonalcoholic beverages are somewhat seasonal, with
the second and third calendar quarters  accounting for the highest sales volumes
in the Northern Hemisphere. The volume of sales in the beverages business may be
affected by weather conditions.

Competition
- -----------

     Our  Company  competes  in  the  nonalcoholic   beverages  segment  of  the
commercial beverages industry.  Based on internally available data and a variety
of  industry  sources,  we  believe  that in 2002,  worldwide  sales of  Company
products  comprised  approximately  10% of total worldwide sales of nonalcoholic
beverage  products.   The  nonalcoholic  beverages  segment  of  the  commercial
beverages  industry is highly  competitive,  consisting of numerous firms. These
include firms that compete,  like our Company, in multiple geographical areas as
well as  firms  that are  primarily  local in  operation.  Competitive  products
include  carbonates,  packaged  water,  juices  and  nectars,  fruit  drinks and
dilutables  (including  syrups and powdered  drinks),  sports and energy drinks,
coffee and tea,  still drinks and other  beverages.  Nonalcoholic  beverages are
sold to consumers in both ready-to-drink and not-ready-to-drink form. In many of
the  countries in which we do business,  including the United  States,  PepsiCo,
Inc. is a primary  competitor of ours.  Other  significant  competitors  include
Nestle S.A.,  Cadbury  Schweppes plc, Groupe Danone and Kraft Foods Inc.,  among
others.

     Most of our beverages business currently is in soft drinks, as that term is
defined  in  this  report.  The  soft-drink  business,  which  is  part  of  the
nonalcoholic beverages segment, is itself highly competitive. Our Company is the
leading  seller of  soft-drink  concentrates  and syrups in the world.  Numerous
firms,  however,  compete in that  business.  These consist of a range of firms,
from local to  international,  that  compete  against  our  Company in  numerous
geographical areas.

     Competitive   factors  with  respect  to  our  business   include  pricing,
advertising  and  sales  promotion  programs,   product  innovation,   increased
efficiency in production  techniques,  the  introduction  of new packaging,  new
vending  and  dispensing  equipment  and brand  and  trademark  development  and
protection.

     Positive  aspects of our competitive  position include strong brands with a
high  level  of  consumer  acceptance,  a  worldwide  network  of  bottlers  and
distributors of Company  products,  sophisticated  marketing  capabilities and a
talented  group of  dedicated  employees.  Negative  aspects of our  competitive
position  include  strong  competition in nearly all  geographies,  and, in many
countries,  a  concentrated  retail sector with  powerful  buyers able to freely
choose between Company products and those of its competitors.

Raw Materials
- -------------

     The  principal  raw material  used by our business in the United  States is
high-fructose  corn syrup,  a form of sugar,  which is available  from  numerous
domestic  sources  and is  historically  subject to  fluctuations  in its market
price. The principal raw material used by our business outside the United States
is sucrose.  Our Company has a specialized  sweetener  procurement staff and has
not experienced any  difficulties in obtaining its  requirements.  In the United
States and certain other countries,  we have authorized the use of high-fructose
corn syrup for Coca-Cola and other Company  Trademark  Beverages for use in both
fountain syrup and finished beverages in bottles and cans.

     Generally,  raw  materials  utilized  by us in  our  business  are  readily
available from numerous sources. However, aspartame, which is usually used alone
or  in  combination  with  either  saccharin  or  acesulfame  potassium  in  our
low-calorie soft-drink products, is currently purchased by us primarily from The
NutraSweet Company and from Holland Sweetener. Acesulfame potassium is currently
purchased from Nutrinova Nutrition Specialties & Food Ingredients GmbH.

     With  regard to juice and  juice-drink  products,  the citrus  industry  is
subject to the  variability of weather  conditions.  This includes in particular
the possibility of freezes in central Florida, which may result in higher prices
and lower consumer demand for orange juice  throughout the industry.  Due to our
long-standing  relationship  with a supplier of  high-quality  Brazilian  orange
juice  concentrate,  the  supply of juice  available  that  meets the  Company's
standards is normally adequate to meet demand.

                                       10
<PAGE>

Patents, Trade Secrets, Trademarks and Copyrights
- -------------------------------------------------

     Our Company is the owner of numerous patents, copyrights and trade secrets,
as well as substantial  know-how and technology,  which we collectively refer to
in this  report  as  "technology."  This  technology  generally  relates  to our
Company's products and the processes for their production, the packages used for
its products,  the design and operation of various  processes and equipment used
in its business and certain quality  assurance and financial  software.  Some of
the  technology is licensed to suppliers and other  parties.  Our soft-drink and
other beverage formulae are among the important trade secrets of the Company.

     We own  numerous  trademarks  which  are very  important  to our  business.
Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are in use
and/or their  registrations are properly maintained and they have not been found
to have become  generic.  Registrations  of trademarks  can generally be renewed
indefinitely as long as the trademarks are in use. The majority of our Company's
trademark license agreements are included in the Company's Bottler's Agreements.
The Company has  registered  and  licenses  the right to use its  trademarks  in
conjunction with certain merchandise in addition to nonalcoholic beverages.

Governmental Regulation
- -----------------------

     Our  Company is required  to comply,  and it is our policy to comply,  with
applicable  laws in the numerous  countries  throughout the world in which we do
business. In many jurisdictions,  compliance with competition laws is of special
importance  to us,  and our  operations  may  come  under  special  scrutiny  by
competition  law  authorities,   due  to  our  competitive   position  in  those
jurisdictions.

     The production,  distribution  and sale in the United States of many of the
Company's  products are subject to the Federal Food,  Drug and Cosmetic Act; the
Occupational  Safety  and Health  Act;  the Lanham  Act;  various  environmental
statutes;  and various other federal,  state and local statutes and  regulations
applicable  to  the  production,   transportation,  sale,  safety,  advertising,
labeling and ingredients of such products.

     A California  law requires  that a specific  warning  appear on any product
that  contains  a  component  listed by the State as having  been found to cause
cancer or birth defects.  The law exposes all food and beverage producers to the
possibility of having to provide warnings on their products. This is because the
law recognizes no generally  applicable  quantitative  thresholds  below which a
warning is not required.  Consequently,  even trace amounts of listed components
can  expose  affected  products  to the  prospect  of warning  labels.  Products
containing  listed  substances  that occur  naturally in the product or that are
contributed  to the product  solely by a municipal  water  supply are  generally
exempt from the warning requirement.  No Company beverage products are currently
required to display warnings under this law.  However,  we are unable to predict
whether  an  important  component  of a  Company  product  might be added to the
California list in the future.  We are also unable to predict whether or to what
extent a  warning  under  this law  would  have an  impact  on costs or sales of
Company beverage products.

     Bottlers  of  our  beverage   products   presently  offer   non-refillable,
recyclable  containers  in all areas of the United  States and  Canada.  Some of
these  bottlers also offer  refillable  containers,  which are also  recyclable.
Measures have been enacted in various localities and states which require that a
deposit be charged for certain non-refillable  beverage containers.  The precise
requirements imposed by these measures vary. Other deposit, recycling or product
stewardship  proposals  have  been  introduced  in  various  jurisdictions.   We
anticipate that similar legislation or regulations may be proposed in the future
at the local, state and federal levels, both in the United States and elsewhere.


     All of our  Company's  facilities  in the  United  States  are  subject  to
federal,  state and local  environmental  laws and regulations.  Compliance with
these  provisions has not had, and we do not expect such compliance to have, any
material adverse effect upon our Company's capital  expenditures,  net income or
competitive position.

                                       11
<PAGE>

Employees
- ---------

     As of December 31, 2002, our Company employed approximately 56,000 persons,
compared to approximately  38,000 at the end of 2001. The increase in the number
of employees was primarily due to acquisitions  made during 2002,  including the
acquisitions  of our  interests in Cosmos and CCDA,  plus the  consolidation  of
CCEAG. At the end of 2002,  approximately  10,900 Company employees were located
in the United States.

     Our  Company,  through its  divisions  and  subsidiaries,  has entered into
numerous collective bargaining agreements.  We have no reason to believe that we
will not be able to renegotiate any such agreements on satisfactory  terms.  The
Company   believes  that  its   relations   with  its  employees  are  generally
satisfactory.

Securities Exchange Act Reports
- -------------------------------

     The  Company  maintains  an  Internet  website  at the  following  address:
www.coca-cola.com.  We make available on or through our Internet website certain
reports and  amendments  to those reports that we file with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") in accordance with the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 (the  "Securities  Exchange  Act").  These include our annual reports on
Form 10-K,  our quarterly  reports on Form 10-Q and our current  reports on Form
8-K. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as
reasonably  practicable  after we  electronically  file the information with, or
furnish it to, the SEC.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
- ------------------

     Our  worldwide  headquarters  is  located  on a 35-acre  office  complex in
Atlanta,  Georgia.  The complex includes the  approximately  621,000 square foot
headquarters  building,  the  approximately  870,000 square foot Coca-Cola North
America  building and the  approximately  264,000  square foot  Coca-Cola  Plaza
building.  The complex also  includes  several  other  buildings,  including the
technical and engineering facilities,  learning center and reception center. Our
Company leases approximately  250,000 square feet of office space at 10 Glenlake
Parkway,  Atlanta,  Georgia. In addition,  we lease approximately 174,000 square
feet of office space at Northridge Business Park,  Dunwoody,  Georgia. The North
America  operating  segment  owns and  occupies  an office  building  located in
Houston, Texas, that contains approximately 330,000 square feet. The Company has
facilities for administrative operations, manufacturing,  processing, packaging,
packing, storage and warehousing throughout the United States.

     As of December  31,  2002,  our  Company  owned and  operated 33  principal
beverage  concentrate and/or syrup  manufacturing  plants located throughout the
world. In addition, we own or hold a majority interest in 39 operations with 103
principal  beverage  bottling  and  canning  plants  located  outside the United
States. CCDA owns four production facilities and leases one production facility.
All five of these facilities are located in the United States.

     The North America segment  operates eight juice and juice drink  production
facilities  located  throughout  the United States and Canada.  The Company also
owns a facility that  manufactures  juice  concentrates for food service use. It
also  utilizes a system of contract  packers to produce and  distribute  certain
products in areas where the Company does not have its own manufacturing  centers
or during periods when it experiences shortfalls in manufacturing capacity.

     Our  Company  owns  or  leases   additional   real   estate,   including  a
Company-owned  office and retail  building at 711 Fifth Avenue in New York,  New
York and approximately 315,000 square feet of Company-owned office and technical
space in  Brussels,  Belgium.  Additional  owned or leased real  estate  located
throughout  the world is used by the  Company  as office  space,  for  bottling,
warehouse or retail operations or, in the case of some owned property, is leased
to others.

     Management believes that the Company's facilities for the production of its
products are suitable and adequate,  that they are being appropriately  utilized
in line with past experience and that they have sufficient  production  capacity
for  their  present  intended  purposes.  The  extent  of  utilization  of  such
facilities varies based upon the seasonal demand for product. It is not possible
to measure with any degree of certainty or uniformity  the  productive  capacity
and extent of utilization of these facilities. However, management believes that
additional production can be obtained at the existing facilities by the addition
of personnel  and capital  equipment  and, in some  facilities,  the addition of
shifts of personnel or expansion of such facilities.  We continuously review our
anticipated  requirements

                                       12
<PAGE>

for facilities  and, on the basis of that review,  may from time to time acquire
additional facilities and/or dispose of existing facilities.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
- -------------------------

     On October 27, 2000, a class action lawsuit  (Carpenter's  Health & Welfare
Fund of Philadelphia & Vicinity v. The Coca-Cola  Company,  et al.) was filed in
the United States District Court for the Northern  District of Georgia  alleging
that the  Company,  M.  Douglas  Ivester,  Jack L.  Stahl and James E.  Chestnut
violated  antifraud   provisions  of  the  federal  securities  laws  by  making
misrepresentations  or material  omissions  relating to the Company's  financial
condition and prospects in late 1999 and early 2000. A second, largely identical
lawsuit (Gaetan LaValla v. The Coca-Cola Company,  et al.) was filed in the same
court on  November  9, 2000.  The  Complaints  allege  that the  Company and the
individual  named  officers:  (1) forced certain  Coca-Cola  system  bottlers to
accept "excessive,  unwanted and unneeded" sales of concentrate during the third
and fourth quarters of 1999, thus creating a misleading  sense of improvement in
our Company's performance in those quarters;  (2) failed to write down the value
of impaired  assets in Russia,  Japan and  elsewhere  on a timely  basis,  again
resulting in the  presentation of misleading  interim  financial  results in the
third and fourth  quarters of 1999; and (3)  misrepresented  the reasons for Mr.
Ivester's  departure  from the  Company  and  then  misleadingly  reassured  the
financial  community  that  there  would be no  changes  in the  Company's  core
business strategy or financial  outlook following that departure.  Damages in an
unspecified amount are sought in both Complaints.

     On January  8, 2001,  an order was  entered by the United  States  District
Court for the Northern  District of Georgia  consolidating the two cases for all
purposes.  The Court also ordered the plaintiffs to file a Consolidated  Amended
Complaint.  On July 25, 2001, plaintiffs filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint,
which largely repeated the allegations made in the original Complaints and added
Douglas N. Daft as an additional defendant.

     On September 25, 2001, the defendants  filed a Motion to Dismiss all counts
of the Consolidated Amended Complaint.  On August 20, 2002, the Court granted in
part and  denied in part the  defendants'  Motion  to  Dismiss.  The Court  also
granted the plaintiffs' Motion for Leave to Amend the Complaint. On September 4,
2002, the defendants filed a Motion for Partial  Reconsideration  of the Court's
August 20, 2002 ruling.  This latter Motion is currently under  consideration by
the Court.

     On December 20, 2002, the Company filed a lawsuit (The Coca-Cola Company v.
Aqua-Chem,  Inc., Civil Action No.  2002CV631-50) in the Superior Court,  Fulton
County, Georgia (the "Georgia  Case")  seeking a  declaratory  judgment that the
Company has no obligation to its former  subsidiary,  Aqua-Chem,  Inc.,  for any
past, present or future liabilities or expenses in connection with any claims or
lawsuits against Aqua-Chem.  Subsequent to the Company's filing, on the same day
Aqua-Chem  filed a lawsuit  (Aqua-Chem,  Inc. v. The  Coca-Cola  Company,  Civil
Action No. 02CV012179) in the Circuit Court, Civil Division of Milwaukee County,
Wisconsin (the  "Wisconsin  Case").  In the Wisconsin  Case,  Aqua-Chem  seeks a
declaratory  judgment that the Company is responsible  for all  liabilities  and
expenses in connection with certain of Aqua-Chem's general and product liability
claims  arising from  occurrences  prior to the  Company's  sale of Aqua-Chem in
1981,  and a judgment  for breach of contract in an amount  exceeding $9 million
for defense  costs,  expenses and  settlements  incurred by Aqua-Chem to date in
connection with such claims.

     The Company owned Aqua-Chem from 1970 to 1981.  During that time frame, the
Company  purchased over $400 million of insurance  coverage that is available to
cover Aqua-Chem for certain product liability and other claims.  Cleaver Brooks,
an Aqua-Chem subsidiary,  manufactured boilers, some of which contained asbestos
gaskets. The Company sold Aqua-Chem to Lyonnaise American Holding,  Inc. in 1981
under the terms of a stock sale agreement,  and, following a lawsuit involving a
tax  dispute,  entered into a settlement  agreement in 1983 with  Lyonnaise  and
Aqua-Chem.  The 1981 and 1983  agreements,  among  other  things,  outlined  the
parties' rights and  obligations  concerning past and future claims and lawsuits
involving Aqua-Chem.

     Aqua-Chem was first named as a defendant in asbestos  lawsuits in or around
1985 and, to date, has more than 100,000  claims pending  against it. In October
2002,  Aqua-Chem  asserted  that since 1985 it had  incurred  approximately  $10
million in expenses  related to these claims that were not covered by insurance.
Aqua-Chem  demanded that the Company  reimburse  these expenses  pursuant to its
interpretation  of the terms of the 1981 and 1983  agreements.  It also demanded
that the Company acknowledge its continuing obligations to Aqua-Chem under

                                       13
<PAGE>

these agreements for any future  liabilities and expenses that are excluded from
coverage under the applicable insurance or for which there is no insurance.  The
Company disputes  Aqua-Chem's  interpretation  of the agreements and believes it
has no past, present or future obligation to Aqua-Chem in this regard.  This led
to the filing of the Georgia Case.

     The parties have agreed to stay the Wisconsin Case pending final resolution
of the Georgia Case.  The parties have further  agreed to a six month  discovery
schedule in the Georgia Case.  On January 15, 2003,  the court entered a consent
order in the  Georgia  Case  setting  forth the agreed  discovery  schedule.  On
January 22, 2003, the Wisconsin  Court entered a consent order  submitted by the
parties staying the Wisconsin Case.

     The Company  believes  it has  substantial  legal and  factual  defenses to
Aqua-Chem's  claims and intends to  vigorously  prosecute  the Georgia  Case and
defend the Wisconsin Case.

     The  competition  authority of the  European  Commission  made  unannounced
visits to the offices of the Company  and of our  bottling  partners in Austria,
Belgium,  Denmark,  Germany and Great Britain several years ago. Similarly,  the
Spanish  competition  authorities made unannounced visits to our own offices and
those of certain  bottlers in Spain in September  2000. The European  Commission
and the Spanish  competition  authorities  continue  their  investigations  into
unspecified  market  practices in their  respective  jurisdictions.  The Company
believes it has substantial legal and factual defenses in these matters.

     The Company is involved in various other legal  proceedings.  Management of
the Company  believes  that any  liability  to the Company  which may arise as a
result of these proceedings,  including the proceedings  specifically  discussed
above, will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the
Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.


ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     Not applicable.


ITEM X. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
- -----------------------------------------

     The following are the executive officers of our Company:

          Alexander R.C.  Allan,  58, is Executive Vice President of the Company
     and President and Chief Operating Officer, Europe, Eurasia and Middle East.
     Mr. Allan joined  Coca-Cola  Bottling Company of Johannesburg in 1968 as an
     Internal  Auditor.  He was  appointed  the  financial  Controller  for  the
     Southern  Africa  Division of The  Coca-Cola  Company in 1978 and Assistant
     Division  Manager and Finance  Manager of the Southern  and Central  Africa
     Division in 1986.  From January 1986 until  January  1993, he served as the
     Managing  Director of National  Beverage  Services (Pty) Ltd., a management
     and services  company in South  Africa.  In January  1993, he was appointed
     President of the Middle East Division  (renamed  Middle East & North Africa
     division in 1998).  Mr. Allan was  appointed  President of the Middle & Far
     East Group in October 1999.  On March 4, 2001,  Mr. Allan was named head of
     the newly created Asia  strategic  business unit of the Company.  Mr. Allan
     was  elected to his  current  position  in April  2001,  and was  appointed
     President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of the Europe,  Eurasia and Middle
     East strategic business unit as of January 1, 2002.

          Alexander B.  Cummings,  Jr., 46, is Executive  Vice  President of the
     Company and President and Chief  Operating  Officer,  Africa.  Mr. Cummings
     joined  the  Company in 1997 as Deputy  Region  Manager,  Nigeria  based in
     Lagos,  Nigeria.  In 1998 he was  made  Managing  Director/Region  Manager,
     Nigeria.  In 2000, Mr. Cummings  became  President of the North West Africa
     Division based in Morocco and in 2001 became  President of the Africa Group
     overseeing the entire African  continent.  Mr.  Cummings was elected to his
     current position in July 2002. Mr. Cummings started his career in 1982 with
     The Pillsbury Company and held various positions within Pillsbury, his last
     position   being  Vice   President  of  Finance  for  all  of   Pillsbury's
     international businesses.

          Douglas N. Daft,  59, is Chairman of the Board of Directors  and Chief
     Executive Officer of the Company. In November 1984, Mr. Daft was

                                       14
<PAGE>

     appointed  President  of  the  Central  Pacific Division.  In October 1987,
     he was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  of the  Pacific  Group  of the
     International  Business Sector. In December 1988, he was named President of
     Coca-Cola  (Japan)  Company,  Limited and  President  of the North  Pacific
     Division of the  International  Business  Sector.  Effective  1991,  he was
     elected  Senior Vice  President  of the Company and named  President of the
     Pacific  Group  of the  International  Business  Sector.  He was  appointed
     President  of the Middle  and Far East Group in January  1995 and served in
     that capacity  until  October 1999 when he also was given  responsibilities
     for the Africa Group and the Schweppes Beverages  Division.  He was elected
     President  and Chief  Operating  Officer  and a Director  of the Company in
     December  1999.  Mr. Daft was elected to his current  positions in February
     2000.

          Jeffrey T. Dunn,  45, is Executive  Vice  President of the Company and
     President and Chief Operating Officer,  North America.  Mr. Dunn joined the
     Company in 1981. From 1985 to 1990, Mr. Dunn served in various positions in
     Coca-Cola  USA  Fountain.  In 1990,  Mr.  Dunn was  named  Vice  President,
     Presence  Marketing,  Coca-Cola  USA. In 1994,  he rejoined  Coca-Cola  USA
     Fountain  as Vice  President,  Marketing  and in May 1996,  was named  Vice
     President,  Field  Sales and  Marketing.  He was named Vice  President  and
     General  Manager,  Coca-Cola USA Fountain in February 1998, and Senior Vice
     President,  Coca-Cola USA Fountain in June 1998. In January 2000,  Mr. Dunn
     was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President  of  The  Coca-Cola  North  America
     Marketing  Division.  Mr. Dunn was elected  Senior  Vice  President  of the
     Company and  President of the North America Group in October 2000. In March
     2001,  Mr.  Dunn was named  head of the newly  created  Americas  strategic
     business  unit of the Company  which  included both North America and Latin
     America.  He was elected  Executive  Vice President of the Company in April
     2001.   In  April  2002,   Mr.  Dunn   transitioned   his  Latin   American
     responsibilities and assumed  responsibility for Minute Maid North America,
     in  connection  with  the  formation  of the new  North  America  strategic
     business unit he now leads.

          Brian G. Dyson, 67, is Vice Chairman of the Company.  Mr. Dyson joined
     the  Company  in  Venezuela  in 1959,  and  worked  for many years in South
     America,  the  Caribbean  and  Mexico.  In 1978 he was named  President  of
     Coca-Cola USA, the Company's U.S. soft drink division. In 1983 he was named
     President of Coca-Cola North America, with responsibility for the Company's
     entire North American  business.  In 1986 Mr. Dyson was named President and
     Chief Executive  Officer of Coca-Cola  Enterprises,  the Company's  largest
     bottler;  and in 1991 he was named Vice Chairman of Coca-Cola  Enterprises.
     Mr. Dyson retired from the Coca-Cola system in 1994, but remained active as
     a  consultant  to the  Company.  In  August  2001,  Mr.  Dyson  came out of
     retirement and accepted the positions of Vice Chairman and Chief  Operating
     Officer of the Company, the latter of which he held until December 2002.

          Gary P. Fayard,  50, is Executive Vice  President and Chief  Financial
     Officer of the Company.  Mr.  Fayard  joined the Company in April 1994.  In
     July 1994, he was elected Vice President and Controller.  In December 1999,
     he was elected Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  Prior to
     joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Fayard was a partner  with Ernst & Young.  Mr.
     Fayard was elected to his current position in February 2003.

          Steven J. Heyer, 50, was elected President and Chief Operating Officer
     of the Company on December 11, 2002.  Mr. Heyer joined the Company in April
     2001 as President and Chief Operating  Officer,  Coca-Cola  Ventures and in
     April 2002 assumed  leadership  responsibility  for Latin  America.  In his
     current role, Mr. Heyer is responsible  for overseeing all of the Company's
     strategic  business  units.  Mr.  Heyer  joined the  Company  from AOL Time
     Warner, where he served since 1996 as President and Chief Operating Officer
     of Turner  Broadcasting  System, Inc. Mr. Heyer joined TBS, Inc. in 1994 as
     President of Turner  Broadcasting  Sales, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Heyer was
     President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of Young &  Rubicam  Advertising
     Worldwide,  as well as Executive Vice President of Young & Rubicam, Inc. In
     addition,  Mr. Heyer was for 15 years with Booz Allen & Hamilton,  Inc. and
     served as Senior Vice President and Managing Partner of the firm's New York
     office and leader of its Marketing Practice Worldwide.

          Mary E. Minnick,  43, is Executive  Vice  President of the Company and
     President and Chief Operating Officer, Asia. Ms. Minnick joined the Company
     in 1983 and spent ten years  working in Fountain  Sales and the  Bottle/Can
     Division of Coca-Cola  USA. In 1993,  she joined  Corporate  Marketing.  In
     1996, she was appointed  Vice  President and Director,  Middle and Far East
     Marketing,  and served in that  capacity  until 1997 when she was appointed
     President of the South Pacific  Division.  In 2000, she was named President
     of

                                       15
<PAGE>

     Coca-Cola (Japan) Company, Limited. Ms. Minnick was appointed President and
     Chief Operating  Officer of the Asia strategic  business unit as of January
     1, 2002, and was elected to her current position in February 2002.

          Deval L. Patrick, 46 is Executive Vice President,  General Counsel and
     Secretary  of the  Company.  He was elected to the first two  positions  in
     April 2001 and was  elected  Secretary  of the  Company  in  October  2002,
     effective  January 1, 2003. Mr. Patrick was Assistant  Attorney  General of
     the United States and Chief of the U.S. Justice  Department's  Civil Rights
     Division  from 1994 until  1997,  where he was  responsible  for  enforcing
     federal laws prohibiting discrimination. From 1997 to 1999, Mr. Patrick was
     a partner with the Boston law firm of Day Berry & Howard LLP.  Mr.  Patrick
     joined our Company from Texaco Inc.,  where he served as Vice President and
     General Counsel from 1999 to 2001.

          Jose Octavio Reyes, 50, is Executive Vice President of the Company and
     President and Chief Operating Officer,  Latin America.  He began his career
     with The  Coca-Cola  Company in 1980 in  Coca-Cola  de Mexico as Manager of
     Strategic  Planning.  In 1986 he was Manager of Sprite and diet Coke brands
     at Corporate Headquarters.  In 1990 he was appointed Marketing Director for
     the  Brazil  Division,  and later  became  Marketing  and  Operations  Vice
     President  for the Mexico  Division.  Mr. Reyes  assumed the role of Deputy
     Division  President  for the Mexico  Division in January 1996 and was named
     Division President for the Mexico Division in May 1996. In 2000, Venezuela,
     Colombia,  Central  America  and  Costa  Rica  were  incorporated  into the
     Division.  Mr. Reyes assumed his position as President and Chief  Operating
     Officer,  Latin  America in December  2002,  and was elected to his current
     position in February 2003.

          Clyde C.  Tuggle,  40,  is Senior  Vice  President,  Worldwide  Public
     Affairs and Communications,  of the Company.  Mr. Tuggle joined the Company
     in 1989 in Corporate Issues Communications. From 1992 to 1998, he served as
     executive assistant to then Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Roberto C.
     Goizueta,    managing   business   activities,    external   affairs,   and
     communications  related  to  the  Office  of  the  Chairman.  In  1998,  he
     transferred to the Central  European  Division,  where he held a variety of
     positions,  including  director of  Operations  Development,  deputy to the
     division  president,  and  Austria  region  manager.  In 2000,  Mr.  Tuggle
     returned to Atlanta as executive  assistant to Chairman and Chief Executive
     Officer Doug Daft and was elected Vice President. He was appointed Director
     of Worldwide Public Affairs and Communications in 2001. In 2002, he took on
     additional  responsibilities,  including Government Affairs, North American
     Public Relations & Communications and Strategic Event Services.  Mr. Tuggle
     was elected to his current position in February 2003.

     The Executive  Committee is responsible for setting policy and establishing
strategic  direction  for  the  Company.  At the  date of  this  report,  the 11
executive officers named above comprise the members of the Executive Committee.

     All  executive  officers  serve at the pleasure of the Board of  Directors.
There is no family  relationship  between any of the  executive  officers of the
Company.


                                 PART II
                                 -------

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT'S  COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED  SHARE-OWNER
        MATTERS
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     "Financial Review  Incorporating  Management's  Discussion and Analysis" on
pages 45 through 72,  "Selected  Financial  Data" for the years 2001 and 2002 on
page 110, "Stock Prices" on page 109 and "Common  Stock," "Stock  Exchanges" and
"Dividends"  under  the  heading  "Share-Owner  Information"  on page 114 of the
Company's  Annual  Report to Share  Owners for the year ended  December 31, 2002
(the "Company's 2002 Annual Report to Share Owners"), are incorporated herein by
reference.

     During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, no equity securities of the
Company were sold by the Company which were not registered  under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

     The subsection under the heading "Executive  Compensation" entitled "Equity
Compensation  Plan  Information"  on  pages  33 and 34 of  the  Company's  Proxy
Statement for the Annual  Meeting of Share Owners to be

                                       16
<PAGE>

held April 16, 2003 (the "Company's 2003 Proxy Statement"), is incorporated into
Item 12 of this report by reference.


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
- -------------------------------

     "Selected Financial Data" for the years 1998 through 2002, on pages 110 and
111 of the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Share Owners, is incorporated  herein
by reference.


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
        RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

     "Financial Review  Incorporating  Management's  Discussion and Analysis" on
pages 45 through 72 of the  Company's  2002 Annual  Report to Share  Owners,  is
incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

     "Financial  Risk  Management"  on  pages  51 and  52,  and  Note  10 to the
Consolidated  Financial Statements on pages 90 through 92, of the Company's 2002
Annual Report to Share Owners, are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
- ---------------------------------------------------

     The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  included in the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Share Owners, are
incorporated herein by reference:

         Consolidated Statements of Income - Years ended December 31, 2002, 2001
         and 2000.

         Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001.

         Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002,
         2001 and 2000.

         Consolidated  Statements of Share-Owners' Equity - Years ended December
         31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

         Report of Independent Auditors.

     "Quarterly  Data  (Unaudited)"  on page 108 of the  Company's  2002  Annual
Report to Share Owners, is incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Not applicable.

                               PART III
                               --------

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
- -----------------------------------------------------------

     For  information  on Directors and executive  officers of the Company,  the
subsection  under  the  heading  "Election  of  Directors"  entitled  "Board  of
Directors" on pages 6 through 11 and under the heading "Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance" on page 15 of the Company's 2003 Proxy Statement
is  incorporated  herein by  reference.  See Item X in Part I of this report for
information regarding executive officers of the Company.

                                       17
<PAGE>


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
- -------------------------------

     The  subsection  under  the  heading   "Election  of  Directors"   entitled
"Information about Committees,  Meetings and Compensation of Directors" on pages
17 through 20, the portion of the section entitled "Executive  Compensation" set
forth  on  pages  23  through  31,  and the  subsection  entitled  "Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" on page 41 of the Company's 2003
Proxy Statement, are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

     The subsection under the heading "Executive  Compensation" entitled "Equity
Compensation  Plan  Information"  on pages 33 and 34 of the Company's 2003 Proxy
Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

     The  subsections  under  the  heading  "Election  of  Directors"   entitled
"Ownership  of Equity  Securities  in the  Company"  on pages 12  through 14 and
"Principal  Share  Owners"  on pages 15 and 16,  and the  subsection  under  the
heading  "Certain  Investee  Companies"  entitled  "Ownership  of  Securities in
Enterprises" on page 42 of the Company's 2003 Proxy Statement,  are incorporated
herein by reference.


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
- -------------------------------------------------------

     The  subsections  under  the  heading  "Election  of  Directors"   entitled
"Information  about  Committees,  Meetings and  Compensation  of Directors"  and
"Certain  Transactions and Relationships" on pages 17 through 22, the subsection
under the heading  "Executive  Compensation"  entitled  "Compensation  Committee
Interlocks  and  Insider  Participation"  on page 41 and the  section  under the
heading  "Certain  Investee  Companies" on pages 41 and 42 of the Company's 2003
Proxy Statement, are incorporated herein by reference.


ITEM 14. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
- --------------------------------

     We maintain  disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure
that information  required to be disclosed in the Company's  Securities Exchange
Act reports is recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within the time
periods  specified in the SEC's rules and forms,  and that such  information  is
accumulated and  communicated to the Company's  management,  including its Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,  as appropriate,  to allow timely
decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the
disclosure controls and procedures,  management recognized that any controls and
procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only
reasonable  assurance of achieving the desired control  objectives,  as ours are
designed to do, and management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in
evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

     During the 90-day  period prior to the date of this report,  an  evaluation
was performed under the supervision and with the  participation of our Company's
management,  including  the Chief  Executive  Officer  and the  Chief  Financial
Officer,  of the  effectiveness  of the design and  operation of our  disclosure
controls and procedures. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer
and the Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that our  disclosure  controls and
procedures were effective. Subsequent to the date of this evaluation, there have
been no  significant  changes in the  Company's  internal  controls  or in other
factors  that could  significantly  affect  these  controls,  and no  corrective
actions taken with regard to significant  deficiencies or material weaknesses in
such controls.

                                    PART IV
                                    -------


ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) 1. Financial Statements

          The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of The  Coca-Cola
          Company and subsidiaries, included in the Company's 2002 Annual Report
          to Share Owners, are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8:

          Consolidated  Statements  of Income - Years ended  December  31, 2002,
          2001 and 2000.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2002 and 2001.

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2002,
          2001 and 2000.

          Consolidated Statements of Share-Owners' Equity - Years ended December
          31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

          Report of Independent Auditors.

     2. The following consolidated financial statement schedule of The Coca-Cola
Company and subsidiaries is included in Item 15(d):

          Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

          All other  schedules  for which  provision  is made in the  applicable
          accounting  regulations of the Securities and Exchange  Commission are
          not required under the related  instructions or are inapplicable  and,
          therefore, have been omitted.

     3. Exhibits

Exhibit No.
- ----------

   2.1      Control and Profit and Loss Transfer  Agreement,  dated November 21,
            2001, between Coca-Cola GmbH and Coca-Cola  Erfrischungsgetraenke AG
            --  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of the  Company's
            Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the quarter  ended March 31,  2002.
            (With regard to  applicable  cross  references  in this report,  the
            Company's  Current,  Quarterly and Annual Reports are filed with the
            Securities and Exchange Commission under File No. 1-2217.)

   3.1      Certificate of Incorporation of the Company,  including Amendment of
            Certificate of  Incorporation, effective May 1, 1996 -- incorporated
            herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3 of  the  Company's  Form  10-Q
            Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.

   3.2      By-Laws of the Company,  as amended and restated through January 30,
            2003.

   4.1      The  Company  agrees  to  furnish  to the  Securities  and  Exchange
            Commission,  upon  request,  a copy of any  instrument  defining the
            rights of holders of  long-term  debt of the  Company and all of its
            consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated  subsidiaries for which
            financial  statements  are required to be filed with the  Securities
            and Exchange Commission.

   10.1.1   The Key  Executive  Retirement  Plan of the  Company,  as  amended -
            incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit 10.2 of the  Company's
            Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

   10.1.2   Third Amendment to the Key Executive Retirement Plan of the Company,
            dated as of July 9,  1998 -- incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
            Exhibit 10.1.2 of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
            ended December 31, 1999.*

   10.1.3   Fourth  Amendment  to  the  Key  Executive  Retirement  Plan  of the
            Company,  dated as of  February  16, 1999 -- incorporated  herein by
            reference to Exhibit 10.1.3 of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report
            for the year ended December 31, 1999.*


                                       19

<PAGE>


Exhibit No.
- ----------

   10.1.4   Fifth Amendment to the Key Executive Retirement Plan of the Company,
            dated as of January 25, 2000 -- incorporated  herein by reference to
            Exhibit 10.1.4 of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
            ended December 31, 1999.*

   10.2     Supplemental Disability Plan of the Company, as amended and restated
            effective January 1, 2003.*

   10.3     The  Performance  Incentive  Plan  of the  Company,  as  amended  --
            incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit 10.4 of the  Company's
            Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

   10.4     1991 Stock  Option  Plan of the  Company,  as amended  and  restated
            through  April  20,  1999 --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to
            Exhibit 10.2 of the  Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the
            quarter ended March 31, 1999.*

   10.5     1999 Stock  Option  Plan of the  Company,  as amended  and  restated
            through  February  20, 2002 -- incorporated  herein by  reference to
            Exhibit 10.1 of the  Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the
            quarter ended March 31, 2002.*

   10.6     2002 Stock Option Plan of the Company,  adopted as of April 17, 2002
            -- incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's
            Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2002.*

   10.7     1983 Restricted Stock Award Plan of the Company,  as amended through
            February  17, 2000 --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
            10.7 of the  Company's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report for the year ended
            December 31, 1999.*

   10.8     1989  Restricted  Stock  Award Plan of the  Company,  as amended and
            restated  through March 1, 2002 -- incorporated  herein by reference
            to Exhibit 10 of the Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the
            quarter ended September 30, 2002.*

   10.9.1   Compensation  Deferral  &  Investment  Program  of the  Company,  as
            amended,  including Amendment Number Four dated November 28, 1995 --
            incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10.13 of the Company's
            Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

   10.9.2   Amendment Number 5 to the Compensation Deferral & Investment Program
            of the  Company,  effective  as of January  1, 1998 --  incorporated
            herein by reference  to Exhibit  10.8.2 of the  Company's  Form 10-K
            Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1997.*

   10.10    Executive  Medical  Plan of The  Coca-Cola  Company,  as amended and
            restated effective January 1, 2001.*

   10.11    Supplemental  Benefit Plan of the  Company,  as amended and restated
            effective January 1, 2002.*

   10.12    Retirement  Plan  for the  Board of  Directors  of the  Company,  as
            amended -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            1991.*

   10.13    Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee   Directors  of  the
            Company,  adopted as of October 16, 1997 --  incorporated  herein by
            reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report
            for the year ended December 31, 1997.*

                                       20
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.
- ----------

   10.14    Long Term Performance  Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended and
            restated  effective  April  21,  1999  --  incorporated   herein  by
            reference  to  Exhibit  10.4 of the  Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly
            Report for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.*

   10.15    Executive  Performance Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended and
            restated  effective  April  21,  1999  --  incorporated   herein  by
            reference  to  Exhibit  10.5 of the  Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly
            Report for the quarter ended March 31, 1999.*

   10.16.1  Letter Agreement, dated December 6, 1999, between the Registrant and
            M. Douglas  Ivester --  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit
            10.17.1 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
            December 31, 1999.*

   10.16.2  Letter  Agreement,  dated December 15, 1999,  between the Registrant
            and M.  Douglas  Ivester  --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to
            Exhibit  10.17.2 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the
            year ended December 31, 1999.*

   10.16.3  Letter  Agreement,  dated February 17, 2000,  between the Registrant
            and M.  Douglas  Ivester  --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to
            Exhibit  10.17.3 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the
            year ended December 31, 1999.*

   10.17    Group  Long-Term  Performance  Incentive  Plan  of the  Company,  as
            amended and restated  effective  February  17, 2000 --  incorporated
            herein by  reference  to Exhibit  10.18 of the  Company's  Form 10-K
            Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1999.*

   10.18    Executive Incentive Plan of the Company,  adopted as of February 14,
            2001 --  incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit  10.19 of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            2000.*

   10.19    Form of United States Master Bottle  Contract,  as amended,  between
            the Company and Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc. ("Coca-Cola Enterprises")
            or its  subsidiaries -  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit
            10.24 of Coca-Cola  Enterprises'  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
            fiscal year ended December 30, 1988 (File No. 01-09300).

   10.20.1  Employment  Agreement,  dated as of February 21,  2001,  between the
            Company and Deval L. Patrick -- incorporated  herein by reference to
            Exhibit  10.21.1 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the
            year ended December 31, 2001.*

   10.20.2  Letter,  dated January 4, 2002, from the Company to Deval L. Patrick
            --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.21.2  of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            2001.*

   10.21.1  Employment  Agreement,  dated March 2, 2001, between the Company and
            Steven J.  Heyer --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Exhibit
            10.22.1 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended
            December 31, 2001.*

   10.21.2  Letter,  dated January 4, 2002,  from the Company to Steven J. Heyer
            --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.22.2  of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            2001.*

   10.22    Letter Agreement, dated March 31, 2001, between the Company and Jack
            L. Stahl -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
            Company's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for the year  ended  March 31,
            2001.*

                                       21
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.
- ----------

   10.23    Letter  Agreement,  dated June 12,  2001,  between  the  Company and
            Joseph R.  Gladden,  Jr. --  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
            Exhibit 10.24 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
            ended December 31, 2001.*

   10.24    Letter  Agreement,  dated August 22,  2001,  between the Company and
            Charles S. Frenette --  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit
            10.25 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended
            December 31, 2001.*

   10.25    Letter  Agreement,  dated  August 22,  2001,  between The  Coca-Cola
            Export Corporation and Charles S. Frenette -- incorporated herein by
            reference to Exhibit 10.26 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report
            for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

   10.26    Letter Agreement,  dated September 17, 2001, between the Company and
            Brian G. Dyson -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27
            of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December
            31, 2001.*

   10.27    Letter,  dated  October  17,  2001,  from  the  Company  to James E.
            Chestnut -- incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            2001.*

   10.28    Resolutions of the Compensation  Committee of the Company's Board of
            Directors,  dated  October 17, 2001,  pertaining  to A.R.C.  (Sandy)
            Allan --  incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10.29 of the
            Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended  December 31,
            2001.*

   10.29    Deferred Compensation Plan of the Company, adopted December 20, 2001
            effective as of June 1, 2002 -- incorporated  herein by reference to
            Exhibit 10.30 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
            ended December 31, 2001.*

   10.30    Letter  Agreement,  dated October 24, 2002,  between the Company and
            Carl Ware.*

   10.31    The Coca-Cola Export Corporation  Employee Share Plan,  effective as
            of March 13, 2002.*

   10.32    Employees'  Savings  and Share  Ownership  Plan of  Coca-Cola  Ltd.,
            effective as of January 1, 1990.*

   10.33    Share Purchase Plan -- Denmark, effective as of 1991.*

   12.1     Computation  of Ratios of  Earnings  to Fixed  Charges for the years
            ended December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

   13.1     Portions  of the  Company's  2002  Annual  Report  to  Share  Owners
            expressly  incorporated by reference  herein:  Pages 45 through 106,
            108  through  111,  114 and the inside  back cover  (definitions  of
            "Dividend  Payout  Ratio,"  "Economic  Profit," "Net  Capital," "Net
            Debt,"  "Return  on  Capital,"  "Return  on Common  Equity,"  "Total
            Capital" and "Total Market Value of Common Stock").

   21.1     List of subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2002.

   23.1     Consent of Independent Auditors.

   24.1     Powers of Attorney of Officers and Directors signing this report.

   99.1     Cautionary Statement Relative to Forward-Looking Statements.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*    Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements  required to
be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(c) of this report.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     (b) Reports on Form 8-K

         During  the  fourth quarter of 2002, the Company filed two reports on
         Form 8-K:

        (1)  Report on Form 8-K dated November 13, 2002.

        Item 9. Regulation FD Disclosure:

             Certifications of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal
             Financial Officer, pursuant  to  Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
             Act of 2002.

        (2)  Report on Form 8-K dated December 11, 2002.

        Item 5.  Other Items.  This report attached the Company's press release
                 dated December 11, 2002  reporting  the  election of Steven J.
                 Heyer as President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

     (c)  Exhibits - The  response to this  portion of Item 15 is submitted as a
separate section of this report.

     (d) Financial  Statement Schedule - The response to this portion of Item 15
is submitted as a separate section of this report.


                                       23
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES
                                   ----------

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


                                  THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
                                       (Registrant)




                                  By:  /s/ DOUGLAS N. DAFT
                                       ---------------------
                                       DOUGLAS N. DAFT
                                       Chairman, Board of Directors, Chief
                                       Executive Officer and a Director

                                       Date:  March 26, 2003


     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, this
report  has  been  signed  below  by the  following  persons  on  behalf  of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ DOUGLAS N. DAFT                                     *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
DOUGLAS N. DAFT                         RONALD W. ALLEN
Chairman, Board of Directors, Chief     Director
Executive Officer and a Director
(Principal Executive Officer)


March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003


/s/ GARY P. FAYARD                                      *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
GARY P. FAYARD                          CATHLEEN P. BLACK
Executive Vice President and Chief      Director
Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)


March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003


/s/ CONNIE D. McDANIEL                                  *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
CONNIE D. McDANIEL                      WARREN E. BUFFETT
Vice President and Controller           Director
(Principal Accounting Officer)

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003

                *                                       *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
HERBERT A. ALLEN                        BARRY DILLER
Director                                Director

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003

                                       24
<PAGE>

                *                                       *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
SUSAN BENNETT KING                      PAUL F. OREFFICE
Director                                Director

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003



                *                                       *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
DONALD F. MCHENRY                       JAMES D. ROBINSON III
Director                                Director

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003

                *                                       *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
ROBERT L. NARDELLI                      PETER V. UEBERROTH
Director                                Director

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003



                *                                       *
- -----------------------------------     ------------------------------------
SAM NUNN                                JAMES B. WILLIAMS
Director                                Director

March 26, 2003                          March 26, 2003





* By: /s/ CAROL C. HAYES
      ----------------------------
      CAROL C. HAYES
      Attorney-in-fact



      March 26, 2003






                                       25

<PAGE>



                                 CERTIFICATIONS

I, Douglas N. Daft, Chairman, Board of Directors, and Chief Executive Officer of
The Coca-Cola Company, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Coca-Cola Company;

2.  Based on my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does not  contain  any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the  circumstances  under which such statements
were made,  not  misleading  with  respect to the period  covered by this annual
report;

3.  Based  on my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial
information  included  in this annual  report,  fairly  present in all  material
respects the financial  condition,  results of operations  and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for
establishing and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

a) designed  such  disclosure  controls and  procedures  to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others  within those  entities,  particularly  during the
period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated  the  effectiveness  of the  registrant's  disclosure  controls and
procedures  as of a date  within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions  about the  effectiveness  of
the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  based  on our  evaluation  as of the
Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed,  based on our
most recent evaluation,  to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of
registrant's   board  of  directors  (or  persons   performing   the  equivalent
functions):

a) all significant  deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls
which  could  adversely  affect the  registrant's  ability  to record,  process,
summarize and report  financial data and have  identified  for the  registrant's
auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any  fraud,  whether  or not  material,  that  involves  management  or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual
report whether there were significant  changes in internal  controls or in other
factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date
of our most recent  evaluation,  including any corrective actions with regard to
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

                                        Date:  March 26, 2003


                                        /s/  Douglas N. Daft
                                        ------------------------------------
                                        Douglas N. Daft
                                        Chairman, Board of Directors, and
                                        Chief Executive Officer


                                       26

<PAGE>

I, Gary P. Fayard,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer of The
Coca-Cola Company, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of The Coca-Cola Company;

2.  Based on my  knowledge,  this  annual  report  does not  contain  any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact  necessary to make
the statements made, in light of the  circumstances  under which such statements
were made,  not  misleading  with  respect to the period  covered by this annual
report;

3.  Based  on my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial
information  included  in this annual  report,  fairly  present in all  material
respects the financial  condition,  results of operations  and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.  The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for
establishing and maintaining  disclosure  controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and have:

a) designed  such  disclosure  controls and  procedures  to ensure that material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others  within those  entities,  particularly  during the
period in which this annual report is being prepared;

b) evaluated  the  effectiveness  of the  registrant's  disclosure  controls and
procedures  as of a date  within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the "Evaluation Date"); and

c) presented in this annual report our conclusions  about the  effectiveness  of
the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  based  on our  evaluation  as of the
Evaluation Date;

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed,  based on our
most recent evaluation,  to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of
registrant's   board  of  directors  (or  persons   performing   the  equivalent
functions):

a) all significant  deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls
which  could  adversely  affect the  registrant's  ability  to record,  process,
summarize and report  financial data and have  identified  for the  registrant's
auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and

b) any  fraud,  whether  or not  material,  that  involves  management  or other
employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal controls; and

6. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have indicated in this annual
report whether there were significant  changes in internal  controls or in other
factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date
of our most recent  evaluation,  including any corrective actions with regard to
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.

                                        Date:  March 26, 2003


                                        /s/  Gary P. Fayard
                                        ----------------------------------
                                        Gary P. Fayard
                                        Executive Vice President and
                                        Chief Financial Officer




                                       27





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-2
<SEQUENCE>4
<FILENAME>koksch.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SCHEDULES
<TEXT>


                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                                   ITEM 14(d)

                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
                     THE COCA-COLA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES


<PAGE>


                 SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                     THE COCA-COLA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          Year ended December 31, 2002
                                  (in millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COL. A                         COL. B                   COL. C                  COL. D          COL. E
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Additions
                                                 ------------------------
                                                   (1)            (2)
                                 Balance at      Charged to      Charged                        Balance
                                Beginning of     Costs and       to Other       Deductions      at End
Description                       Period          Expenses       Accounts        (Note 1)      of Period
- -----------                     ------------     ----------      --------       ----------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>

RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE
  BALANCE SHEET FROM THE
  ASSETS TO WHICH THEY
  APPLY
  Allowance for losses on:
    Trade accounts receivable       $ 59           $ 19           $  8            $ 31            $ 55
    Miscellaneous investments and
      other assets                   230             27              -              54             203
    Deferred tax assets              563            111             99              35             738
                                    ----           ----           ----            ----            ----
                                    $852           $157           $107            $120            $996
                                    ====           ====           ====            ====            ====




</TABLE>

- -----------------

Note 1 -  The amounts shown in Column D consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Trade         Miscellaneous            Deferred
                                               Accounts        Investments                Tax
                                              Receivable     and Other Assets           Assets        Total
                                              ----------     ----------------          --------       -----
<S>                                             <C>              <C>                    <C>           <C>

Charge off of uncollectible accounts            $ 23              $  6                  $  -          $ 29
Write-off of impaired assets                       -                35                     -            35
Other transactions                                 8                13                    35            56
                                                ----              ----                  ----          ----
                                                $ 31              $ 54                  $ 35          $120
                                                ====              ====                  ====          ====





</TABLE>




                                      F-1

<PAGE>

                 SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                     THE COCA-COLA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          Year ended December 31, 2001
                                  (in millions)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COL. A                         COL. B                   COL. C                  COL. D          COL. E
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Additions
                                                 ------------------------
                                                   (1)            (2)
                                 Balance at      Charged to      Charged                        Balance
                                Beginning of     Costs and       to Other        Deductions      at End
Description                       Period          Expenses        Accounts        (Note 1)      of Period
- -----------                     ------------     ----------      ---------       ----------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>             <C>

RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE
  BALANCE SHEET FROM THE
  ASSETS TO WHICH THEY
  APPLY
  Allowance for losses on:
    Trade accounts receivable       $ 62           $ 20             $  -          $ 23            $ 59
    Miscellaneous investments and
      other assets                   294              5                -            69             230
    Deferred tax assets              641            218                -           296             563
                                    ----           ----             ----          ----            ----
                                    $997           $243             $  -          $388            $852
                                    ====           ====             ====          ====            ====

</TABLE>

- ------------------

Note 1 -  The amounts shown in Column D consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Trade         Miscellaneous            Deferred
                                               Accounts        Investments                Tax
                                              Receivable     and Other Assets           Assets        Total
                                              ----------     ----------------          --------      -------
<S>                                             <C>              <C>                    <C>           <C>

Charge off of uncollectible accounts            $ 23             $ 13                   $  -          $ 36
Write-off of impaired assets                       -               36                      -            36
Other transactions                                 -               20                    296           316
                                                ----             ----                   ----          ----
                                                $ 23             $ 69                   $296          $388
                                                ====             ====                   ====          ====





</TABLE>



                                      F-2
<PAGE>






                  SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                     THE COCA-COLA COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          Year ended December 31, 2000
                                  (in millions)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COL. A                         COL. B                   COL. C                  COL. D          COL. E
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Additions
                                                 ------------------------
                                                   (1)            (2)
                                 Balance at      Charged to      Charged                        Balance
                                Beginning of     Costs and       to Other       Deductions      at End
Description                       Period          Expenses       Accounts        (Note 1)      of Period
- -----------                     ------------     ----------      --------       ----------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>

RESERVES DEDUCTED IN THE
  BALANCE SHEET FROM THE
  ASSETS TO WHICH THEY
  APPLY
  Allowance for losses on:
    Trade accounts receivable       $ 26           $ 37           $  4            $  5            $ 62
    Miscellaneous investments and
      other assets                   322             23              -              51             294
    Deferred tax assets              443            353              -             155             641
                                    ----           ----           ----            ----            ----
                                    $791           $413           $  4            $211            $997
                                    ====           ====           ====            ====            ====

</TABLE>

- --------------

Note 1 -  The amounts shown in Column D consist of the following:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Trade         Miscellaneous            Deferred
                                               Accounts        Investments                Tax
                                              Receivable     and Other Assets           Assets        Total
                                              ----------     ----------------          --------       -----
<S>                                             <C>              <C>                    <C>           <C>

Charge off of uncollectible accounts            $  4             $  -                   $  -          $  4
Write-off of impaired assets                       -               51                      -            51
Other transactions                                 1                -                    155           156
                                                ----             ----                   ----          ----
                                                $  5             $ 51                   $155          $211
                                                ====             ====                   ====          ====





</TABLE>



                                      F-3





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-1
<SEQUENCE>5
<FILENAME>index.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXHIBIT INDEX
<TEXT>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.                       Description
- ----------                        -----------

2.1       Control and Profit and Loss  Transfer  Agreement,  dated  November 21,
          2001, between Coca-Cola GmbH and Coca-Cola Erfrischungsgetraenke AG --
          incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 2 of the  Company's  Form
          10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the quarter  ended March 31,  2002.  (With
          regard to applicable  cross  references in this report,  the Company's
          Current,  Quarterly and Annual  Reports are filed with the  Securities
          and Exchange Commission under File No. 1-2217.)

3.1       Certificate of  Incorporation of the Company,  including  Amendment of
          Certificate of  Incorporation,  effective May 1, 1996 --  incorporated
          herein by reference to Exhibit 3 of the Company's  Form 10-Q Quarterly
          Report for the quarter ended March 31, 1996.

3.2       By-Laws of the Company,  as amended and restated  through  January 30,
          2003.

4.1       The  Company   agrees  to  furnish  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange
          Commission, upon request, a copy of any instrument defining the rights
          of  holders  of  long-term   debt  of  the  Company  and  all  of  its
          consolidated  subsidiaries and  unconsolidated  subsidiaries for which
          financial  statements are required to be filed with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission.

10.1.1    The Key  Executive  Retirement  Plan of the  Company,  as  amended  --
          incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Form
          10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

10.1.2    Third  Amendment to the Key Executive  Retirement Plan of the Company,
          dated  as of July 9,  1998 --  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
          Exhibit  10.1.2 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 1999.*

10.1.3    Fourth Amendment to the Key Executive  Retirement Plan of the Company,
          dated as of February 16, 1999 --  incorporated  herein by reference to
          Exhibit  10.1.3 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 1999.*

10.1.4    Fifth  Amendment to the Key Executive  Retirement Plan of the Company,
          dated as of January 25, 2000 --  incorporated  herein by  reference to
          Exhibit  10.1.4 of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 1999.*

10.2      Supplemental  Disability Plan of the Company,  as amended and restated
          effective January 1, 2003.*

10.3      The  Performance   Incentive  Plan  of  the  Company,  as  amended  --
          incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Form
          10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

10.4      1991 Stock Option Plan of the Company, as amended and restated through
          April 20, 1999 -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of
          the Company's Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the quarter ended March
          31, 1999.*

10.5      1999 Stock Option Plan of the Company, as amended and restated through
          February 20, 2002 -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1
          of the  Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the quarter  ended
          March 31, 2002.*

                                       i
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.                       Description
- ----------                        -----------

10.6      2002 Stock Option Plan of the Company, adopted as of April 17, 2002 --
          incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Form
          10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter ended March 31, 2002.*

10.7      1983  Restricted  Stock Award Plan of the Company,  as amended through
          February 17, 2000 -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7
          of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended  December
          31, 1999.*

10.8      1989  Restricted  Stock  Award Plan of the  Company,  as  amended  and
          restated through March 1, 2002 -- incorporated  herein by reference to
          Exhibit 10 of the Company's Form 10-Q Quarterly Report for the quarter
          ended September 30, 2002.*

10.9.1    Compensation Deferral & Investment Program of the Company, as amended,
          including   Amendment   Number  Four  dated   November   28,  1995  --
          incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit  10.13 of the  Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1995.*

10.9.2    Amendment Number 5 to the Compensation  Deferral & Investment  Program
          of the Company, effective as of January 1, 1998 -- incorporated herein
          by  reference  to Exhibit  10.8.2 of the  Company's  Form 10-K  Annual
          Report for the year ended December 31, 1997.*

10.10     Executive  Medical  Plan of The  Coca-Cola  Company,  as  amended  and
          restated effective January 1, 2001.*

10.11     Supplemental  Benefit  Plan of the  Company,  as amended and  restated
          effective January 1, 2002.*

10.12     Retirement Plan for the Board of Directors of the Company,  as amended
          -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 1991.*

10.13     Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee  Directors of the Company,
          adopted as of October 16, 1997 -- incorporated  herein by reference to
          Exhibit  10.12 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 1997.*

10.14     Long Term  Performance  Incentive Plan of the Company,  as amended and
          restated effective April 21, 1999 -- incorporated  herein by reference
          to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the
          quarter ended March 31, 1999.*

10.15     Executive  Performance  Incentive Plan of the Company,  as amended and
          restated effective April 21, 1999 -- incorporated  herein by reference
          to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company's  Form 10-Q  Quarterly  Report for the
          quarter ended March 31, 1999.*

10.16.1   Letter Agreement,  dated December 6, 1999,  between the Registrant and
          M.  Douglas  Ivester --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
          10.17.1 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended
          December 31, 1999.*

10.16.2   Letter Agreement,  dated December 15, 1999, between the Registrant and
          M.  Douglas  Ivester --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
          10.17.2 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended
          December 31, 1999.*

                                       ii
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.                         Description
- ----------                          -----------

10.16.3   Letter Agreement,  dated February 17, 2000, between the Registrant and
          M.  Douglas  Ivester --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
          10.17.3 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual  Report for the year ended
          December 31, 1999.*

10.17     Group Long-Term  Performance Incentive Plan of the Company, as amended
          and restated  effective  February 17, 2000 --  incorporated  herein by
          reference to Exhibit  10.18 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report
          for the year ended December 31, 1999.*

10.18     Executive  Incentive  Plan of the Company,  adopted as of February 14,
          2001 --  incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.19 of the
          Company's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report for the year ended  December  31,
          2000.*

10.19     Form of United States Master Bottle Contract, as amended,  between the
          Company and Coca-Cola  Enterprises Inc.  ("Coca-Cola  Enterprises") or
          its subsidiaries -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24
          of Coca-Cola  Enterprises'  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal
          year ended December 30, 1988 (File No. 01-09300).

10.20.1   Employment  Agreement,  dated as of  February  21,  2001,  between the
          Company and Deval L.  Patrick --  incorporated  herein by reference to
          Exhibit  10.21.1 of the Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 2001.*

10.20.2   Letter, dated January 4, 2002, from the Company to Deval L. Patrick --
          incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10.21.2 of the Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

10.21.1   Employment  Agreement,  dated  March 2, 2001,  between the Company and
          Steven J. Heyer -- incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22.1
          of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended  December
          31, 2001.*

10.21.2   Letter,  dated January 4, 2002, from the Company to Steven J. Heyer --
          incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10.22.2 of the Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

10.22     Letter Agreement,  dated March 31, 2001,  between the Company and Jack
          L. Stahl --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the
          Company's Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended March 31, 2001.*

10.23     Letter Agreement,  dated June 12, 2001, between the Company and Joseph
          R. Gladden,  Jr. -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24
          of the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended  December
          31, 2001.*

10.24     Letter  Agreement,  dated  August 22,  2001,  between  the Company and
          Charles S.  Frenette --  incorporated  herein by  reference to Exhibit
          10.25 of the  Company's  Form 10-K  Annual  Report  for the year ended
          December 31, 2001.*

10.25     Letter Agreement,  dated August 22, 2001, between The Coca-Cola Export
          Corporation  and  Charles  S.  Frenette  --  incorporated   herein  by
          reference to Exhibit  10.26 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report
          for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

10.26     Letter  Agreement,  dated September 17, 2001,  between the Company and
          Brian G. Dyson -- incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of
          the Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31,
          2001.*

                                      iii
<PAGE>

Exhibit No.                       Description
- ----------                        -----------

10.27     Letter,  dated October 17, 2001, from the Company to James E. Chestnut
          -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.28 of the Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

10.28     Resolutions of the  Compensation  Committee of the Company's  Board of
          Directors,  dated October 17, 2001, pertaining to A.R.C. (Sandy) Allan
          -- incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Company's
          Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2001.*

10.29     Deferred  Compensation Plan of the Company,  adopted December 20, 2001
          effective  as of June 1, 2002 --  incorporated  herein by reference to
          Exhibit  10.30 of the  Company's  Form 10-K Annual Report for the year
          ended December 31, 2001.*

10.30     Letter Agreement, dated October 24, 2002, between the Company and Carl
          Ware.*

10.31     The Coca-Cola Export Corporation  Employee Share Plan, effective as of
          March 13, 2002.*

10.32     Employees'  Savings  and  Share  Ownership  Plan  of  Coca-Cola  Ltd.,
          effective as of January 1, 1990.*

10.33     Share Purchase Plan - Denmark, effective as of 1991.*

12.1      Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges for the years ended
          December 31, 2002, 2001, 2000, 1999 and 1998.

13.1      Portions of the Company's 2002 Annual Report to Share Owners expressly
          incorporated  by reference  herein:  Pages 45 through 106, 108 through
          111, 114 and the inside back cover  (definitions  of "Dividend  Payout
          Ratio,"  "Economic  Profit,"  "Net  Capital,"  "Net Debt,"  "Return on
          Capital," "Return on Common Equity," "Total Capital" and "Total Market
          Value of Common Stock").

21.1      List of subsidiaries of the Company as of December 31, 2002.

23.1      Consent of Independent Auditors.

24.1      Powers of Attorney of Officers and Directors signing this report.

99.1      Cautionary Statement Relative to Forward-Looking Statements.

- --------------

* Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements  required
  to be filed as exhibits pursuant to Item 15(c) of this report.


                                       iv

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-3
<SEQUENCE>6
<FILENAME>x3-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>BY-LAWS, AS AMENDED JANUARY 30, 2003
<TEXT>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 3.2

                                    BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                             THE COCA-COLA COMPANY


                AS AMENDED AND RESTATED THROUGH JANUARY 30, 2003


                                   ARTICLE I

SHAREHOLDERS:

     Section 1. Place, Date and Time of Holding Annual Meetings. Annual meetings
of shareholders shall be held at such place, date and time as shall be
designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. In the absence of a
resolution adopted by the Board of Directors establishing such place, date and
time, the annual meeting shall be held at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington,
Delaware, on the third Wednesday in April of each year at 9:00 A.M. (local
time).

     Section 2. Voting. Each outstanding share of common stock of the Company is
entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote. Directors shall be
elected by plurality votes cast in the election for such directors. All other
action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast unless a greater vote
is required by the laws of Delaware. A shareholder may vote in person or by
proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by
law filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting. Any
copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing
or transmission created pursuant to this section may be substituted or used in
lieu of the original writing or the transmission that could be used, provided
that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a
complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

     Section 3. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding
shares of the common stock of the Company, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of shareholders.

     Section 4. Adjournment of Meetings. In the absence of a quorum or for any
other reason, the chairman of the meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to
time. If the adjournment is not for more than thirty days, the adjourned meeting
may be held without notice other than an announcement at the meeting. If the
adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if a new record date is fixed for
the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At any such adjourned
meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might
have been transacted at the meeting originally called.


Page 1 of 16

<PAGE>

     Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for any
purpose or purposes may be called by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the
Board of Directors or the President. Special meetings shall be held at the
place, date and time fixed by the Secretary.

     Section 6. Notice of Shareholders Meeting. Written notice, stating the
place, date, hour and purpose of the annual or special meeting shall be given by
the Secretary not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the
meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

     Section 7. Organization. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall
preside at all meetings of shareholders. In the absence of, or in case of a
vacancy in the office of, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President,
or in his absence or in the event that the Board of Directors has not selected a
President, any Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Senior
Vice President or Vice President in order of seniority as specified in this
sentence, and, within each classification of office in order of seniority in
time in that office, shall preside. The Secretary of the Company shall act as
secretary at all meetings of the shareholders and in the Secretary's absence,
the chairman of the meeting may appoint a secretary.

     The Board of Directors of the Company shall be entitled to make such rules
or regulations for the conduct of meetings of shareholders as it shall deem
necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of
the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right
and the authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do
all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate
or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without
limitation, establishing (i) an agenda or order of business for the meeting,
(ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of
those present, (iii) limitations on participation in such meetings to
shareholders of record of the Company and their duly authorized and constituted
proxies, and such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall permit,
(iv) restrictions on entries to the meeting after the time affixed for the
commencement thereof, (v) limitations on the time allotted to the questions or
comments by participants and (vi) regulation of the opening and closing of the
polls for balloting and matters which are to be voted on by ballot. Unless and
to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the
meeting, meetings of shareholders shall not be required to be held in accordance
with rules of parliamentary procedure.

     Section 8. Inspectors of Election. All votes by ballot at any meeting of
shareholders shall be conducted by such number of inspectors of election as are
appointed for that purpose by either the Board of Directors or by the chairman
of the meeting. The inspectors of election shall decide upon the qualifications
of voters, count the votes and declare the results.


Page 2 of 16

<PAGE>

     Section 9. Record Date. The Board of Directors, in order to determine the
shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or
any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in
writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights or entitled to exercise any rights
in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of
any other lawful action, shall fix in advance a record date which shall not be
more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more
than sixty days prior to any other action and in such case only such
shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed, shall be
entitled to such notice of or to vote at such meeting or any adjournment
thereof, or entitled to express consent to such corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or be entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or
other distribution or allotment of any rights or be entitled to exercise any
such rights in respect of stock or to take any such other lawful action, as the
case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the
Company after any such record date fixed as aforesaid.

     Section 10. Notice of Shareholder Proposals. At any annual or special
meeting of shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have
been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an
annual or special meeting, business must be: (A) specified in the notice of
meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before
the meeting by a shareholder. In order for business to be properly brought
before an annual meeting by a shareholder, the shareholder must have given
timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Company and such
proposal must be a proper matter for shareholder action under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To be timely, a shareholder's notice
must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices
of the Company not later than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth
(120th) calendar day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's
annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event no annual meeting was held
in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting has been changed by more
than thirty (30) days notice by the shareholder to be timely must be so received
not later than the close of business on the later of one hundred twenty (120)
calendar days in advance of such annual meeting or ten (10) calendar days
following the date on which public announcement of the date of the meeting is
first made. A shareholder's notice to the Secretary shall set forth as to each
matter the shareholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief
description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and
the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, (ii) the name
and address, as they appear on the Company's books, of the shareholder proposing
such business, (iii) the class and number of shares of the Company which are
beneficially owned by the shareholder, (iv) any material interest of the
shareholder in such business, and (v) any other information that is required to
be provided by the shareholder pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as


Page 3 of 16

<PAGE>

amended (the "1934 Act"), in his capacity as a proponent to a shareholder
proposal. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to include information with
respect to a shareholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a
shareholders' meeting, shareholders must provide notice as required by the
regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Notwithstanding anything in these
By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any annual meeting
except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10. The
chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at
the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 10, and, if he should so
determine, he shall so declare at the meeting that any such business not
properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

     Section 11. Election of Directors. Only persons who are nominated in
accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11 shall be eligible
for election as directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors of the Company may be made (i) at an annual or special meeting of
shareholders by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) at an
annual meeting by any shareholder of the Company entitled to vote in the
election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set
forth in this Section 11. Such nominations, other than those made by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made pursuant to timely notice in
writing to the Secretary of the Company in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10. Such shareholder's notice shall set forth (i) as to each person, if
any, whom the shareholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a
director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of such
person , (B) the principal occupation or employment of such person, (C) the
class and number of shares of the Company which are beneficially owned by such
person, (D) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the
shareholder and each nominee or any other person or persons (naming such person
or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the shareholder,
and (E) any other information relating to such person that is required to be
disclosed in solicitations of proxies for elections of directors, or is
otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act
(including, without limitation, such person's written consent to being named in
the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if
elected); and (ii) as to such shareholder giving notice, the information
required to be provided pursuant to Section 10. At the request of the Board of
Directors, any person nominated by a shareholder for election as a director
shall furnish to the Secret ary of the Company that information required to be
set forth in the shareholder's notice of nomination which pertains to the
nominee. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Company
unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 11.
The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare
at the meeting that nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures
prescribed by these By-Laws, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare
at the meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Page 4 of 16

<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II

DIRECTORS:

     Section 1. Number and Term and Classes of Directors. The whole Board of
Directors shall consist of not less than ten (10) nor more than twenty (20)
members, the exact number to be set from time to time by the Board of Directors.
No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent
director. In absence of the Board of Directors setting the number of directors,
the number shall be 20. The Board of Directors shall be divided into three
classes of as nearly equal size as practicable. The term of office of the
members of each class shall expire at the third annual meeting of shareholders
following the election of such members, and at each annual meeting of
shareholders, directors shall be chosen for a term of three years to succeed
those whose terms expire; provided, whenever classes are or, after the next
annual meeting of shareholders, will be uneven, the shareholders, for the sole
purpose of making the number of members in such class as equal as practicable,
may elect one or more members of such class for less than 3 years.

     Section 2. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at such times as the Board of Directors may determine from time to
time.

     Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may
be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Secretary or by a
majority of the directors by written request to the Secretary.

     Section 4. Notice of Meetings. The Secretary shall give notice of all
meetings of the Board of Directors by mailing the notice at least three days
before each meeting or by telegraphing or telephoning the directors not later
than one day before the meeting. The notice shall state the time, date and place
of the meeting, which shall be determined by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, or, in absence of the Chairman, by the Secretary of the Company,
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.

     Section 5. Quorum and Voting. A majority of the directors holding office
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Except as otherwise
specifically required by Delaware law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Company or by these By-Laws, any action required to be taken shall be
authorized by a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a
quorum is present.

     Section 6. General Powers of Directors. The business and affairs of the
Company shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors.

     Section 7. Chairman. At all meetings of the Board of Directors, the
Chairman of the Board of Directors shall preside and in the absence of, or in
the case of a vacancy in


Page 5 of 16

<PAGE>

the office of, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, a chairman selected
by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or, if he fails to do so, by the
directors, shall preside.

     Section 8. Compensation of Directors. Directors and members of any
committee of the Board of Directors shall be entitled to such reasonable
compensation and fees for their services as shall be fixed from time to time by
resolution of the Board of Directors and shall also be entitled to reimbursement
for any reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of
Directors and any committee thereof, except that a Director who is an officer or
employee of the Company shall receive no compensation or fees for serving as a
Director or a committee member.

     Section 9. Qualification of Directors. Each person who shall attain the age
of 74 shall not thereafter be eligible for nomination or renomination as a
member of the Board of Directors.

     Any director who was elected or reelected because he or she was an officer
of the Company at the time of that election or the most recent reelection shall
resign as a member of the Board of Directors simultaneously when he or she
ceases to be an officer of the Company.


                                  ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS:

     Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors
shall designate an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Committee on
Directors and Corporate Governance, and whatever other committees the Board of
Directors deems advisable, each of which shall have and may exercise the powers
and authority of the Board of Directors to the extent provided in the charters
of each committee adopted by the Board of Directors in one or more resolutions.

     The Chairman of the Board shall have the power and authority of a committee
of the Board of Directors for purposes of taking any action which the Chairman
of the Board is authorized to take under the provisions of this Article.

     Section 2. Election of Committee Members. The members of each committee
shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall serve until the first
meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of shareholders and
until their successors are elected and qualified or until the members' earlier
resignation or removal. The Board of Directors may designate the Chairman and
Vice Chairman of each committee. Vacancies may be filled by the Board of
Directors at any meeting.


Page 6 of 16

<PAGE>


     The Chairman of the Board may designate one or more directors to serve as
an alternate member or members at any committee meeting to replace any absent or
disqualified member, such alternate or alternates to serve for that committee
meeting only, and the Chairman of the Board may designate a committee member as
acting chairman of that committee, in the absence of the elected committee
chairman, to serve for that committee meeting only.

     Section 3. Procedure/Quorum/Notice. The Committee Chairman, Vice Chairman
or a majority of any committee may call a meeting of that committee. A quorum of
any committee shall consist of a majority of its members unless otherwise
provided by resolution of the Board of Directors. The majority vote of a quorum
shall be required for the transaction of business. The secretary of the
committee or the chairman of the committee shall give notice of all meetings of
the committee by mailing the notice to the members of the committee at least
three days before each meeting or by telegraphing or telephoning the members not
later than one day before the meeting. The notice shall state the time, date and
place of the meeting. Each committee shall fix its other rules of procedure.


                                   ARTICLE IV

NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE:

     Section 1. Notice. Any notice required to be given to shareholders or
directors under these By-Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by law may be
given by mailing the same, addressed to the person entitled thereto, at such
person's last known post office address and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time of such mailing.

     Section 2. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given
under these By-Laws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by law, a waiver
thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the
time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a
person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except
when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, directors
or a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.


                                   ARTICLE V

OFFICERS:

     Section 1. Officers of the Company. The officers of the Company shall be
selected by the Board of Directors and shall be a Chairman of the Board of
Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board
of Directors may elect a


Page 7 of 16

<PAGE>

Vice Chairman, President and a Controller and one or more of the following:
Senior Executive Vice President, Executive Vice President, Senior Vice
President, Assistant Vice President, Assistant Secretary, Associate Treasurer,
Assistant Treasurer, Associate Controller and Assistant Controller. Two or more
offices may be held by the same person.

     The Company may have a General Counsel who shall be appointed by the Board
of Directors and shall have general supervision of all matters of a legal nature
concerning the Company, unless the Board of Directors has also appointed a
General Tax Counsel, in which event the General Tax Counsel shall have general
supervision of all tax matters of a legal nature concerning the Company.

     The Company may have a Chief Financial Officer who shall be appointed by
the Board of Directors and shall have general supervision over the financial
affairs of the Company. The Company may also have a Chief of Internal Audits who
shall be appointed by the Board of Directors.

     Section 2. Election of Officers. At the first meeting of the Board of
Directors after each annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors
shall elect the officers. From time to time the Board of Directors may elect
other officers.

     Section 3. Tenure of Office; Removal. Each officer shall hold office until
the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of
shareholders following the officer's election and until the officer's successor
is elected and qualified or until the officer's earlier resignation or removal.
Each officer shall be subject to removal at any time, with or without cause, by
the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

     Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of
Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and subject to the
overall direction and supervision of the Board of Directors and Committees
thereof shall be in general charge of the affairs of the Company; and shall
consult and advise with the Board of Directors and committees thereof on the
business and the affairs of the Company. The Chairman of the Board of Directors
shall have the power to make and execute contracts on behalf of the Company and
to delegate such power to others.

     Section 5. President. The Board of Directors may select a President who
shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned by the Board
of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors. In the absence or
disability of the President his or her duties shall be performed by such Vice
Presidents as the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Board of Directors
may designate. The President shall also have the power to make and execute
contracts on the Company's behalf and to delegate such power to others.


Page 8 of 16

<PAGE>

     Section 6. Vice Presidents. Each Senior Executive Vice President, Executive
Vice President, Senior Vice President and Vice President shall have such powers
and perform such duties as may be assigned to the Officer by the Board of
Directors or by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President.

     Section 7. Secretary. The Secretary shall keep minutes of all meetings of
the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall keep, or cause to be
kept, minutes of all meetings of Committees of the Board of Directors, except
where such responsibility is otherwise fixed by the Board of Directors. The
Secretary shall issue all notices for meetings of the shareholders and Board of
Directors and shall have charge of and keep the seal of the Company and shall
affix the seal attested by the Secretary's signature to such instruments as may
properly require same. The Secretary shall cause to be kept such books and
records as the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the
President may require; and shall cause to be prepared, recorded, transferred,
issued, sealed and cancelled certificates of stock as required by the
transactions of the Company and its shareholders. The Secretary shall attend to
such correspondence and such other duties as may be incident to the office of
the Secretary or assigned by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, or the President.

     In the absence of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary is authorized to
assume the duties herein imposed upon the Secretary.

     Section 8. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall perform all duties and acts
incident to the position of Treasurer, shall have custody of the Company funds
and securities, and shall deposit all money and other valuable effects in the
name and to the credit of the Company in such depositories as may be designated
by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Company
as may be authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall
render to the Board of Directors, whenever required, an account of all the
transactions of the Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Company. The
Treasurer shall vote all of the stock owned by the Company in any corporation
and may delegate this power to others. The Treasurer shall perform such other
duties as may be assigned to the Treasurer and shall report to the Chief
Financial Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer, to the
Chairman of the Board of Directors.

     In the absence of the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer is authorized to
assume the duties herein imposed upon the Treasurer.

     Section 9. Controller. The Board of Directors may select a Controller who
shall keep or cause to be kept in the books of the Company provided for that
purpose a true account of all transactions and of the assets and liabilities of
the Company. The Controller shall prepare and submit to the Chief Financial
Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Financial Officer to the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, such financial statements and schedules as may be required
to keep the Chief Financial Officer and the


Page 9 of 16

<PAGE>


Chairman of the Board of Directors currently informed of the operations and
financial condition of the Company, and perform such other duties as may be
assigned by the Chief Financial Officer or the Chairman of the Board.

     In the absence of the Controller, an Assistant Controller is authorized to
assume the duties herein imposed upon the Controller.

     Section 10. Chief of Internal Audits. The Board of Directors may select a
Chief of Internal Audits, who shall cause to be performed, and have general
supervision over, auditing activities of the financial transactions of the
Company, including the coordination of such auditing activities with the
independent accountants of the Company and who shall perform such other duties
as may be assigned to him from time to time. The Chief of Internal Audits shall
report to the Chief Financial Officer or, in the absence of the Chief Financial
Officer, to the Chairman of the Board of Directors. From time to time at the
request of the Audit Committee, the Chief of Internal Audits shall inform that
Committee of the auditing activities of the Company.

     Section 11. Assistant Vice Presidents. The Company may have assistant vice
presidents who shall be appointed by a committee whose membership shall include
one or more executive officers of the Company (the "Committee"). Each such
assistant vice president shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as
may be assigned from time to time by the Committee, the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President or any Vice President, and which are not inconsistent
with the powers and duties granted and assigned by these By-Laws or the Board of
Directors. Assistant vice presidents appointed by the Committee shall be subject
to removal at any time, with or without cause, by the Committee. Annually the
Committee shall report to the Board of Directors who it has appointed to serve
as assistant vice presidents and their respective responsibilities.


                                   ARTICLE VI

RESIGNATIONS: FILLING OF VACANCIES:

     Section 1. Resignations. Any director, member of a committee, or officer
may resign at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take
effect at the time specified therein, and, if no time be specified, at the time
of its receipt by the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the Secretary. The
acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

     Section 2. Filling of Vacancies. If the office of any director becomes
vacant, the directors in office, although less than a quorum, or, if the number
of directors is increased, the directors in office, may elect any qualified
person to fill such vacancy. In the case of a vacancy in the office of a
director caused by an increase in the number of directors, the person so elected
shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders, or until his
successor shall be elected and qualified. In the case of a


Page 10 of 16

<PAGE>

vacancy in the office of a director resulting otherwise than from an
increase in the number of directors, the person so elected to fill such vacancy
shall hold office for the unexpired term of the director whose office became
vacant. If the office of any officer becomes vacant, the Chairman of the Board
of Directors may appoint any qualified person to fill such vacancy temporarily
until the Board of Directors elects any qualified person for the unexpired
portion of the term. Such person shall hold office for the unexpired term and
until the officer's successor shall be duly elected and qualified or until the
officer's earlier resignation or removal.


                                  ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION:

     Section 1. Indemnification of Directors, and Officers, Employees and
Agents. The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party
or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed
action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason
of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the
Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good
faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interest of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of
any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or
upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a
presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he
reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Company,
and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that his conduct was unlawful.

     The Company shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or
suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of
the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a director,
officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually
and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of
such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and except
that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter
as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company
unless and only to the extent


Page 11 of 16

<PAGE>


that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was
brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of
Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

     Section 2. Expenses. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise, in whole or
in part, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in the first
two paragraphs of this Section 1 or in defense of any claim, issue or matter
therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. The entitlement
to expenses under this Section 2 shall include any expenses incurred by a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company in connection with any
action, suit or proceeding brought by such director, officer, employee or agent
to enforce a right to indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article.
If successful in whole or in part in any such action, suit or proceeding, or in
any action, suit or proceeding brought by the Company to recover a payment of
expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking provided in accordance with
Section 4, the director, officer, employee or agent also shall be entitled
to be paid the expense of prosecuting or defending such action, suit or
proceeding.

     Section 3. Procedure for Receiving Indemnification. To receive
indemnification under this By-Law, a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Company shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or
therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to him
and reasonably necessary to determine his entitlement to indemnification. Upon
receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification, a
determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to a claimant's
request Any indemnification under the first two paragraphs of this Section
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Company only as authorized in
the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in the first two paragraphs of this Section has
been met. Such determination shall be made: (1) by the Board of Directors by a
majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such
action, suit or proceedings, even though less than a quorum; or (2) by a
committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even
though less than a quorum; or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such
directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion; or
(4) by the shareholders. The determination of a claimant's entitlement to
indemnification shall be made within a reasonable time, and in any event within
no more than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request for
indemnification together with the supporting documentation required by this
Section. The burden of establishing that a claimant is not entitled to be
indemnified under this Article or otherwise shall be on the Company.

     Section 4. Payment of Expenses. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or
criminal action, suit or proceeding may shall be paid by the Company in advance
of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding within 30 days after
receipt by the Company of a statement requesting payment of such expenses. Such
statement shall evidence the expenses incurred by the claimant and shall include
an undertaking by or on behalf of the claimant to repay such expenses unless it
shall ultimately be determined,

Page 12 of 16

<PAGE>

by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal,
that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this
Article. The burden of establishing that a claimant is not entitled to
payment of expenses under this Article or otherwise shall be on the Company. Any
such payment shall not be deemed to be a loan or extension or arrangement of
credit by or on behalf of the Company.

     Section 5. Provisions Non-Exclusive; Survival of Rights. The
indemnification and advancement payment of expenses provided by or granted
pursuant to this Section Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other
rights to which those indemnified or those who receive advances payment of
expenses may be entitled under any By-Law, agreement, vote of shareholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his an official
capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and
shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee
or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and
administrators of such a person.

     Section 6. Insurance. The Company shall have power to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him
and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such,
whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify him against such
liability under the provisions of this Article.

     Section 7. Authority to Enter into Indemnification Agreements. The Company
shall have the power to enter into contracts with any director, officer,
employee or agent of the Company in furtherance of the provisions of this
Article to provide for the payment of such amounts as may be appropriate, in the
discretion of the Board of Directors, to effect indemnification and payment of
expenses as provided in this Article.

     Section 8. Effect of Amendment. Any amendment, repeal or modification of
this Article shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the
time of such amendment, repeal or modification in respect of any act or omission
occurring prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.

Page 13 of 16

<PAGE>


     Section 9. No Duplication of Payments. The Company's obligation, if any, to
indemnify or pay expenses to any person under this Article shall be reduced to
the extent such person has otherwise received payment (under any insurance
policy, indemnity clause, bylaw, agreement, vote or otherwise).


                                  ARTICLE VIII

CAPITAL STOCK:

     Section 1. Form and Execution of Certificates. The certificates of shares
of the capital stock of the Company shall be in such form as shall be approved
by the Board of Directors. The certificates shall be signed by the Chairman of
the Board of Directors or the President, or a Vice President, and by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer.
Each certificate of stock shall certify the number of shares owned by the
shareholder in the Company.

     A facsimile of the seal of the Company may be used in connection with the
certificates of stock of the Company, and facsimile signatures of the officers
named in this Section may be used in connection with said certificates. In the
event any officer whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate
shall cease to be such officer before the certificate is issued, the certificate
may be issued with the same effect as if such person was an officer at the date
of issue.

     Section 2. Record Ownerships. All certificates shall be numbered
appropriately and the names of the owners, the number of shares and the date of
issue shall be entered in the books of the Company. The Company shall be
entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of stock as the holder in
fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
other claim to or interest in any share on the part of any other person, whether
or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as required by the
laws of Delaware.

     Section 3. Transfer of Shares. Upon surrender to the Company or to a
transfer agent of the Company of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or
accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the Company, if it is satisfied that all
provisions of law regarding transfers of shares have been duly complied with, to
issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old
certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

     Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates. Any person
claiming a stock certificate in lieu of one lost, stolen or destroyed shall give
the Company an affidavit as to such person's ownership of the certificate and of
the facts which go to prove that it was lost, stolen or destroyed. The person
shall also, if required by the Board of Directors, give the Company a bond,
sufficient to indemnify the Company against any claims that may be made against
it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of

Page 14 of 16

<PAGE>

any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate. Any Vice
President or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Company is
authorized to issue such duplicate certificates or to authorize any of the
transfer agents and registrars to issue and register such duplicate
certificates.

     Section 5. Regulations. The Board of Directors from time to time may make
such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue,
transfer and registration of shares.

     Section 6. Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Board of Directors may appoint
such transfer agents and registrars of transfers as may be deemed necessary, and
may require all stock certificates to bear the signature of either or both.


                                   ARTICLE IX

SEAL:

     Section 1. Seal. The Board of Directors shall provide a suitable seal
containing the name of the Company, the year of its creation, and the words,
"CORPORATE SEAL, DELAWARE," or other appropriate words. The Secretary shall have
custody of the seal.


                                   ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR:

     Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be the
calendar year.

                                   ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS:

     Section 1. Directors may Amend By-Laws. The Board of Directors shall have
the power to make, amend and repeal the By-Laws of the Company at any regular or
special meeting of the Board of Directors.

     Section 2. By-Laws Subject to Amendment by Shareholders. All By-Laws shall
be subject to amendment, alteration, or repeal by the shareholders entitled to
vote at any annual meeting or at any special meeting.


                                  ARTICLE XII

EMERGENCY BY-LAWS:

     Section 1. Emergency By-Laws. This Article XII shall be operative during
any emergency resulting from an attack on the United States or on a locality in
which the Company conducts its business or customarily holds meetings of its
Board of Directors or

Page 15 of 16

<PAGE>

its stockholders, or during any nuclear or atomic disaster or during the
existence of any catastrophe or other similar emergency condition, as a result
of which a quorum of the Board of Directors or, if one has been constituted, the
Executive Committee thereof cannot be readily convened (an "emergency"),
notwithstanding any different or conflicting provision in the preceding Articles
of these By-Laws or in the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. To the
extent not inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, the By-Laws
provided in the preceding Articles and the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company shall remain in effect during such emergency, and
upon termination of such emergency, the provisions of this Article XII shall
cease to be operative.

     Section 2. Meetings. During any emergency, a meeting of the Board of
Directors, or any committee thereof, may be called by any officer or director of
the Company. Notice of the time and place of the meeting shall be given by any
available means of communication by the person calling the meeting to such of
the directors and/or Designated Officers, as defined in Section 3 hereof, as it
may be feasible to reach. Such notice shall be given at such time in advance of
the meeting as, in the judgment of the person calling the meeting, circumstances
permit.

     Section 3. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any
committee thereof, called in accordance with Section 2 of this Article XII, the
presence or participation of two directors, one director and a Designated
Officer or two Designated Officers shall constitute a quorum for the transaction
of business.

     The Board of Directors or the committees thereof, as the case may be,
shall, from time to time but in any event prior to such time or times as an
emergency may have occurred, designate the officers of the Company in a numbered
list (the "Designated Officers") who shall be deemed, in the order in which they
appear on such list, directors of the Company for purposes of obtaining a quorum
during an emergency, if a quorum of directors cannot otherwise be obtained.

     Section 4. By-Laws. At any meeting called in accordance with Section 2 of
this Article XII, the Board of Directors or the committees thereof, as the case
may be, may modify, amend or add to the provisions of this Article XII so as to
make any provision that may be practical or necessary for the circumstances of
the emergency.

     Section 5. Liability. No officer, director or employee of the Company
acting in accordance with the provisions of this Article XII shall be liable
except for willful misconduct.

     Section 6. Repeal or Change. The provisions of this Article XII shall be
subject to repeal or change by further action of the Board of Directors or by
action of the shareholders, but no such repeal or change shall modify the
provisions of Section 5 of this Article XII with regard to action taken prior to
the time of such repeal or change.

Page 16 of 16



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.2
<SEQUENCE>7
<FILENAME>x10-2.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SUPPLEMENTAL DISABILITY PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED, EFFECTIVE 1/1/2003
<TEXT>
                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.2




                             THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
                          SUPPLEMENTAL DISABILITY PLAN









                            AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2003


















<PAGE>


                             THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
                          SUPPLEMENTAL DISABILITY PLAN

               As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2003


                                    PREFACE

The Coca-Cola Company established The Coca-Cola Company Supplemental  Disability
Plan  (the  "Plan")   effective  January  1,  1984.  The  Plan  is  an  unfunded
supplemental  disability  plan for eligible  employees.  The Plan is designed to
provide certain  disability  benefits primarily for a select group of executives
or highly  compensated  employees  which  are not  otherwise  payable  or cannot
otherwise  be  provided  under the terms of The  Coca-Cola  Company  Health  and
Welfare Benefits Plan.

This Plan is amended and restated  effective January 1, 2003,  incorporating any
amendments  effective  as of that date.  The benefit of any employee who becomes
disabled on or after January 1, 2003 shall be determined under the terms of this
amended and restated  Plan.  The benefit of any  employee  who becomes  disabled
prior to January 1, 2003 shall be governed by the terms of the Plan,  if any, in
effect at the time of the disability.


                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply to the terms of this Plan.

     "Committee" shall mean the Benefits Committee  appointed by the Senior Vice
President,  Human  Resources,  which  shall  act on  behalf  of the  Company  to
administer the Plan as provided in Article IV.

     "Company" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company.

     "Employee" shall mean any person who is currently  employed by an Employer.
An  individual  shall be treated as employed by an Employer  under this Plan for
any period  only if (i) he or she is actually  classified  during such period by
the Employer on its payroll,  personnel and benefits system as an employee,  and
(ii) he or she is paid for  services  rendered  during such  period  through the
payroll system,  as distinguished  from the accounts  payable  department of the
Employer.  No other individual shall be treated as employed by an Employer under
this Plan for any period,  regardless of his or her status during such period as
an employee under common law or under any statute.

     "Employer" shall mean the Company and any  Participating  Subsidiary of the
Company.

     "Insurer"  shall mean the insurance  company that issued the LTD Policy and
serves as the claims fiduciary for claims for benefits under the LTD Policy.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     "LTD Policy" shall mean the Long Term Disability Insurance Policy issued to
the Company  providing Basic Long Term Disability  Insurance  benefits under The
Coca-Cola Company Health and Welfare Benefits Plan.

     "Monthly Benefit" shall mean the gross monthly amount payable under the LTD
Policy by the Insurer to the  Participant  (i.e.,  the amount payable before any
reduction  for  other  income  benefits  or  other  income  earnings  or for tax
withholdings),  which is calculated at 60% of the  Participant's  "Basic Monthly
Earnings"  (as that term is defined and  determined  under the LTD Policy),  and
which is subject to any applicable maximum limits described in the LTD Policy.

     "Participant"  shall mean an Employee or former Employee of an Employer who
is eligible to receive benefits provided by the Plan.

     "Participating Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary of the Company which the
Committee has  designated as such and whose  Employees are covered under the LTD
Policy.

     "Plan" shall mean The Coca-Cola  Company  Supplemental  Disability Plan, as
amended from time to time.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                  ELIGIBIILTY

2.1 Eligibility for Participation. Each Employee of the Employer who is eligible
for benefits under the LTD Policy is eligible to  participate in the Plan.  Upon
becoming a  Participant,  an Employee is deemed to have assented to the Plan and
to any amendments adopted hereafter.

2.2 Date of Participation. Each Employee who is eligible to become a Participant
under Section 2.1 shall become a Participant  on the later of i) January 1, 2003
or ii) the date he meets the eligibility requirements.

2.3  Duration of  Participation.  An Employee  who becomes a  Participant  shall
continue to be a Participant  until the earlier of i) his  termination of active
employment  with the Employer ii) the date he is no longer covered under the LTD
Policy,  or iii) the date he is no longer  entitled  to  benefits  under the LTD
Policy or this Plan.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                    BENEFITS

3.1 Disability  Benefit.  A Participant who becomes  eligible for and receives a
disability  benefit  under the LTD Policy shall be eligible  for a  supplemental
disability  benefit under this Plan. No benefit is payable under this Plan until
and  unless the  Insurer  determines  that a benefit  is  payable  under the LTD
Policy.

                                       3
<PAGE>

3.2 Amount of Benefit.  A Participant  who is eligible for a disability  benefit
pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be entitled to a monthly  supplemental  disability
benefit  under this Plan in an amount  equal to the excess,  if any, of (1) over
(2), where

     (1)  equals   the   Monthly   Benefit   payable   under  the  LTD   Policy,
     notwithstanding  any  applicable  maximum  limits  to the  Monthly  Benefit
     described in the LTD Policy, and

     (2) equals the Monthly Benefit payable under the LTD Policy.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  herein,  in no event  shall  the  monthly
supplemental benefit paid under this Plan plus the Monthly Benefit payable under
the LTD Policy exceed $25,000, and any supplemental benefit paid under this Plan
will be reduced accordingly.

3.3 Commencement and Duration.  Monthly supplemental disability benefit payments
shall commence at the same time and be payable  monthly  thereafter for the same
period of time as the Monthly Benefits are paid under the LTD Policy.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                 ADMINISTRATION

4.1 Committee.

(a)  The Committee  shall be responsible for the general  administration  of the
     Plan. In the absence of the  appointment of a Committee,  the functions and
     powers of the Committee shall reside with the Company.

(b)  The Committee shall establish regulations for the day to day administration
     of the  Plan.  The  Committee  and its  designated  agents  shall  have the
     exclusive right and discretion to interpret the terms and conditions of the
     Plan  and to  decide  all  matters  arising  with  respect  to  the  Plan's
     administration   and   operation    (including    factual   issues).    Any
     interpretations or decisions so made shall be conclusive and binding on all
     persons.   The   Committee   or  its  designee  may  pay  the  expenses  of
     administering  the  Plan or may  reimburse  the  Company  or  other  person
     performing  administrative services with respect to the Plan if the Company
     or such other  person  directly  pays such  expenses  at the request of the
     Committee.

4.2  Authority to Appoint  Advisors and Agents.  The  Committee  may appoint and
employ such  persons as it may  require or deem  advisable  in carrying  out the
provisions  of the Plan.  To the extent  permitted  by law,  the  members of the
Committee  shall be fully  protected by any action taken in reliance upon advice
given by such  persons  and in  reliance  on tables,  valuations,  certificates,
determinations,  opinions and reports  which are  furnished  by any  accountant,
counsel,  claims administrator or other expert who is employed or engaged by the
Committee.

4.3 Compensation  and Expenses of Committee.  The members of the Committee shall
receive no  compensation  for its duties  hereunder,  but the Committee shall be
reimbursed for all

                                       4
<PAGE>

reasonable  and necessary  expenses  incurred in the  performance of its duties,
including counsel fees and expenses.  Such expenses of the Committee,  including
the compensation of administrators,  actuaries,  counsel,  agents or others that
the  Committee  may  employ,  shall be paid  out of the  general  assets  of the
Company.

4.4 Records. The Committee shall keep or cause to be kept books and records with
respect to the operations and administration of this Plan.

4.5 Indemnification of Committee.  The Company agrees to indemnify and to defend
to the fullest extent  permitted by law any employee  serving as a member of the
Committee  or as its  delegate  against  all  liabilities,  damages,  costs  and
expenses, including attorneys' fees and amounts paid in settlement of any claims
approved by the Company,  occasioned  by any act or failure to act in connection
with the Plan,  unless such act or omission arises out of such employee's  gross
negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.

4.6 Disputes.

(a)  Claim.  A person who  believes  that he or she is being denied a benefit to
     which he or she is  entitled  under this Plan  (hereinafter  referred to as
     "Claimant")  must  file  a  written  request  for  such  benefit  with  the
     Committee,  setting  forth his or her claim  within 60 days of the date the
     benefit was denied.  The request must be addressed to the  Committee at the
     Company's principal place of business.

(b)  Claim  Decision.  Upon receipt of a claim,  the Committee (or its delegate,
     hereinafter  collectively referred to as "Committee") shall deliver a reply
     within 90 days. The Committee may, however,  extend the reply period for an
     additional 90 days for special  circumstances.  If the claim is denied, the
     Committee shall inform the Claimant in writing.

(c)  Limitation  of  Actions.  No suit for  benefits  may be  brought  until the
     Claimant has  submitted  and the  Committee  has made a final denial of the
     claim. Any suit for benefits must be brought within one year after the date
     the  Committee  has made a final denial of the claim.  Notwithstanding  any
     other  provision  herein,  any suit for benefits must be brought within two
     years after the date the claim for benefits first arose.


                                   ARTICLE V
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

5.1 Unsecured General Creditor.  Participants and their heirs,  successors,  and
assigns  shall have no legal or  equitable  rights,  claims,  or interest in any
specific property or assets of the Employer.  No assets of the Employer shall be
held in any way as collateral  security for the fulfilling of the obligations of
the Employer under this Plan. Any and all of the Employer's assets shall be, and
remain,  the  general  unpledged,  unrestricted  assets  of  the  Employer.  The
Employer's  obligation  under the Plan shall be merely that of an  unfunded  and
unsecured promise of the Employer to pay money in the future,  and the rights of
the Participants  shall be no greater

                                       5

<PAGE>

than those of unsecured general  creditors.  It is the intention of the Employer
that this Plan be unfunded. Nothing contained in this Plan, and no actions taken
pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a
trust  or any  kind of  fiduciary  relationship  between  the  Employer  and any
Participant or any other person.

5.2 Restriction Against  Assignment.  The Employer shall pay all amounts payable
hereunder  only to the person or persons  designated  by the Plan and not to any
other person or corporation.  No part of a Participant's benefit shall be liable
for the debts,  contracts,  or engagements  of any  Participant or successors in
interest,  nor shall a  Participant's  benefit be subject to  execution by levy,
attachment,  or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable  proceeding,  nor
shall any such person have any right to alienate,  anticipate,  sell,  transfer,
commute,  pledge,  encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any
manner  whatsoever.  If any  Participant or successor in interest is adjudicated
bankrupt or purports to anticipate,  alienate, sell, transfer,  commute, assign,
pledge,   encumber  or  charge  any  distribution  or  payment  from  the  Plan,
voluntarily or involuntarily,  the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such
distribution  or payment  (or any part  thereof)  to or for the  benefit of such
Participant  or  successor  in interest in such  manner as the  Committee  shall
direct.

5.3 Tax  Withholding.  There shall be deducted  from each payment made under the
Plan or any other  compensation  payable to the  Participant all taxes which are
required  to be withheld  by the  Employer in respect to any payment  under this
Plan. The Employer shall have the right to reduce any payment (or  compensation)
by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

5.4 Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination. The Committee may amend,
modify,  suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, at any time,  except
that no amendment,  modification,  suspension or termination  may  retroactively
adversely affect any Participant's right to a benefit which has vested under the
Plan before such date.

5.5 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed,  governed and  administered  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, to the extent not preempted by
federal law, without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

5.6 Receipt or Release.  Any payment to a  Participant  in  accordance  with the
provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof,  be in full satisfaction of
all claims  against the Committee  and the  Employer.  The Committee may require
such Participant, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt
and release to such effect.

5.7 Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity. In the event that any amount
becomes  payable  under the Plan to a person  who,  in the sole  judgment of the
Committee,  is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable
to give a valid receipt therefore, the Committee may direct that such payment be
made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed
the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such  determination  shall
constitute a full release and discharge of the Committee and the Employer.

                                       6
<PAGE>

5.8 Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship.  Neither the establishment
of the Plan nor any modification  thereof, nor the creating of any fund, nor the
payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving to any Participant or other
person any legal or equitable  right against the Employer  except as provided in
the Plan;  and in no event  shall the terms of  employment  of any  Employee  or
Participant be modified or in any way be affected by the provisions of the Plan.

5.9 Headings. Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience
of  reference  only  and are not to be  considered  in the  construction  of the
provisions hereof.


The Coca-Cola Company  Supplemental Benefit Plan is hereby amended and restated,
effective as of January 1, 2003.


                                        By: /s/ Coretha M. Rushing
                                        --------------------------------------
                                        Senior Vice President, Human Resources



                                       7





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.10
<SEQUENCE>8
<FILENAME>x10-10.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EXECUTIVE MEDICAL PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED 1/1/2001
<TEXT>
                                                                EXHIBIT 10.10


                           EXECUTIVE MEDICAL PLAN OF
                             THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
                                 (PLAN NO. 549)

                            AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
                           EFFECTIVE JANUARY 1, 2001

     The Coca-Cola  Company (the "Plan Sponsor")  adopted The Coca-Cola  Company
Supplemental  Medical  Expense  Plan on May 4, 1982 (the  "Plan").  On August 1,
1989, the Plan Sponsor  executed a Plan  Instrument  effective July 1, 1982. The
Plan was further  amended  effective  January 1, 1989 by  Amendment  No. 1 dated
August 1, 1989.

     The Plan Sponsor  does hereby  amend and restate the Plan in its  entirety,
effective as of January 1, 2001.  This  amendment and  restatement  reflects the
renaming of the Plan as the  "Executive  Medical Plan of The Coca-Cola  Company"
and the new Insurer for the Group Policy incorporated herein by reference.


1.   Purpose

     The  purpose  of the  Plan is to  provide  eligible  employees  of the Plan
Sponsor and its participating  affiliates with additional  financial security in
the event of death or disability.  An individual shall be treated as an employee
under  this Plan for any  period  only if (i) he or she is  actually  classified
during  such  period by the Plan  Sponsor or a  participating  affiliate  on its
payroll,  personnel  and benefits  system as an employee,  and (ii) he or she is
paid for  services  rendered  during such period  through the payroll  system as
distinguished  from the accounts  payable  department of the Plan Sponsor or any
participating  affiliate.  No other  individual  shall be treated as an employee
under  this Plan for any period  regardless  of his or her  status  during  such
period as an employee under common law or under any statute.

     The Plan Sponsor  intends  that the Plan  constitute  an "employee  welfare
benefit  plan" under the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974,  as
amended  ("ERISA")  and that  the  Plan be  maintained  in  compliance  with all
applicable  provisions  of ERISA  and the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
amended.

2.   Eligibility Requirements and Benefit Coverages Provided

     Benefits provided under the Plan shall be provided through the purchase and
maintenance of one or more Group  Insurance  Policies (the "Group Policy") which
the officers of the Plan Sponsor are  authorized  to enter into with one or more
insurance  companies (the "Insurer") with respect to the Plan. Plan requirements
respecting  eligibility for participation and benefits shall be the requirements
as to  employees  to be insured as set forth in the Group  Policy.  The  persons
entitled to benefits under the Plan shall be the employees  insured as set forth
in the Group Policy and their  beneficiaries  designated in accordance  with the
terms,  provisions  and  conditions of the Group Policy.  The benefits under the
Plan  shall be  provided  by the Group  Policy  in  accordance  with the  terms,
provisions  and  conditions  of the Group  Policy.  The  affiliates  of the Plan
Sponsor whose  employees may  participate in the Plan shall be those  affiliates
specified in the Group Policy.

<PAGE>

3.   Plan Administrator

     The  Director of Employee  Benefits of the Plan  Sponsor  shall be the Plan
Administrator of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may authorize any other person
to sign  communications  and to execute  documents  on his or her behalf and may
delegate  such of his or her duties and  responsibilities  under the Plan as the
Plan  Administrator  considers to be in the best interest of the Plan.  The Plan
Administrator  may employ one or more  persons to render  advice with respect to
any of the Plan Administrator's responsibilities under the Plan.

4.   Named Fiduciary and Administration of the Plan

     (a) The Plan  Administrator  shall have the  exclusive  responsibility  and
complete discretionary  authority to control the operation and management of the
Plan, with all powers  necessary to enable him or her to properly carry out such
responsibility,  including,  but not limited to, the power to construe the terms
of this Plan, to determine status, coverage and eligibility for benefits (except
to the extent  delegated to the Insurer under Section 4(b) of the Plan),  and to
resolve all interpretive,  equitable and other questions that shall arise in the
operation and administration of the Plan. All actions and determinations made by
the Plan Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

     (b) Claims for  benefits  under the Plan are to be submitted to and payment
of claims will be made by the Insurer as provided in the Group  Policy.  A claim
which is denied by the Insurer  shall be  reviewed by the Insurer in  accordance
with the  procedure  as provided in the Group  Policy,  and the  decision of the
Insurer on any claim shall be final. The Insurer shall be the "named  fiduciary"
under the Plan for the purpose of such  review and all  decisions  thereon.  The
Insurer's  decision on any claim shall be final,  conclusive  and binding on all
persons.  Except as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan, the Insurer shall have
the exclusive  responsibility and complete  discretionary  authority to make all
decisions  with  respect to claims,  with all powers  necessary  to enable it to
properly carry out such responsibility, including, but not limited to, the power
to construe the terms of the Group  Policy,  to determine  status,  coverage and
eligibility of claims,  and to resolve all interpretive and other questions that
shall arise while doing so. All such  actions or  determinations  of the Insurer
shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

     (c)  Notwithstanding  Section  4(b),  the Plan  Administrator,  and not the
Insurer,  shall have the  exclusive  responsibility  and complete  discretionary
authority to determine  whether an  individual  has been  classified on the Plan
Sponsor's or a participating affiliate's payroll,  personnel and benefits system
for any period as its employee for purposes of this Plan and shall be the "named
fiduciary" under the Plan for such purpose.  All actions and determinations made
by the Plan  Administrator  in the scope of his or her authority  under the Plan
shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

5.   Plan Year

     The plan year for the Plan shall coincide with the policy year of the Group
Policy.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

- - 2 -

6.   Financing the Plan

     All Plan benefits shall be funded through the purchase of the Group Policy;
provided,  however,  that any payments made to or credits to the Plan Sponsor in
accordance with the experience  rating  provisions,  if any, of the Group Policy
shall be the separate property of the Plan Sponsor.  Eligible  employees covered
under the Plan shall make such  contributions to the cost of the Group Policy as
the Plan Administrator may require from time to time.

7.   Plan Expenses

     All reasonable and proper expenses incurred in administering the Plan shall
be paid by the Plan unless the Plan Sponsor, in its absolute discretion,  elects
to pay any or all of such expenses.

8.   Limitation of Rights

     The Plan shall not give any  employee,  former  employee or  dependent  any
right or claim except to the extent that such right is specifically  fixed under
the terms of the Plan. Neither the establishment nor the continuance of the Plan
shall be  construed as giving any employee a right to be continued in the employ
of the Plan  Sponsor or any  affiliate or as  interfering  with the right of the
Plan Sponsor or any affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any
time.

9.   Failure of Enforcement as Waiver

     The failure of the Plan Sponsor, the Plan Administrator,  or the Insurer to
enforce at any time any of the provisions of the Plan, or to require at any time
performance of any of the  provisions of the Plan,  shall in no way be construed
to be a waiver of such provisions,  nor in any way to effect the validity of the
Plan or any part thereof or the right of the Plan Sponsor,  Plan  Administrator,
or Insurer to thereafter enforce each and every such provision.

10.  Amendment and Termination of the Plan

     The Plan Administrator may terminate,  suspend, amend or modify the Plan in
whole or part at any time for any  reason  (including,  without  limitation,  to
reduce or eliminate coverage for one or more groups of individuals and to change
or increase at any time the amounts  payable by covered  persons  under the Plan
including,  without limitation,  the amounts of contributions  required for Plan
coverage), by written action, and any such termination, suspension, amendment or
modification may be made retroactively and, further, may be made without advance
notice to any person;  provided,  however,  that no  amendment to the benefit or
other  provisions  of the Group  Policy may be made  without the approval of the
Insurer.

11.  Applicable Law

     The Plan shall be  construed,  administered  and  governed in all  respects
under and by the laws of the State of Georgia, except to the extent that Federal
law is controlling.


                                     - 3 -
<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned duly authorized Plan Administrator has
executed this amended and restated Plan on the 25 day of June, 2001.

                                        THE COCA-COLA COMPANY



                                        By: /s/ Barbara S. Gilbreath
                                            ----------------------------
                                            Director of Employee Benefits









[2001_Restated_Exec_Med_Plan.doc]



                                      -4-
<PAGE>














                        APPLICATION FOR GROUP INSURANCE

                                       TO

                      UNITED HEALTHCARE INSURANCE COMPANY
                             Hartford, Connecticut

Employer - The Coca-Cola Company

Address - One Coca-Cola Plaza, Atlanta, Georgia 30313

The Employer applies for a Group Policy to cover its eligible Employees.

Employees of affiliated  organizations  under common control of the Employer may
be covered. The Employer will have to request in writing that they be covered.

The Employees of other  affiliated  organizations  will have coverage started or
stopped  when the Employer  requests  the Company in writing to do so.  Coverage
will start or stop according to the rules of the policy.

The term  "Employer"  will mean the Employer named above.  It will also mean any
affiliated organization the Employer has included under the policy.

The Employer will  represent any  affiliated  organizations  included  under the
policy. The Employer will take any required actions for them.

The  company  identifies  the  policy as Policy  Number  GA-195732.  The  policy
includes  any and all riders  attached to it. The  Employer  has approved it and
accepts its terms.

The policy will take effect on January 1, 2001.  Premium  payments  are required
each month.

Any earlier application for the policy is replaced by this application.



Dated at:  Atlanta, Georgia             THE COCA-COLA COMPANY

May 31, 2001
- -------------------                     By: /s/ Coretha M. Rushing
                                           --------------------------------
                           Official Title:  Coretha Rushing
                                            Senior Vice President,
                                            Human Resources

Witness: /s/ Sharon Ray
         --------------------



<PAGE>


                      United HealthCare Insurance Company

                             450 COLUMBUS BOULEVARD
                             HARTFORD, CONNECTICUT
                                A STOCK COMPANY
                        (Hereinafter called the Company)


Employer - The Coca-Cola Company

           and any affiliated organizations included under this policy.

Policy Number - GA-195732

Effective Date - January 1, 2001

First Policy Anniversary - January 1, 2002

Subsequent Policy Anniversaries - each January 1

State or other Jurisdiction of Issue - Georgia

The  Company  agrees to  insure  the  Employer's  eligible  Employees  and their
eligible Dependents.  The Company will do this while this policy stays in force.
The  Company  agrees to pay the  benefits of this  policy to the  Employee.  The
details  of the  benefits  are  shown in the  Certificate(s)  of  Insurance  and
Notice(s) of Amendment which form a part of the policy.

Premiums

The  Employer has applied for this policy and  understands  that it must pay the
required  premium to the Company to get the  insurance  and to keep it in force.
The Premium Due Date is the first day of each calendar month.

When This Policy Will Take Effect

This policy will take effect at the  Employer's  address on the  Effective  Date
above,  its date of issue.  All  periods of time that  apply to this  policy are
deemed to begin and end at 12:01 A.M. at the Employer's address.

United  HealthCare  Insurance  Company witnesses that this policy is executed on
its date of issue at Hartford, Connecticut.


                                      /s/ P. A. Michaud
                                      ---------------------------------
                                             Policy Registrar


            Group Health Insurance: Non-Participating Term Insurance
      Which can be Discontinued by the Company as Described in the Policy


P-CV1, P-Pl1, P-PP2, P-DP1.


<PAGE>

                           PLAN OF INSURANCE COVERAGE

1.   All of the benefits and provisions in the  Certificate(s)  of Insurance and
     Notice(s) of Amendment  issued for the  Employees  shown in Paragraph 3 are
     included in and made a part of this policy.

2.   When a reference to "you" or "your" is made in any Certificate of Insurance
     or Notice of Amendment, it will be a reference to an insured Employee.

3.   The Certificate(s) of Insurance and Notice(s) of Amendment, each identified
     by a Document Number,  the description of the Employees,  and the Effective
     Date(s) of the  Certificate(s)  of Insurance and Notice(s) of Amendment are
     shown  below.  The  Effective  Date  is the  date  that  the  benefits  and
     provisions of the Certificate of Insurance or Notice of Amendment are to be
     included in the policy.

          Employees             Document Number              Effective Date

      All Eligible Employees        03682423                 January 1, 2001



<PAGE>


                               POLICY PROVISIONS

                                 Premium Rates

The monthly premium for each insured Employee is as follows:

*    $253.52 for Employee only coverage.

*    $519.19 for Employee plus Spouse coverage.

*    $732.15 for Employee plus Family coverage.


                    The Company's Right to Change the Rates

The Company can change the premium rates on:

*    A Premium Due Date.

*    The date of a change in Plan benefits or provisions.

*    The effective date of any change in federal laws or state regulations which
     affect the Company's obligations under this policy.

The Company also has the right to change the rates  retroactive to the Effective
Date  if an  Employee  makes  a  material  misrepresentation  that  affects  the
conditions under which the policy was issued.

However,  the Company may not increase the rates before  either of the following
times,  except for an  increase  due to a change in the number of  Employees,  a
change in Plan,  a change  in  federal  laws or state  regulations  or  Employee
misrepresentation:

The first Policy Anniversary.

12 months after a previous increase in premium rates.

The  Employer  will be notified  at least 60 days in advance of any  increase in
premium rates.

                        Premiums: Where and How Payable

Premium is the money paid by the Employer to the Company for insurance coverage.
Premiums are paid at the Home Office or to an  authorized  agent of the Company.
Premiums are paid in advance each month on or before the Premium Due Date except
that premiums for each conversion policy or certificate issued during a calendar
quarter are paid to the Company quarterly in arrears.

The  first  premium  is due on and  must be paid  by the  Effective  Date of the
policy.


                       Premium Computation and Adjustment

Premium Computation

Each  monthly  premium  is  calculated  based on the number of  enrollees,  each
enrollee's coverage  classification the Company shows in its records at the time
of the calculation and the premium rates then in effect.

<PAGE>



The Employer shall notify the Company in writing within 30 days of the effective
date of additions,  terminations or other changes. The Employer shall notify the
Company in writing each month of any changes in the coverage  classification  of
any enrollee.

Premium Adjustment

The Company will make a retroactive adjustment of the premium for any additions,
terminations  or changes in coverage  classification  not shown in the Company's
records at the time premium is calculated.

No retroactive credit will be made for:

*    any change  which  occurs more than 60 days prior to the date the  Employer
     notifies the Company of the change

*    any month in which an individual  has received  services or supplies  under
     the terms of the policy.

The Employer  may notify the Company in writing to end the policy  during a time
for which  premium has been paid.  The Company  will make an  adjustment  of the
premium to the  Employer  for the time  between the date the policy ends and the
end of the period for which premium has been paid.


                              Retrospective Rating

Insurance under this policy is subject to retrospective  experience rating. This
means that the Company may at the end of any policy year retrospectively reduce,
but not increase, the premium for such policy year due to claims experience. The
claims  experience of the class of business as a whole, of which the Employer is
a part, and to the extent allowed by law, the claims experience of each Employer
under this policy will be used to  determine  the premium  rates.  To the extent
allowed  by law,  the  rates  may also be based on some or all of the  following
characteristics  of  the  Employer:   age,  sex,  family  status,   industry  or
occupation,  size  of  the  Employer,  location  of the  Employer,  underwriting
classification,  duration  of  coverage  since  underwriting,  health  status of
covered individuals,  benefit plan design, and such other factors as the Company
may determine from time to time.


                                  Grace Period

This  section  applies  only to  premiums  due after the  Effective  Date of the
policy.

If  premiums  are not paid by a Premium  Due Date,  the policy will only stay in
force for 31 days.  The Employer must pay premiums for the time the policy stays
in force.  If written  notice to end the policy is given by the Employer  before
the end of the 31 days, an adjustment of the premium will be made.


                       Employee's Individual Certificate

The Company will issue  Certificates  of Insurance  and any  attachments  to the
Employer  for  delivery  to  each  covered  Employee.  The  certificate  and any
attachments  will show all the benefits and  provisions of the health  insurance
plan.


                         Employer's Information Reports

The Company needs  certain  data. It is used to figure  amounts of insurance and
premiums. The Employer must give the data when it is requested by the Company.


<PAGE>




                      Inspection of Records by the Company

The Company has the right to inspect  records of the Employer that relate to the
insurance or the  premiums.  The Company will have this right at all  reasonable
times.


                                Entire Contract

This policy is governed by the laws of the State or other Jurisdiction of Issue.
The entire contract is made up of the following:

*    This policy, including all Certificates and any attachments.

*    The Employer's application,

*    The Employees' applications, if there are any.

Unless there is fraud,  all statements made by the Employer or Employees will be
considered as statements of fact, not as guarantees.

A covered  person's  statement  can not be used in defense to a claim  under the
policy unless a copy of the statement has been given to the person.


                                 Clerical Error

Clerical  error shall not  deprive  any person of  coverage  under the policy or
create a right to  benefits.  Failure  to report the  termination  of a person's
coverage shall not continue such coverage beyond the date it is scheduled to end
according to the terms of the policy.  Upon discovery of a clerical  error,  any
necessary appropriate  adjustment in premium shall be made. However, the Company
will not make an  adjustment  in  premium or  coverage  for more than 60 days of
coverage  prior to the date the Employer  notifies the Company of such  clerical
error.

                                 Modifications

No one can change the  policy,  any of its  conditions  or the  Premium Due Date
without the written consent of the Company.

The Company can change the policy  (including the benefits and provisions in the
Certificates of Insurance) on a Policy Anniversary. The change must be effective
on a uniform  basis on all policies  which provide the same type of group health
product in the small  and/or  large  group  market.  Employer  agreement  is not
needed.

The policy can also be changed if the Company and the Employer  agree.  Employee
agreement is not needed.

Any  change  has to agree  with the laws of the State or other  Jurisdiction  of
Issue.

Any change has to be signed by an Officer of the  Company  and  attached to this
policy before it is valid.

Benefits  can not be  reduced  for an  expense  incurred  before the date of the
change.


                    No Replacement for Workers' Compensation

This policy does not replace Workers' Compensation or affect any requirement for
Workers' Compensation


<PAGE>


coverage.



                            Discontinuance of Policy

The policy and all of the insurance ends on the earliest of the following:

*    The date the  premium  is not paid  when due.  Unless  the  Employer  gives
     advance  written notice to the Company to end the policy,  the Grace Period
     applies. During the Grace Period the policy stays in force for 31 days. The
     Employer must pay premium for the time the policy stays in force. The Grace
     Period applies even if the Employer  replaces this policy with another plan
     of insurance but has not given notice to the Company.

*    The first  Premium Due Date after the  Employer  gives the Company  written
     notice to end the policy.  If the Employer does not give advance notice and
     the policy ends because the premium is not paid, the Grace Period  applies.
     During the Grace Period the policy stays in force for 31 days. The Employer
     must pay premium for the time the policy  stays in force.  The Grace Period
     applies  even if the  Employer  replaces  this policy with  another plan of
     insurance but has not given notice to the Company.

*    The date  specified  by the  Company,  in  advance  written  notice  to the
     Employer, that the policy is discontinued for one of the following reasons:

       * The Employer has  performed an act or practice that is fraud or made an
         intentional  misrepresentation  of material fact under the terms of the
         policy.  The Company  has the right to rescind  this policy back to the
         effective date.

       * The  Employer  has  failed  to  comply  with  the  Company's   employer
         contribution or group participation rules.

       * The number of Employees  changes such that a large  employer  becomes a
         small employer.  The small employer will be given the option to buy all
         other group  health  coverage  currently  offered by the Company in the
         small group market.

       * The Company has stopped  issuance of the type of group health  coverage
         provided  by this  policy in a state for the small  and/or  large group
         market.  The  Company  will give notice of the  discontinuation  to the
         Employer  and  Employees  at  least  90 days  prior  to the date of the
         discontinuation.  The Employer will be given the option to buy all (or,
         if the  Employer  is a  large  employer,  any)  other  health  coverage
         currently offered by the Company.

       * The  Company has stopped  issuance  of all group  health  coverage in a
         state for the small  and/or large group  market.  The Company will give
         notice of the  discontinuation  to the applicable state authority,  the
         Employer  and  Employees  at  least  180  days  prior  to the  date  of
         discontinuation.

*    There are no longer any Employees who reside or work in the network service
     area.

*    The terms small  employer,  small group  market,  large  employer and large
     group market will have the meaning given to them under  applicable state or
     federal law.


                                 END OF POLICY


<PAGE>

                      UNITED HEALTHCARE INSURANCE COMPANY

CERTIFICATE OF COVERAGE

This  Certificate  of  Coverage  ("Certificate")  sets  forth  your  rights  and
obligations under this coverage.  It is important that you READ YOUR CERTIFICATE
CAREFULLY and familiarize yourself with its terms and conditions.

The Policy provides payment for certain medical  expenses not otherwise  covered
under The Health Benefit Plan of The Coca-Cola Company or under any other health
benefit plan in which you are enrolled.  See the  definition  of Covered  Health
Service in Section 1 and Section 8 "Covered Health Services".

United Healthcare  Insurance Company ("Company") agrees with the Enrolling Group
to  provide  Coverage  to  you  and  your  Dependents,  subject  to  the  terms,
conditions,  exclusions and  limitations of the Policy.  The Policy is issued on
the basis of the  Enrolling  Group's  application  and  payment of the  required
Policy Charges. The Enrolling Group's application is made a part of the Policy.

The Company shall not be deemed or construed as an employer for any purpose with
respect to the  administration  or  provision  of benefits  under the  Enrolling
Group's  benefit plan. The Company shall not be  responsible  for fulfilling any
duties or  obligations  of an employer  with  respect to the  Enrolling  Group's
benefit plan.

The Policy  shall take effect on the date  specified  and will be  continued  in
force by the timely payment of the required Policy Charges when due,  subject to
termination of the Policy as provided. All Coverage under the Policy shall begin
at 12:01 a.m. and end at 12:00 midnight at the Enrolling Group's address.

The Policy is delivered in the State of Georgia and is governed by ERISA.





IN4                                                                       2


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1       Definitions                                             3



Section 2       Eligibility and Effective Date of Coverage              6

Section 3       Termination of Coverage                                 6

Section 4       Reimbursement                                           7

Section 5       General Provisions                                      9

Section 6       Coordination of Benefits                                10

Section 7       Continuation of Coverage                                16

Section 8       Covered Health Services                                 19

Section 9       General Exclusions                                      20






TC

<PAGE>

SECTION 1

DEFINITIONS

This  section  defines the terms used  throughout  this  Certificate  and is not
intended to describe covered or uncovered services.

"Amendment" - any attached  description of additional or alternative  provisions
to the  Policy.  Amendments  are  effective  only when  signed  by the  Company.
Amendments  are subject to all  conditions,  limitations  and  exclusions of the
Policy except for those which are specifically amended.

"Calendar  Year Maximum" - the maximum  amount of Covered  Medical  Expenses the
Plan  Sponsor  will pay during  any  calendar  year  period of January 1 through
December 31.

"Covered  Health  Services" -  Copayments,  coinsurance,  and annual  deductible
charges that are assessed to you in connection  with services  covered under The
Coca-Cola Company Health Benefit Plan.

"Coverage" or "Covered" - the  entitlement by a Covered Person to  reimbursement
for Health Services covered under the Policy, subject to the terms,  conditions,
limitations  and exclusions of the Policy.  Health Services must be incurred (1)
when  the  Policy  is in  effect;  and (2)  prior  to the  date  that any of the
individual  termination  conditions of Section 3.1 occur;  and (3) only when the
recipient is a Covered Person and meets all eligibility  requirements  specified
in the Policy.

"Covered Person" - either the Subscriber or an Enrolled  Dependent,  but applies
only while Coverage of such person under the Policy is in effect.  References to
"you" and "your" throughout this Certificate are references to a Covered Person.

"Dependent" -

* Your lawful spouse.  Legally  separated  spouses are not  considered  eligible
family members.  Common-law  spouses are not considered  eligible family members
unless they live in a state that recognizes common-law marriages.

*    Same-sex domestic partners who:

     * is an individual who is the same-sex as the associate;

     * is at least 18 years old;

     * is neither  married to anyone else nor is the domestic  partner of anyone
       other than the associate;

     * is the associate's  sole same-sex  domestic partner and intends to remain
       so indefinitely;


    DE4                                 4
<PAGE>

     * lives with the associate in the same permanent residence;

     * is jointly responsible,  with the associate, for each other's welfare and
       basic living expenses ("financial interdependence");

     * is competent to enter a binding contract under the law; and

     * is not related to the  associate in a blood  relationship  that would bar
       marriage under the law for opposite sex couples;

*    Your  unmarried  dependent  children  under  the age of 19 if the  child is
     dependent upon you for financial support and maintenance;

*    Your unmarried children under the age of 24 who are registered  students in
     regular  full-time  attendance  (at least 12 credit hours) at an accredited
     secondary school,  college,  university,  or vocational or trade school and
     who primarily depend on you for financial support and maintenance; and

*    Your disabled  children who were covered under the plan and disabled at the
     time  their  dependent  coverage  would  otherwise  have  ended  because of
     reaching  the maximum  age,  who are  incapable  of  self-support  due to a
     physical or mental incapacity.  Proof of total disability must be furnished
     within 31 days after the date on which your child's coverage would normally
     cease and from time to time thereafter as requested by the Company.


"Eligible  Expenses" - Eligible  Expenses are calculated by the Company based on
available data resources of competitive fees in that geographic area.

Eligible  Expenses  must not exceed the fees that the provider  would charge any
similarly situated payor for the same services.

Eligible  Expenses are determined  solely in accordance  with Our  reimbursement
policy  guidelines.  We develop  Our  reimbursement  policy  guidelines,  in Our
discretion,  following  evaluation  and  validation of all provider  billings in
accordance with one or more of the following methodologies:

*    as  indicated  in  the  most  recent  edition  of  the  Current  Procedural
     Terminology (publication of the American Medical Association);

*    as reported by generally recognized professionals or publications;

*    as utilized for Medicare;

*    as determined by medical staff and outside medical consultants;

*    pursuant to other appropriate source or determination that We accept.

"Eligible  Person" - (1) an employee of the Enrolling Group; or (2) other person
who meets the eligibility requirements specified in both the application and the
Policy.

"Enrolled Dependent" - a Dependent who is properly enrolled for Coverage

DE4

                                        5
<PAGE>


under the policy.

"Enrolling  Group"  -  the  employer  or  other  defined  or  otherwise  legally
constituted group to whom the Policy is issued.

"Experimental,  Investigational  or  Unproven  Services"  -  medical,  surgical,
diagnostic,   psychiatric,  substance  abuse  or  other  health  care  services,
technologies,  supplies, treatments, procedures, drug therapies or devices that,
at the time the Company makes a determination regarding coverage in a particular
case, is determined to be:

A.   not  approved  by the  U.S.  Food  and Drug  Administration  ("FDA")  to be
     lawfully  marketed for the proposed use and not  identified in the American
     Hospital  Formulary Service or the United States  Pharmacopoeia  Dispensing
     Information as appropriate for the proposed use; or

B.   subject to review and  approval by any  institutional  review board for the
     proposed use; or

C.   the subject of an ongoing  clinical  trial that meets the  definition  of a
     Phase 1, 2 or 3 clinical trial set forth in the FDA regulations, regardless
     of whether the trial is actually subject to FDA oversight; or

D.   not demonstrated through prevailing  peer-reviewed medical literature to be
     safe and effective for treating or diagnosing  the condition or illness for
     which its use is proposed.

The Company,  in its  judgment,  may deem an  Experimental,  Investigational  or
Unproven  Service a Covered  Health  Service  for  treating  a life  threatening
Sickness or condition if it is determined by the Company that the  Experimental,
Investigational or Unproven Service at the time of the determination:

A.   is safe with promising efficacy;

B.   is provided in a clinically controlled research setting; and

C.   uses a specific research protocol that meets standards  equivalent to those
     defined by the National Institutes of Health.

(For the  purpose of this  definition,  the term "life  threatening"  is used to
describe  Sicknesses or conditions  that are more likely than not to cause death
within one year of the date of the request for treatment.)

"Full-time  Student" - a dependent  enrolled  in at least 12 credit  hours as an
accredited secondary school, college,  university, or vocational or trade school
and whom primarily depend on you for financial support and maintenance.

"Health  Services" - the health care  services  and supplies  Covered  under the
Policy,  except to the extent that such health care  services  and  supplies are
limited or excluded.

"Physician" - any Doctor of Medicine,  "M.D.," or Doctor of Osteopathy,  "D.O.,"
who is duly licensed and qualified by law. Note: Any duly licensed podiatrist,


DE4
<PAGE>

                                       6

dentist,  psychologist,  chiropractor,  optometrist  or other  provider who acts
within the scope of his or her license will be considered on the same basis as a
Physician.  Designation of a provider as a Physician does not mean that Benefits
are available.

"Policy" - the group Policy, the application of the Enrolling Group.  Amendments
and Riders which constitute the agreement regarding the benefits, exclusions and
other conditions between the Company and the Enrolling Group.

"Rider" - any attached  description of Health Services Covered under the Policy.
Health  Services  provided  by a Rider may be subject  to payment of  additional
Premiums.  Riders are effective  only when signed by the Company and are subject
to all  conditions,  limitations  and  exclusions of the Policy except for those
that are specifically amended.

"Subscriber"  - an Eligible  Person who is properly  enrolled for Coverage under
the Policy.  The Subscriber is the person who is not a Dependent on whose behalf
the Policy is issued to the Enrolling Group.


SECTION 2

EFFECTIVE DATE OF COVERAGE


Section  2.1  Effective  Date  of  Coverage.  Coverage  for  you and any of your
Dependents  is  effective on the date  specified  in the Policy.  In no event is
there Coverage for Health  Services  rendered or delivered  before the effective
date of Coverage.

Section 2.2 Coverage for a New Eligible Person. Coverage for you and any of your
Dependents shall take effect on the date specified in the Policy.  Employees and
their eligible dependents must enroll for coverage within 31 days from when they
first became eligible.

Section  2.3  Coverage  for  a  Newly  Eligible  Dependent.  Coverage  for a new
Dependent acquired by reason of birth,  legal adoption,  placement for adoption,
court or administrative  order, or marriage shall take effect on the date of the
event.  Coverage is effective only if the Company  receives any required Premium
and is notified of the event within 31 days.


SECTION 3


TERMINATION OF COVERAGE

Section 3.1 Conditions for  Termination of an Eligible  Person's  Coverage Under
the Policy.  The Company may, at any time,  discontinue this benefit plan and/or
all similar plans for the reasons specified in the Policy. When your



DE4
                                       7
<PAGE>


Coverage  terminates,  you may have  continuation  privileges  as  described  in
Section 7 or as provided under other applicable federal and/or state law.

Your Coverage, including coverage for Health Services rendered after the date of
termination  for medical  conditions  arising prior to the date of  termination,
shall automatically terminate on the earliest of the dates specified below.

A.   The date the entire Policy is terminated, as specified in the Policy.

B.   The date you cease to be eligible.

C.   The date the Company  receives  written notice from the Enrolling Group the
     Company to terminate  Coverage or the date  requested  in such  notice,  if
     later.

Section 3.2 Extended Coverage for Handicapped  Dependent Children.  Coverage for
your disabled  children who were covered under the plan and disabled at the time
their  dependent  coverage  would have  otherwise  ended because of reaching the
maximum  age,  who are  incapable  of  self-support  due to a physical or mental
incapacity. Proof of total disability must be furnished within 31 days after the
date on which your child's  coverage  would normally cease and from time to time
thereafter as requested by the claims administrator.

Section 3.3 Payment and Reimbursement Upon Termination.  Termination of Coverage
shall not affect any request for  reimbursement of Eligible  Expenses for Health
Services  rendered prior to the effective date of termination.  Your request for
reimbursement must be furnished as required in Section 4.

SECTION 4

REIMBURSEMENT

Section 4.1 Reimbursement of Eligible Expenses.  The Company shall reimburse you
for  Eligible  Expenses  subject  to  the  terms,  conditions,   exclusions  and
limitations of the Policy and as described in 4.4

Section  4.2 Filing  Claims for  Reimbursement  of  Eligible  Expenses.  You are
responsible for submitting a claim to the Company's  office,  on a form provided
by or  satisfactory  to the Company.  Claims should be submitted  within 90 days
after date of service. Unless you are legally incapacitated,  failure to provide
this  information  to the  Company  within 1 year of the date of  service  shall
cancel or reduce Coverage for the Health Service.

Subject  to written  authorization  from you,  all or a portion of any  Eligible
Expenses due may be paid directly to the provided of the Health Services instead
of being paid to you.

Written  proof of loss should be given to the  Company  within 90 days after the
date of the loss. If it was not reasonably possible to give written proof in the
time


TE(99)
                                        8

<PAGE>

required,  the  Company  will not  reduce  or deny the  claim  for this  reason.
However,  proof must be filed as soon as reasonably possible,  but no later than
one year after the date of service.

It is not necessary to include a claim form with the proof of loss. If you would
like to use a claim  form,  contact the Company and a claim form will be sent to
you. If you do not receive the claim form within 15 days of your  request,  send
in the proof of loss with the following information:

        A.      Your name and address

        B.      Patient's name and age

        C.      Number stated on Your ID card

        D.      The name and address of the provider of the service(s)

        E.      A diagnosis from the Physician

        F.      Itemized bill which includes the CPT codes or description of
                each charge

        G.      Date Injury or Sickness began

        H.      A statement indicating either that You are, or You are not,
                enrolled for coverage under any other health insurance plan or
                program.  If You are enrolled for other coverage You must
                include the name of the other carrier(s).


Section 4.3  Payment of Claims.  Benefits  are payable  within 45 days after the
Company receives acceptable proof of loss. Benefits will be paid to you unless:

A.   the provider  notifies the Company that your signature is on file assigning
     benefits directly to that provider; or

B.   you make a written request at the time the claim is submitted.

Section 4.4 Limitation of Action for Reimbursement. You do not have the right to
bring  any  legal   proceeding   or  action   against  the  Company  to  recover
reimbursement  until 90 days after you have  properly  submitted  a request  for
reimbursement,  as described above. If you do not bring such legal proceeding or
action against the Company  within 3 years of the  expiration  date, you forfeit
your rights to bring any action against the Company.



RE4

                                       9
<PAGE>

SECTION 5

GENERAL PROVISIONS


Section 5.1 Entire Policy. The Policy,  including the Certificate of Coverage as
Attachment A, the  application,  Amendments and Riders,  constitutes  the entire
Policy.  All statements made by the Enrolling Group or by a Subscriber shall, in
the absence of fraud, be deemed representations and not warranties.

Section 5.2 Time Limit on Certain  Defenses.  No statement,  except a fraudulent
statement, made by the Enrolling Group shall be used to void the Policy after it
has been in force for a period of two years.

Section 5.3 Amendments and  Alterations.  Amendments to the Policy are effective
upon 31 days written notice to the Enrolling Group.  Riders are effective on the
date specified by the Company. No change will be made to the Policy unless it is
made by an Amendment or a Rider which is signed by an officer of the Company. No
agent has authority to change the Policy or to waive any of its provisions.

Section 5.4 Relationship Between Parties. The relationships  between the Company
and providers and relationships  between the company and Enrolling  Groups,  are
solely  contractual  relationships  between  independent  contractors.   Network
providers and Enrolling  Groups are not agents or employees of the Company,  nor
is the Company or any  employee of the Company an agent or employee of providers
or Enrolling Groups.

The  relationship  between a provider and any Covered Person is that of provider
and patient. The provider is solely responsible for the services provided to any
Covered Person.

The  relationship  between the  Enrolling  Group and Covered  Persons is that of
employer and employee,  Dependent or other Coverage classification as defined in
the  Policy.  The  Enrolling  Group is solely  responsible  for  enrollment  and
Coverage  classification  changes  (including  termination of a Covered Person's
Coverage  through the Company),  for the timely  payment of the Policy Charge to
the Company, and for notifying Covered Persons of the termination of the Policy.

Section 5.5  Records.  You must  furnish the Company  with all  information  and
proofs which it may reasonably  require regarding any matters  pertaining to the
Policy.

By accepting  Coverage under the Policy,  you authorize and direct any person or
institution  that has  provided  services to you, to furnish the Company any and
all  information  and  records or copies of  records  relating  to the  services
provided to you.  The Company has the right to request this  information  at any
reasonable  time.  This  applies  to all  Covered  Persons,  including  Enrolled
Dependents whether or not they have signed the Subscriber's enrollment form.

GP(99)
                                       10

<PAGE>

The  Company  agrees  that  such  information  and  records  will be  considered
confidential.  The  Company  has the  right  to  release  any  and  all  records
concerning  health care services which are necessary to implement and administer
the terms of the Policy or for appropriate medical review or quality assessment.

The  Company is  permitted  to charge  you  reasonable  fees to cover  costs for
completing requested medical abstracts or forms which you have requested.

In some cases,  the Company will designate  other persons or entities to request
records or  information  from or related to you and to release  those records as
necessary.  The Company's  designees have the same rights to this information as
does the Company.

During and after the term of the Policy,  the  Company and its related  entities
may use and transfer the information  gathered under the Policy for research and
analytic purposes.

Section  5.6  ERISA.  When the Policy is  purchased  by the  Enrolling  Group to
provide benefits under a welfare plan governed by the Employee Retirement Income
Security  Act 29 U.S.C.  [Section]  1001 et seq.,  the  Company  is not the plan
administrator or named fiduciary of the welfare plan, as those terms are used in
ERISA.

Section 5.7 Clerical Error.  If a clerical error or other mistake  occurs,  that
error shall not deprive you of Coverage under the Policy.  A clerical error also
does not create a right to benefits.

Section  5.8  Notice.   When  the  Company  provides  written  notice  regarding
administration  of the Policy to an authorized  representative  of the Enrolling
Group,  that  notice is  deemed  notice to all  affected  Subscribers  and their
Enrolled  Dependents.  The Enrolling  Group is responsible  for giving notice to
Covered Persons.

Section 5.9 Workers' Compensation Not Affected.  The Coverage provided under the
Policy does not substitute for and does not affect any requirements for coverage
by workers' compensation insurance.

Section 5.10 Conformity with Statutes. Any provision of the Policy which, on its
effective  date,  is in  conflict  with the  requirements  of  state or  federal
statutes or  regulations  (of the  jurisdiction  in which  delivered)  is hereby
amended to conform to the minimum requirements of such statutes and regulations.

SECTION 6

COORDINATION OF BENEFITS

Section  6.1  Coordination  of  Benefits  Applicability.  This  coordination  of
benefits (COB) provision applies when a person has health care coverage under

GP(99)
                                       11

<PAGE>

more than one Coverage Plan.  "Coverage Plan" is defined below.

The order of benefit  determination  rules below  determine  which Coverage Plan
will pay as the primary Coverage Plan. The primary Coverage Plan that pays first
pays without regard to the possibility that another Coverage Plan may cover some
expenses. A secondary Coverage Plan pays after the primary Coverage Plan and may
reduce the benefits it pays so that  payments from all group  Coverage  Plans do
not exceed 100% of the total allowable expense.

Section  6.2  Definitions.  For  purposes  of Section  6,  terms are  defined as
follows:

A.   A  "Coverage  Plan"  is any of the  following  that  provides  benefits  or
     services  for medical or dental  care or  treatment.  However,  if separate
     contracts are used to provide coordinated  coverage for members of a group,
     the separate  contracts are considered  parts of the same Coverage Plan and
     there is no COB among those separate contracts.

     1.   "Plan" includes: group insurance, closed panel or other forms of group
          or group-type  coverage  (whether insured or uninsured);  medical care
          components of group long-term care contracts,  such as skilled nursing
          care; medical benefits under group or individual automobile contracts;
          and Medicare or other governmental benefits, as permitted by law.

     2.   "Plan" does not include:  individual or family insurance; closed panel
          or other individual coverage (except for group-type coverage);  school
          accident type coverage;  benefits for non-medical  components of group
          long-term  care  policies;   Medicare  supplement  policies,  Medicaid
          policies and coverage under other governmental plans, unless permitted
          by law.

     Each contract for coverage under (1) or (2) is a separate Coverage Plan. If
          a Coverage  Plan has two parts and COB rules  apply only to one of the
          two, each of the parts is treated as a separate Coverage Plan.

B.   The order of benefit  determination  rules determine  whether this Coverage
     Plan is a  "primary  Coverage  Plan"  or  "secondary  Coverage  Plan"  when
     compared to another Coverage Plan covering the person.

     When this  Coverage  Plan is primary,  its benefits are  determined  before
     those of any other Coverage Plan and without considering any other coverage
     Plan's  benefits.  When this Coverage  Plan is secondary,  its benefits are
     determined  after those of another Coverage Plan and may be reduced because
     of the primary Coverage Plan's benefits.

C.   "Allowable  expense"  means a health  care  service or  expense,  including
     deductibles and copayments,  that is covered at least in part by any of the
     Coverage Plans covering the person.  When a Coverage Plan provides benefits
     in the form of services, (for example an HMO) the reasonable

CB(99)
                                       12
<PAGE>

     cash value of each service will be  considered  an allowable  expense and a
     benefit  paid.  An  expense or  service  that is not  covered by any of the
     Coverage Plans is not an allowable  expense.  The following are examples of
     expenses or services that are not allowable expenses:

     1.   If a  covered  person is  confined  in a private  hospital  room,  the
          difference between the cost of a semi-private room in the hospital and
          the private  room,  (unless the patient's  stay in a private  hospital
          room is medically  necessary in terms of  generally  accepted  medical
          practice, or one of the Coverage Plans routinely provides coverage for
          hospital private rooms) is not an allowable expense.

     2.   If a person is covered by 2 or more Coverage  Plans that compute their
          benefit  payments on the basis of reasonable  and customary  fees, any
          amount in excess of the highest of the  reasonable  and customary fees
          for a specific benefit is not an allowable expense.

     3.   If a person  is  covered  by 2 or more  Coverage  Plans  that  provide
          benefits  or services on the basis of  negotiated  fees,  an amount in
          excess  of the  highest  of the  negotiated  fees is not an  allowable
          expense.

     4.   If a person  is  covered  by one  Coverage  Plan that  calculates  its
          benefits or services on the basis of reasonable and customary fees and
          another  Coverage  Plan that  provides its benefits or services on the
          basis  of  negotiated   fees,  the  primary  Coverage  Plan's  payment
          arrangements shall be the allowable expense for all Coverage Plans.

     5.   The amount a benefit is reduced by the primary Coverage Plan because a
          covered  person does not comply  with the  Coverage  Plan  provisions.
          Examples   of  these   provisions   are  second   surgical   opinions,
          precertification of admissions, and preferred provider arrangements.

D.   "Claim  determination  period" means a calendar year.  However, it does not
     include any part of a year during which a person has no coverage under this
     Coverage Plan, or before the date this COB provision or a similar provision
     takes effect.

E.   "Closed  panel  Coverage  Plan" is a  Coverage  Plan that  provides  health
     benefits to covered  persons  primarily  in the form of services  through a
     panel  of  providers  that  have  contracted  with or are  employed  by the
     Coverage Plan, and that limits or excludes  benefits for services  provided
     by other  provider,  except in cases of  emergency  or  referral by a panel
     member.

F.   "Custodial parent" means a parent awarded custody by a court decree. In the
     absence of a court decree, it is the parent with whom the child resides

CB(99)
                                       13
<PAGE>

     more than  one  half  of the  calendar  year  without  regard  to any
     temporary visitation.


Section  6.3 Order of Benefit  Determination  Rules.  When two or more  Coverage
Plans pay  benefits,  the  rules for  determining  the order of  payment  are as
follows:

A.   The primary Coverage Plan pays or provides its benefits as if the secondary
     Coverage Plan or Coverage Plans did not exist.

B.   A Coverage Plan that does not contain a coordination of benefits  provision
     that is  consistent  with this  provision is always  primary.  There is one
     exception:  coverage  that is obtained by virtue of  membership  in a group
     that is designed to  supplement  a part of a basic  package of benefits may
     provide that the supplementary  coverage shall be excess to any other parts
     of the Coverage  Plan  provided by the contract  holder.  Examples of these
     types of situations are major medical  coverages that are superimposed over
     base  Coverage  Plan hospital and surgical  benefits,  and  insurance  type
     coverages that are written in connection  with a closed panel Coverage Plan
     to provide out-of-network benefits.

C.   A Coverage  Plan may  consider  the  benefits  paid or  provided by another
     Coverage Plan in determining its benefits only when it is secondary to that
     other Coverage Plan.

D.   The first of the following  rules that  describes  which Coverage Plan pays
     its benefits before another Coverage Plan is the rule to use.

     1.   Non-Dependent  or Dependent.  The Coverage Plan that covers the person
          other  than  as a  dependent,  for  example  as an  employee,  member,
          subscriber or retiree is primary and the Coverage Plan that covers the
          person  as a  dependent  is  secondary.  However,  if the  person is a
          Medicare  beneficiary  and,  as a result of federal  law,  Medicare is
          secondary to the Coverage Plan covering the person as a dependent; and
          primary  to the  Coverage  Plan  covering  the  person as other than a
          dependent  (e.g.  a  retired  employee);  then the  order of  benefits
          between the two Coverage  Plans is reversed so that the Coverage  Plan
          covering the person as an employee,  member,  subscriber or retiree is
          secondary and the other Coverage Plan is primary.

     2.   Child Covered  Under More Than One Plan.  The order of benefits when a
          child is covered by more than one Coverage Plan is:

          a.   The  primary  Coverage  Plan is the  Coverage  Plan of the parent
               whose birthday is earlier in the year if:

               1)   the parents are married;

               2)   the parents are not separated (whether or not they

CB(99)
                                       14
<PAGE>

                  ever have been married;  or
               3)  a court decree awards joint custody  without
                   specifying  that one party has the responsibility to provide
                   health care coverage.

               If  both parents have the same  birthday,  the Coverage  Plan
               that covered either of the parents longer is primary.

          b.   If the  specific  terms of a court  decree  state that one of the
               parents is  responsible  for the child's  health care expenses or
               health care  coverage  and the  Coverage  Plan of that parent has
               actual  knowledge of those terms,  that Coverage Plan is primary.
               This rule applies to claim determination periods or Coverage Plan
               years  commencing  after the Coverage Plan is given notice of the
               court decree.

          c.   If the parents are not married,  or are separated (whether or not
               they  ever  have  been  married)  or are  divorced,  the order of
               benefits is:

               1)   the Coverage Plan of the custodial parent;

               2)   the Coverage Plan of the spouse of the custodial parent;

               3)   the Coverage Plan of the noncustodial parent; and then

               4)   the Coverage Plan of the spouse of the noncustodial parent.

     3.   Continuation  coverage. If a person whose coverage is provided under a
          right of continuation provided by federal or state law also is covered
          under another  Coverage Plan, the Coverage Plan covering the person as
          an  employee,  member,  subscriber  or  retiree  (or as that  person's
          dependent) is primary, and the continuation coverage is secondary.  If
          the other  Coverage Plan does not have this rule, and if, as a result,
          the Coverage Plans do not agree on the order of benefits, this rule is
          ignored.

     4.   Longer or shorter  length of coverage.  The Coverage Plan that covered
          the person as an employee,  member,  subscriber  or retiree  longer is
          primary.

     5.   If the preceding rules do not determine the primary Coverage Plan, the
          allowable  expenses shall be shared equally between the Coverage Plans
          meeting the  definition  of  Coverage  Plan under this  provision.  In
          addition, this Coverage Plan will not pay more than it would have paid
          had it been primary.

CB(99)
                                       15
<PAGE>

Section 6.4  Effect on the Benefits of This Coverage Plan.

A.   When this Coverage  Plan is  secondary,  it may reduce its benefits so that
     the total  benefits  paid or provided by all Coverage  Plans during a claim
     determination  period  are not more  than 100  percent  of total  allowable
     expenses.  The difference  between the benefit  payments that this Coverage
     Plan would have paid had it been the primary Coverage Plan, and the benefit
     payments that it actually  paid or provided  shall be recorded as a benefit
     reserve for the covered  person and used by this  Coverage  Plan to pay any
     allowable  expenses,  not  otherwise  paid  during the claim  determination
     period. As each claim is submitted, this Coverage Plan will:

     1.   determine  its  obligation  to  pay  or  provide  benefits  under  its
          contract;

     2.   determine  whether a benefit reserve has been recorded for the covered
          person; and

     3.   determine whether there are any unpaid allowable  expenses during that
          claims determination period.

          If there is a benefit  reserve,  the secondary  Coverage Plan will use
          the  covered  person's  benefit  reserve  to pay up to 100%  of  total
          allowable expenses incurred during the claim determination  period. At
          the  end of the  claims  determination  period,  the  benefit  reserve
          returns to zero.  A new benefit  reserve  must be created for each new
          claim determination period.

B.   If a covered  person is enrolled in two or more closed panel Coverage plans
     and if, for any reason,  including  the provision of service by a non-panel
     provider,  benefits are not payable by one closed panel  Coverage Plan, COB
     shall not apply between that coverage Plan and other closed panel  Coverage
     Plans.

Section 6.5 Right to Receive and Release Needed Information. Certain facts about
health care  coverage  and  services  are needed to apply these COB rules and to
determine  benefits  payable under this Coverage Plan and other Coverage  Plans.
The Company may get the facts it needs from or give them to other  organizations
or persons  for the purpose of applying  these  rules and  determining  benefits
payable under this Coverage Plan and other  Coverage  Plans  covering the person
claiming benefits.  The Company need not tell, or get the consent of, any person
to do this.  The company need not tell,  or get the consent of, any person to do
this.  Each person  claiming  benefits  under this  Coverage  Plan must give the
Company any facts it needs to apply those rules and determine  benefits payable.
If you do not provide the Company the  information it needs to apply these rules
and determine the benefits payable, your claim for benefits will be denied.


CB(99)
                                       16
<PAGE>

Section 6.6  Payments  Made.  A payment  made under  another  Coverage  Plan may
include an amount  that should have been paid under this  Coverage  Plan.  If it
does, the Company may pay that amount to the organization that made the payment.
That  amount  will then be treated  as though it were a benefit  paid under this
Coverage  Plan.  The Company  will not have to pay that amount  again.  The term
"payment made"  includes  providing  benefits in the form of services,  in which
case "payment made" means reasonable cash value of the benefits  provided in the
form of services.

Section 6.7 Right of Recovery. If the amount of the payments made by the Company
is more than it should  have paid under this COB  provision,  it may recover the
excess from one or more of the  persons it had paid or for whom it has paid;  or
any other person or  organization  that may be  responsible  for the benefits or
services  provided for the covered  person.  The "amount of the  payments  made"
includes  the  reasonable  cash value of any  benefits  provided  in the form of
services.

SECTION 7

CONTINUATION OF COVERAGE

Section 7.1  Continuation  Coverage.  A Covered Person whose Coverage ends under
the Policy may be entitled to elect  continuation  Coverage in  accordance  with
federal law (under  COBRA) and as outlined in Sections 9.2 through 9.4 below [or
in accordance with state law and as outlined in Sections 9.5 - 9.7 below].

Continuation  Coverage under COBRA (Consolidated  Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation
Act) shall apply only to Enrolling Groups which are subject to the provisions of
COBRA.  Covered Persons should contact the Enrolling Group's plan  administrator
to determine if he or she is entitled to continue  Coverage under COBRA. For the
purpose of continuation Coverage under COBRA, a newborn child of a Subscriber or
a  child  placed  for  adoption  with  the  Subscriber   during  the  period  of
continuation coverage shall be considered on the same basis as a Subscriber.

Continuation  Coverage for Covered  Persons who selected  continuation  coverage
under a prior  plan  which was  replaced  by  Coverage  under the  Policy  shall
terminate  as  scheduled  under  the  prior  plan  or  in  accordance  with  the
terminating events set forth in Section 9.4 below, whichever is earlier.

In no event shall the Company be obligated to provide continuation Coverage to a
Covered Person if the Enrolling Group or its designated plan administrator fails
to perform  its  responsibilities  under  federal  law.  These  responsibilities
include but are not limited to notifying  the Covered  Person in a timely manner
of the right to elect  continuation  Coverage  and  notifying  the  Company in a
timely manner of the Covered Person's election of continuation Coverage.


CB(99)
                                       17
<PAGE>

It is the  Subscriber's  responsibility  to notify the Enrolling Group within 60
days of the date an Enrolled  Dependent loses  eligibility due to divorce or due
to an Enrolled  Dependent child losing  eligibility (i.e.  reaching the limiting
age or failing to meet the  criteria  of a  Full-time  Student.)  If you fail to
notify  the  Enrolling  Group of these  events  within  the 60 day  period,  the
Enrolling  Group and its  designated  plan  administrator  are not  obligated to
provide continuation Coverage for that Enrolled Dependent.

The Company is not the Enrolling Group's  designated Plan Administrator and does
not assume any responsibilities of a Plan Administrator pursuant to federal law.

A Covered  Person whose  Coverage  would  otherwise  end under the Policy may be
entitled to elect  continuation  Coverage in  accordance  with  federal  law, as
outlined in Sections 9.2 through 9.4 below.

Section 7.2 Qualifying  Events for  Continuation  Coverage Under Federal Law. If
the Covered Person's Coverage terminated due to one of the following  qualifying
events, he or she is entitled to continue Coverage. The Covered Person may elect
the same Coverage that he or she had at the time of the qualifying event.


A.   Termination of the Subscriber  from  employment with the Enrolling Group or
     reduction of hours, for any reason other than gross misconduct; or

B.   death of the Subscriber; or

C.   divorce or legal separation of the Subscriber; or

D.   loss of eligibility by an Enrolled Dependent who is a child; or

E.   entitlement of the Subscriber to Medicare benefits; or

F.   the Enrolling  Group filing for  bankruptcy,  under Title XI, United States
     Code, on or after July 1, 1986,  but only for a retired  Subscriber and his
     or her Enrolled Dependents. This is also a qualifying event for any retired
     Subscriber  and his or her Enrolled  Dependents  if there is a  substantial
     elimination  of  coverage  within  one year  before  or after  the date the
     bankruptcy was filed.

Section 7.3  Notification  Requirements  and  Election  Period for  Continuation
Coverage Under Federal Law. The Covered Person must notify the Enrolling Group's
designated  plan  administrator  within  60  days of his or her  divorce,  legal
separation or loss of eligibility as an Enrolled Dependent. A Covered Person who
is  continuing  Coverage  under  Federal Law must notify the  Enrolling  Group's
designated  plan  administrator  within  60 days of the birth or  adoption  of a
child.

Continuation  must be elected by the later of 60 days after the Covered Person's
qualifying event occurs; or 60 days after the Covered Person receives notice of

CV4
                                       18
<PAGE>

the continuation right from the Enrolling Group's designated plan administrator.

A Covered Person whose  Coverage was  terminated due to a qualifying  event must
pay  the  initial  Premium  due  to  the  Enrolling   Group's   designated  plan
administrator on or before the 45th day after electing continuation.

Section 7.4  Terminating  Events for  Continuation  Coverage  Under Federal Law.
Continuation under the Policy will end on the earliest of the following dates:

A.   Eighteen months from the date continuation began for a Covered Person whose
     Coverage ended because employment was terminated or hours were reduced,  in
     accordance  with  qualifying  event (A) described in Section 9.2. A Covered
     Person who is  disabled at the time of the  qualifying  event or within the
     first 60 days of continuation  Coverage may extend continuation Coverage to
     a maximum of 29 months as described below.

     A Covered  Person who is  disabled at the date of  qualifying  event (A) or
     within the first 60 days of continuation  Coverage for qualifying event (A)
     must  provide  notice  of  such   disability   within  60  days  after  the
     determination of the disability,  and in no event later than the end of the
     first 18 months,  in order to extend  Coverage  beyond 18  months.  If such
     notice is provided,  the Covered Person's  Coverage may be extended up to a
     maximum  of 29 months  from the date of  qualifying  event (A) or until the
     first  month  that  begins  more  than 30 days  after the date of any final
     determination  that the qualified  beneficiary is no longer disabled.  Each
     Covered  Person must  provide  notice of any final  determination  that the
     qualified  beneficiary  is no  longer  disabled  within  30  days  of  such
     determination.

B.   Thirty-six  months  from  the  date  continuation  began  for  an  Enrolled
     Dependent  whose  Coverage  ended  because of the death of the  Subscriber,
     divorce or legal  separation of the  Subscriber,  loss of eligibility by an
     Enrolled  Dependent  who is a child or  entitlement  of the  Subscriber  to
     Medicare  benefits,  in accordance with qualifying  events (B), (C), (D) or
     (E) described in Section 9.2.

C.   The date  Coverage  terminates  under the Policy for failure to make timely
     payment of the Premium.

D.   The date,  after  electing  continuation  Coverage,  that coverage is first
     obtained  under any other group health plan.  If such  coverage  contains a
     limitation or exclusion  with respect to any  preexisting  condition of the
     Covered  Person,  continuation  shall  end on the date such  limitation  or
     exclusion  ends.  The other group health  coverage shall be primary for all
     health  services  except  those  health  services  that are  subject to the
     preexisting condition limitation or exclusion.


CV4
                                       19
<PAGE>

E.   The date,  after electing  continuation  Coverage,  that the Covered Person
     first becomes entitled to Medicare, except that this shall not apply in the
     event the Covered  Person's  Coverage was terminated  because the Enrolling
     Group  filed  for  bankruptcy,  in  accordance  with  qualifying  event (F)
     described in Section 9.2.

F.   The date the entire Policy ends.

G.   The date Coverage would otherwise terminate under the Policy.

If a Covered  Person is  entitled  to 18  months  of  continuation  and a second
qualifying event occurs during that time, the Covered  Person's  Coverage may be
extended  up to a maximum  of 36 months  from the date  Coverage  ended  because
employment was terminated or hours were reduced,  in accordance  with qualifying
event (A)  described  in  Section  9.2.  If a  Covered  Person  is  entitled  to
continuation  because the Enrolling  Group filed for  bankruptcy,  in accordance
with  qualifying  event (F) described in Section 9.2 and the retired  Subscriber
dies during the continuation  period, the Enrolled  Dependents shall be entitled
to continue  Coverage for 36 months from the date of death.  Terminating  events
(B) through (G)  described  in this  Section 9.4 shall apply during the extended
continuation period.

Continuation Coverage for Enrolled Dependents of a Subscriber whose continuation
Coverage  terminates  because the Subscriber becomes entitled to Medicare may be
extended for an additional  period of time.  Such Covered Persons should contact
the Enrolling Group's  designated plan  administrator for information  regarding
the continuation period.


SECTION 8

COVERED HEALTH SERVICES

The  Company  will pay for 100% of the  Covered  Health  Expenses  incurred by a
Covered  Person during the time he or she is enrolled  under the  Coverage.  The
amount the Company will pay is subject to the Calendar Year Maximum.

The  "Calendar  Year  Maximum"  that the  Company  will pay for  Covered  Health
Services is $30,000 for each Covered Person.

The Company will pay for Covered  Health  Services for medical care that consist
of Copayments,  coinsurance,  and annual deductible charges that are assessed to
you in connection  with services  covered  under The  Coca-Cola  Company  Health
Benefit Plan.





CV4
                                       20
<PAGE>

SECTION 9

GENERAL EXCLUSIONS

A.   Expenses  for  services or supplies  that do not meet the  definition  of a
     Covered Health Service.

B.   Personal  comfort and  convenience  items or services  such as  television,
     telephone,  barber or beauty service,  guest service and similar incidental
     services and supplies.

C.   Surrogate  parenting.  Health  services  and  associated  expenses  for sex
     transformation operations.

D.   Health  services for  treatment of military  service-related  disabilities,
     when  the  Covered  Person  is  legally  entitled  to  other  coverage  and
     facilities are reasonably available to the Covered Person.

E.   Devices  used  specifically  as  safety  items  or  to  affect  performance
     primarily in  sports-related  activities;  all expenses related to physical
     conditioning programs such as athletic training,  body-building,  exercise,
     fitness, flexibility, and diversion or general motivation.

F.   Services  rendered by a provider with the same legal residence as a Covered
     Person or who is a member of a Covered Person's family,  including  spouse,
     brother, sister, parent or child.

G.   Health  services  rendered  after the date  individual  Coverage  under the
     Policy terminates, including health services for medical conditions arising
     prior to the date individual Coverage under the Policy terminates.

H.   Health services for which the Covered Person has no legal obligation to pay
     or for  which a charge  would  not  ordinarily  be made in the  absence  of
     coverage under the Plan.

I.   Health  services for which other coverage is required by federal,  state or
     local law to be purchased or provided through other arrangements, including
     but not limited to coverage  required  by workers'  compensation,  no-fault
     automobile  insurance,  or similar legislation.  If coverage under workers'
     compensation  or similar  legislation is optional for You because You could
     elect it, or could have it elected for You,  Benefits  will not be paid for
     any Injury,  Sickness or [Mental  Illness] [mental illness] that would have
     been covered under workers'  compensation  or similar  legislation had that
     coverage been elected.






APEC
                                       21
<PAGE>


J.   Health Services and associated  expenses for Experimental,  Investigational
     or Unproven Services, treatments, devices and pharmacological regimens. The
     fact that an Experimental,  Investigational or Unproven Service, treatment,
     device or  pharmacological  regimen is the only  available  treatment for a
     particular  condition  will not  result in  Coverage  if the  procedure  is
     considered to be Experimental, Investigational or Unproven in the treatment
     of that particular condition.

K.   Charges for sickness or accidental  injury  incurred in connection with war
     or any act of war.  War  means  declared  or  undeclared  war and  includes
     resistance to armed aggression.

L.   Charges  in  connection  with  injury  arising  out of any work for wage or
     profit whether or not with The Coca-Cola Company, any worker's compensation
     law,  occupational  disease law or similar  law,  or  maritime  doctrine of
     maintenance, wages and cure.

M.   Benefit for any  charges  provided  by any law or  governmental  plan under
     which the  patient is or could be  covered.  This does not apply to a State
     plan under  Medicaid or to any law or plan when,  by law,  its benefits are
     excess to those of any private insurance program or other  non-governmental
     program.

N.   Charges above the reasonable and customary fee.

O.   Charges that are covered under the base plan,  without regards to the rules
     of  Coordination  of Benefits.  The base plan means any plan offered by The
     Coca-Cola Company under which the covered person is eligible for coverage.

P.   Charges for transportation other than local ambulance service.

Q.   Charges for the purchase of or alteration of a motor vehicle.

R.   Charges  for  capital   improvement  of  property  such  as  the  purchase,
     installation or construction of any device, equipment or facility.

S.   The cost of any insurance coverage.







APEC
                                       22



















</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.11
<SEQUENCE>9
<FILENAME>x10-11.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED 1/1/2002
<TEXT>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.11


                              THE COCA-COLA COMPANY
                            SUPPLEMENTAL BENEFIT PLAN

               As Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2002

                                     PREFACE

The Coca-Cola Company established this Supplemental Benefit Plan (the "Plan")
effective January 1, 1984. The Plan is an unfunded supplemental retirement plan
for eligible employees and their beneficiaries as described herein. The Plan is
designed to provide certain retirement benefits primarily for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees which are not otherwise payable or
cannot otherwise be provided under the terms of the tax-qualified retirement
plans maintained by The Coca-Cola Company as a result of the limitations set
forth under certain applicable sections of the Internal Revenue Code or on
account of an employee's deferral of compensation under The Coca-Cola Company
Deferred Compensation Plan.

This plan is amended and restated effective January 1, 2002, incorporating any
amendments effective as of that date. The benefit of any employee who terminates
or retires on or after January 1, 2002 shall be determined under the terms of
this amended and restated Plan. The benefit of any employee who terminates or
retires prior to January 1, 2002 shall be governed by the terms of the Plan, if
any, in effect at the time of termination or retirement.


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

The following definitions apply to the terms of this Plan. Where the context
requires, the definitions of all terms set forth in the Qualified Pension Plan
and the Qualified Defined Contribution Plan shall apply with equal force and
effect for purposes of interpretation and administration of this Plan, unless
said terms are otherwise specifically defined in this Plan.

     "Account" shall mean the account or accounts established and maintained by
the Employer to reflect the interest of a Participant in the Plan resulting from
a Participant's Supplemental Thrift Benefit calculated in accordance with
Section 3.2.

     "Beneficiary" shall mean, unless otherwise designated in a manner
acceptable to the Committee and approved by the Committee, the beneficiary
elected or deemed to have been elected under the Qualified Pension Plan for the
Supplemental Pension Benefit and the Qualified Defined Contribution Plan for the
Supplemental Thrift Benefit.

     "Change in Control" shall mean a change in control of a nature that would
be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of
Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act as in effect on January 1, 2002, provided
that such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as
(i) any "person" (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the
Exchange Act), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3
under the Exchange Act as in effect on January 1, 2002) directly or indirectly,
of securities representing

                                        1

<PAGE>

20% or more of the combined voting power for election of directors of the then
outstanding securities of the Company or any successor of the Company; (ii)
during any period of two consecutive years or less, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company
cease, for any reason, to constitute at least a majority of the Board of
Directors, unless the election or nomination for election of each new director
was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in
office who were directors at the beginning of the period; (iii) the share owners
of the Company approve any merger or consolidation as a result of which the
Common Stock shall be changed, converted or exchanged (other than a merger with
a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company) or any liquidation of the Company or
any sale or other disposition of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of
the Company; or (iv) the share owners of the Company approve any merger or
consolidation to which the Company is a party as a result of which the persons
who were share owners of the Company immediately prior to the effective date of
the merger or consolidation shall have beneficial ownership of less than 50% of
the combined voting power for election of directors of the surviving corporation
following the effective date of such merger or consolidation; provided, however,
that no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, prior to such
times as a Change in Control would otherwise be deemed to have occurred, the
Board of Directors determines otherwise.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Common Stock" shall mean common stock of The Coca-Cola Company.

     "Committee" shall mean the Benefits Committee appointed by the Senior Vice
President, Human Resources, which shall act on behalf of the Company to
administer the Plan as provided in Article V.

     "Company" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company.

     "Deferred Compensation Plan" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company Deferred
Compensation Plan or any other similar nonqualified deferred compensation plan
maintained by the Employer established on or after the Effective Date which
provides for deferral of compensation.

     "Earliest Retirement Date" shall mean "Earliest Retirement Date" as that
term is defined in the Employee Retirement Plan of The Coca-Cola Company.

     "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 2002, the effective date of this
amendment and restatement.

     "Employee" shall mean any person who is currently employed by an Employer.
An individual shall be treated as employed by an Employer under this Plan for
any period only if (i) he or she is actually classified during such period by
the Employer on its payroll, personnel and benefits system as an employee, and
(ii) he or she is paid for services rendered during such period through the
payroll system, as distinguished from the accounts payable department of the
Employer. No other individual shall be treated as employed by an Employer under
this Plan for

                                        2
<PAGE>

any period, regardless of his or her status during such period as an employee
under common law or under any statute.

     "Employer" shall mean the Company and any Participating Subsidiary of the
Company approved by the Committee for participation in the Plan.

     "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

     "Market Price" shall mean the closing price per share of Common Stock as
reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Transactions listing.

     "Participant" shall mean an Employee or former Employee of an Employer who
is eligible to receive benefits provided by the Plan.

     "Participating Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary of the Company which the
Committee has designated as such and whose Employees are eligible to participate
in this Plan, as set forth in Appendix A.

     "Plan" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company Supplemental Benefit Plan, as
amended from time to time.

     "Plan Year" shall mean January 1 to December 31 each calendar year.

     "Qualified Defined Contribution Plan" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company
Thrift & Investment Plan or any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer, as amended from time to time.

     "Qualified Pension Plan" shall mean the Employee Retirement Plan of The
Coca-Cola Company or any other tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan
maintained by the Employer, as amended from time to time.

     "Retirement Benefit" shall be the benefit payable to a Participant under
Sections 5.1 - 5.3, as applicable of the Qualified Pension Plan.

     "Supplemental Pension Benefit" shall mean the benefit described in Section
3.1 of this Plan.

     "Supplemental Thrift Benefit" shall mean the benefit described in Section
3.2 of this Plan.

                                        3


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ELIGIBIILTY

2.1 Eligibility for Participation.

All salaried Employees of the Employer (a) whose benefits under the Qualified
Pension Plan are limited by the limitations set forth in Code Sections
401(a)(17) and/or 415, (b) for whom contributions by the Employer to the
Qualified Defined Contribution Plan are limited by the limitations set forth in
Code Sections 401(a)(17) and/or 415, or (c) who defer compensation under the
Deferred Compensation Plan and, solely on account of such deferrals, the
Employee's benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan or Company matching
contributions to the Qualified Defined Contribution Plan are limited shall be
eligible to participate in the Plan. Upon becoming a Participant, an Employee is
deemed to have assented to the Plan and to any amendments hereafter adopted.

2.2 Date of Participation.

Each Employee who is eligible to become a Participant under Section 2.1 shall
become a Participant on the later of i) January 1, 1984 or ii) the first day of
the month coincident with or next following the date he meets the eligibility
requirements.

2.3 Duration of Participation.

An Employee who becomes a Participant shall continue to be a Participant until
his termination of employment with the Employer or the date he is no longer
entitled to benefits under this Plan.


                                   ARTICLE III
                                    BENEFITS

3.1 Supplemental Pension Benefit.

(a) Benefit.

     (1)  If a Participant has Years of Benefit Service as defined in the
          Qualified Pension Plan of the Employer, he shall be entitled to a
          Supplemental Pension Benefit equal to that portion of his Retirement
          Benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan of the Employer which is not
          payable under such Qualified Pension Plan as a result of the
          limitations imposed by Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415.

     (2)  If a Participant has Years of Benefit Service as defined in the
          Qualified Pension Plan of the Employer and if a Participant has
          deferred compensation under the Deferred Compensation Plan, he shall
          be entitled to a Supplemental Pension Benefit equal to that portion of
          his Retirement Benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan of the
          Employer which is not payable under such Qualified Pension Plan solely
          on account of the fact that deferred compensation is not considered

                                       4
<PAGE>


          Benefit Compensation (as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan of the
          Employer) for purposes of the Qualified Pension Plan.

     (3)  In no event (except in the event that compensation is calculated under
          Section 3.1(a)(5), below) shall the sum of i) the Supplemental Pension
          Benefit and ii) the actual Retirement Benefit paid under the Qualified
          Pension Plan exceed the amount of Retirement Benefit determined under
          the Qualified Pension Plan had compensation not been deferred under
          the Deferred Compensation Plan and without regard to limitations
          imposed by the Code.

     (4)  For purposes of this Section 3.1, the Supplemental Pension Benefit of
          a Participant shall be calculated based on the Participant's
          compensation that is considered under the Qualified Pension Plan in
          calculating his Retirement Benefit, without regard to the limitation
          of Code Section 401(a)(17) and by taking into consideration
          compensation that would have been considered benefit-eligible
          compensation under the Qualified Pension Plan had the Participant not
          elected to defer such amounts.

     (5)  If a Participant was on an Approved Leave of Absence, as defined under
          the Qualified Pension Plan, for the purpose of working for another
          entity within The Coca-Cola system, his Supplemental Pension Benefit
          under this Plan shall be calculated based on compensation paid as
          follows: compensation during the Approved Leave of Absence shall be
          the greater of i) compensation as determined under the first sentence
          of this paragraph 3.1(a)(4) or ii) compensation actually paid to the
          Participant by the other entity within The Coca-Cola system during the
          Approved Leave of Absence, subject to the same inclusions and
          exclusions to benefit compensation under the Qualified Pension Plan,
          but without regard to the limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17). The
          Committee may require that the Participant provide satisfactory
          evidence of such compensation.

     (6)  Any benefit payable pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be offset by
          the monthly benefit, if any, payable to a Participant under The
          Coca-Cola Company Key Executive Retirement Plan. The Supplemental
          Pension Benefit calculated under this Section 3.1 shall also be offset
          by the value of benefits to which the Participant is entitled under
          any other retirement plan (other than the Qualified Pension Plan or
          the Qualified Defined Contribution Plan) to which the Company or an
          affiliate of the Company contributed.

(b) Adjustments.

     (1)  To the extent that a Participant's Retirement Benefit under a
          Qualified Pension Plan is recalculated as a result of an amendment to
          such Qualified Pension Plan in order to increase the amount of his
          Retirement Benefit, the Participant's Supplemental Pension Benefit
          shall also be recalculated in order to properly reflect such increase
          in determining payments of the Participant's Supplemental Pension
          Benefit made on or after the effective date of such increase.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     (2)  Any benefit payable pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be adjusted in
          accordance with new limitations, if any, established by the Internal
          Revenue Service on payments that may be made from the Qualified
          Pension Plan.

(c) Distribution of Supplemental Pension Benefit.

     (1)  The Supplemental Pension Benefit, as determined in accordance with
          this Section 3.1, shall be payable in monthly increments as of the
          first day of the month concurrently with and in the same manner as the
          Participant's Retirement Benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant's Supplemental
          Pension Benefit, as calculated in the form of a life annuity, is less
          than $50 per month, then the present value of the Supplemental Pension
          Benefit may be paid in a lump sum or the Supplemental Pension Benefit
          may be paid in quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments, as the
          Committee may designate.

     (2)  Pre-Retirement Survivor's Benefit. If a Participant dies while
          employed by the Employer and his Beneficiary is eligible for the
          pre-retirement survivor's benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan,
          his Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a survivor's benefit from
          this Plan calculated in the same manner and payable at the same time
          as the pre-retirement survivor's benefit under the Qualified Pension
          Plan.

     (3)  Post-Retirement Survivor's Benefit. If a Participant dies after
          Supplemental Pension Benefit payments have begun, his Beneficiary
          shall be entitled to receive a survivor's benefit from this Plan
          calculated in the same manner and payable at the same time as the
          post-retirement survivor's benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan.

     (4)  Termination of Employment. Except as provided in Article IV of this
          Plan, if a Participant's employment with the Employer terminates for a
          reason other than death before his Earliest Retirement Date, no
          Supplemental Pension Benefit will be payable from this Plan.

3.2 Supplemental Thrift Benefit.

(a) Benefit.

     (1)  If a Participant elects to contribute to the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan of the Employer, he may be entitled to a
          Supplemental Thrift Benefit determined under this Section 3.2. An
          Account shall be established for the Participant by the Employer, as
          of his initial Plan Year of participation in this Plan. Each Plan
          Year, such Account shall be credited with hypothetical contributions
          equal to the amount that: i) the Employer is prohibited from
          contributing as a matching contribution under the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan on behalf of the

                                        6

<PAGE>

          Participant as a result of the limitations imposed by Code Sections
          401(a)(17), 401(k), 401(m), 402(g) and 415 or ii) the Employer is
          prohibited from contributing as a matching contribution under the
          Qualified Defined Contribution Plan on behalf of the Participant
          solely on account of the fact that deferred compensation is not
          considered eligible pay for purposes of the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan. If the Participant does not have a valid pre-tax or
          after-tax deferral election on file under the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan for a particular pay period, no amounts shall be
          credited to the Participant's Account with respect to such pay period.
          All amounts so credited to the Account of the Participant shall be
          deemed to be invested in the Company Stock fund at the same time and
          at the same share cost that such amounts would have been so invested
          if they had been contributed by the Employer to the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan. In addition, such Account shall be credited with
          such additional hypothetical shares as could be purchased with the
          dividends which would have been payable if the credited shares had
          been outstanding.

     (2)  In no event shall the sum of total matching contributions under the
          Qualified Defined Contribution Plan and hypothetical contributions
          under this Plan exceed three percent of the Participant's eligible
          compensation as defined for purposes of the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan, but without regard to compensation deferred under
          the Deferred Compensation Plan and the limits of Code Section
          401(a)(17).

(b) Distribution of Supplemental Thrift Benefit.

     (1)  Distribution of the total value of an Account of a Participant shall
          be received by the Participant when he is no longer an Employee in
          accordance with this Section 3.2(b)(1) or shall be received by the
          Beneficiary of a deceased Participant in accordance with Section
          3.2(b)(2). A Participant may elect to receive such a distribution upon
          his permanent and total disability as determined by the Committee
          (according to such elections as may be prescribed by the Committee).
          Distributions shall be made in the form of lump sum cash payments, or
          in such other form as the Committee may approve. Distribution of a
          Participant's Account shall be comprised of the cash value of the sum
          of the hypothetical shares of Company Stock, if any, credited to the
          Account in accordance with Section 3.2(a) plus the cash value of
          hypothetical contributions and dividends which have accrued since the
          most recent Valuation Date as defined in the Qualified Defined
          Contribution Plan. The value of the hypothetical shares of Company
          Stock shall be determined using the highest Market Price between the
          fifteenth day of the month of termination of the Participant and the
          first working day in the month following termination. Payment shall be
          made to the Participant or Beneficiary as soon as administratively
          feasible, but not later than one year, following the termination of
          the Participant's employment. If any benefits payable to, or on behalf
          of, a Participant are not claimed for a period of seven years from the
          date of entitlement as determined by the Committee, the value of the
          Account shall revert to the Company. In the event that a Participant
          resumes

                                       7
<PAGE>

          his employment prior to the distribution of the value of his
          Account, the distribution shall not be made, and no subsequent
          distribution shall be made until the reemployed Participant again
          ceases to be an Employee.

     (2)  Upon the death of a Participant, the total value of his Account as
          calculated in Section 3.2(a)(1) above shall be paid to his designated
          Beneficiary or Beneficiaries. If there is no surviving Beneficiary,
          the value will be disposed of as designated by the will of a
          Participant, or by the applicable intestate statute.

     (3)  The Committee in its sole discretion upon application made by the
          Participant, a designated Beneficiary, or their legal representative,
          may determine to extend or otherwise make payments in a manner
          different from manner provided above in the event of a Participant's
          death or total disability (as determined by the Social Security
          Administration).

3.3 Change in Control.

In the event of a Change in Control, while this provision remains in effect, no
amendment will thereafter be made to this Section for a period of at least two
consecutive years following the date when the Change in Control occurs. The
enhancement of benefits described in this Section is conditional upon this
Section remaining in effect until a Change in Control occurs, and is not part of
any Participant's accrued benefit as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan. If
any Participant's employment terminates for any reason whatsoever during the two
consecutive year period which begins on the date when a Change in Control
occurs, the change of control provisions in the Qualified Pension Plan will
apply.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                           VESTING AND FORFEITABILITY

4.1 Forfeitability of Supplemental Pension Benefit.

(a)  Except as provided in subsection (c) of this Section 4.1, all rights to the
     portion of the Supplemental Pension Benefit described in Section 3.1(a)(i)
     above shall be extinguished and forfeited if a Participant terminates
     employment with the Employer prior to his Earliest Retirement Date for any
     reason other than death, unless otherwise expressly provided in writing by
     the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.

(b)  All rights to the portion of the Supplemental Pension Benefit described in
     Section 3.1(a)(ii) above shall be extinguished and forfeited if a
     Participant terminates employment with the Employer prior to becoming
     vested in his Retirement Benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan. If a
     Participant is fully vested in his Retirement Benefit under the Qualified
     Pension Plan, he shall be fully vested in the portion of the Supplemental
     Pension Benefit described in Section 3.1(a)(ii), but the portion of the
     Supplemental Pension Benefit described in Section 3.1(a)(i) shall still be
     subject to the conditions described in Section 4.1(a).

                                       8

<PAGE>

(c) Participants on December 31, 1993.

     Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, each Employee who is
     a Participant in the Plan as of December 31, 1993 shall be deemed vested in
     the portion of his Supplemental Pension Benefit, if any, calculated as of
     December 31, 1993 (based on his compensation and years of benefit service
     as of such date and assuming that he is vested under the Qualified Pension
     Plan of the Employer), and such benefit under the Plan shall not be subject
     to forfeiture under Section 4.1(a). If the Participant terminates
     employment with the Employer before his Earliest Retirement Date, such
     vested benefit shall be payable in monthly increments on the first day of
     the month concurrently and in the same manner as the Participant's
     Retirement Benefit under the Qualified Pension Plan, or if no Retirement
     Benefit is payable from the Qualified Pension Plan, then in monthly
     increments commencing on the first day of the month following the
     Participant's Earliest Retirement Date. Such monthly benefit shall be
     reduced, using the same reduction factors as are in use under the Qualified
     Pension Plan for a vested terminated participant, for each month by which
     the Participant's first payment under this Plan precedes the first day of
     the month on or after the Participant attains age 65. If the Participant's
     Supplemental Pension Benefit is less than $50 per month, as calculated in
     the form of a life annuity, the present value of the Supplemental Pension
     Benefit may be paid in a lump sum or the Supplemental Pension Benefit may
     be paid in quarterly, semi-annual, or annual payments, as the Committee may
     designate.

4.2 Forfeitability of Supplemental Thrift Benefit.

The Supplemental Thrift Benefit shall become vested and nonforfeitable according
to the same terms as the Company matching contribution under the Qualified
Defined Contribution Plan. All rights to the Supplemental Thrift Benefit shall
be extinguished and forfeited to the extent the Participant's Company matching
contributions under the Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan are not vested at
the time the Participant terminates employment. If a Participant's Company
matching contributions under the Qualified Defined Contribution Plan are fully
vested, his Supplemental Thrift Benefit shall also be fully vested. If a
Participant's Company matching contributions under the Qualified Defined
Contribution Plan are non-vested or a percentage of such contributions are
vested, his Supplemental Thrift Benefit shall be considered vested in the same
proportion as the Company matching contributions are vested under the Qualified
Defined Contribution Plan.

4.3 Non-Competition.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any benefits under this Plan which a Participant
is receiving shall cease, and all rights under the Plan shall be extinguished,
if a Participant terminates employment with the Employer and without the
Employer's consent is subsequently (i) employed by or in any manner provides
services for any business organization that is in direct competition with the
Employer, or (ii) personally engages in direct competition with the Employer. If
a court of competent jurisdiction finds that the restrictions provided for in
(i) and (ii) are unenforceable,


                                       9
<PAGE>

then such benefits shall be forfeited if a Participant competes either as an
employee or directly in the widest geographical area and for the longest period
of time that are legally enforceable.


                                   ARTICLE V
                                 ADMINISTRATION

5.1 Committee.

(a)  The Committee shall consist of not less than five members, who may or may
     not be officers or employees of the Company or a Participating Subsidiary.
     Each Committee member shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of
     the Company's Vice President of Human Resources (VPHR).

(b)  Removal, Resignation, Successor. The VPHR shall have the right to remove
     any member of the Committee at any time. A member may resign at any time by
     written resignation to the VPHR. If a vacancy in the Committee should
     occur, a successor may be appointed by the VPHR.

(c)  Organization. The VPHR will designate a Committee member as the chairman to
     preside at each meeting. In the event of the chairman's absence at any
     meeting, the members present will select one of their members to serve as
     acting chairman. The Committee will appoint a secretary, who may or may not
     be a Committee member, to keep minutes of meetings and to perform other
     duties assigned by the Committee. The Committee may appoint such other
     officers as it deems necessary, who may or may not be Committee members.
     The members of the Committee will serve as such without compensation.

5.2  Committee Action.

Each action of the Committee will be taken by a majority vote of all members
then in office, provided that the Committee may establish procedures for taking
action by written votes (including e-mail voting) without a meeting. The
Committee may, by a properly executed resolution, authorize any member or
officer or any other person to sign communications and to execute documents on
its behalf, and may delegate other duties and responsibilities as it considers
in the best interest of the Plan.

5.3  Powers and Duties of the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete control of and sole discretion over the
administration of the Plan, with all powers necessary to enable it properly to
carry out its duties as set forth in the Plan, including but not limited to the
following powers and duties:

(a)  To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan and to
     determine all questions that shall arise thereunder;


                                       10
<PAGE>

(b)  To compute and certify to the amount and kind of benefits payable to
     Participants and their Beneficiaries;

(c)  To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of the
     Plan;

(d)  To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or
     provision of all reports and statements to Participants, Beneficiaries or
     governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

(e)  To make and publish such rules for the regulation of the Plan and
     procedures for the administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent
     with the terms hereof;

(f)  To employ or retain other persons, including legal counsel, to render
     advice with respect to any responsibility or authority being carried out by
     the Committee and to assist in the administration of the Plan;

(g)  To appoint a Plan administrator or any other agent, and to delegate to them
     such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as
     the Committee may from time to time prescribe; and

(h)  To take all actions necessary for the administration of the Plan.

5.4  Construction and Interpretation.

The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and
provisions of this Plan, including questions of fact, which interpretations or
construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including but not
limited to the Company and any Participant or Beneficiary. The Committee shall
administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner
and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

5.5  Information.

To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full
and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the
Compensation of all Participants, their death or other events which cause
termination of their participation in this Plan, and such other pertinent facts
as the Committee may require.

5.6  Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity.

(a)  The Committee is authorized at the expense of the Company to employ such
     legal counsel, actuaries, accountants and other advisers as it may deem
     advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expenses
     and fees in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by
     the Company.

(b)  To the extent permitted by applicable state law, the Company shall
     indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and each member thereof, the
     Board of Directors and any

                                       11
<PAGE>

     delegate of the Committee who is an employee of the Company against any and
     all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend
     against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in good
     faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than
     expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct. This indemnity
     shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under
     insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any
     bylaw, agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under
     state law.

5.7  Statements.

Under procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall receive a
statement with respect to such Participant's Supplemental Thrift Account on a
regular basis, not less frequently than annually.

5.8  Disputes.

(a)  Claim. A person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to
     which he or she is entitled under this Plan (hereinafter referred to as
     "Claimant") must file a written request for such benefit with the
     Committee, setting forth his or her claim within 90 days of the date such
     Claimant believes he or she was entitled to benefits under the Plan. The
     request must be addressed to the Committee at the Company's principal place
     of business.

(b)  Claim Decision. Upon receipt of a claim, the Committee (or its delegate,
     hereinafter collectively referred to as "Committee") shall advise the
     Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within 90 days and shall, in
     fact, deliver such reply within such period. The Committee may, however,
     extend the reply period for an additional 90 days for special
     circumstances. If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Committee
     shall inform the Claimant in writing, setting forth: (i) the specified
     reason or reasons for such denial; (ii) the specific reference to pertinent
     provisions of this Plan on which such denial is based; (iii) a description
     of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to
     perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material or such
     information is necessary; (iv) appropriate information as to the steps to
     be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; and (v) the
     time limits for requesting a review under subsection (c).

(c)  Request For Review. Within 60 days after the receipt by the Claimant of the
     written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that
     the Committee review the determination of the Committee. Such request must
     be addressed to the Committee, at the Company's then principal place of
     business. The Claimant or his or her duly authorized representative may,
     but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments
     in writing for consideration by the Committee. If the Claimant does not
     request a review within such 60-day period, he or she shall be barred and
     estopped from challenging the Committee's determination.

                                       12
<PAGE>

(d)  Review of Decision. Within 60 days after the Committee's receipt of a
     request for review, after considering all materials presented by the
     Claimant, the Committee will inform the Claimant in writing, the decision
     setting forth the specific reasons for the decision containing specific
     references to the pertinent provisions of this Plan on which the decision
     is based. If special circumstances require that the 60 day time period be
     extended, the Committee will so notify the Claimant and will render the
     decision as soon as possible, but no later than 120 days after receipt of
     the request for review.

(e)  Limitation of Actions. Any suit for benefits must be brought within twelve
     months after the date the Committee has made a final denial of the claim.
     Notwithstanding any other provision herein, any suit for benefits must be
     brought within two years after the date the claim for benefits first arose.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                 MISCELLANEOUS

6.1  Unsecured General Creditor.

Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have
no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interest in any specific property or
assets of the Company. No assets of the Company shall be held in any way as
collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under
this Plan. Any and all of the Company's assets shall be, and remain, the general
unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation under
the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the
Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of the Participants and
Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those of unsecured general creditors. It
is the intention of the Company that this Plan be unfunded for purposes of the
Code and for purposes of Title 1 of ERISA. Nothing contained in this Plan, and
no actions taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be
construed to create a trust or any kind of fiduciary relationship between the
Employer and any Participant, his Beneficiary, or any other person.

6.2  Restriction Against Assignment.

The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or
persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or corporation. No
part of a Participant's Account or benefit shall be liable for the debts,
contracts, or engagements of any Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or
successors in interest, nor shall a Participant's Account or benefit be subject
to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or
equitable proceeding, nor shall any such person have any right to alienate,
anticipate, sell, transfer, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or
payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever. If any Participant, Beneficiary or
successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate,
alienate, sell, transfer, commute, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any
distribution or payment from the Plan, voluntarily or involuntarily, the
Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any
part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary or
successor in interest in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

                                       13
<PAGE>


6.3  Tax Withholding.

There shall be deducted from each payment made under the Plan or any other
compensation payable to the Participant (or Beneficiary) all taxes which are
required to be withheld by the Company in respect to any payment under this
Plan. The Company shall have the right to reduce any payment (or compensation)
by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

6.4  Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination.

(a)  The Committee may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or
     in part, at any time, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or
     termination may retroactively adversely affect any Participant's right to a
     benefit which has vested under the Plan before such date.

(b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, with regard to
     any Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act
     of 1934 or any Account of any such Participant, no amendment can be made to
     any Plan provision concerning the Supplemental Thrift Benefit relating to
     the amount and price of any Benefits hereunder the categories of
     Participants, the timing of any awards or the formula determining Benefits
     hereunder more than once every six months, except to comport with changes
     in the Code, in ERISA, or the rules thereunder.

6.5  Governing Law.

This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance with the
laws of the State of Georgia, to the extent not preempted by federal law,
without regard to the conflicts of law principles thereof.

6.6  Receipt or Release.

Any payment to a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with
the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction
of all claims against the Committee and the Company. The Committee may require
such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to
execute a receipt and release to such effect.

6.7  Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity.

In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in
the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of physical or
mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefore, the Committee
may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in
its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made
pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of
the Committee and the Company.


                                       14
<PAGE>

6.8  Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship.

Neither the establishment of the Plan nor any modification thereof, nor the
creating of any fund or Account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be
construed as giving to any Participant, or Beneficiary or other person any legal
or equitable right against the Company except as provided in the Plan; and in no
event shall the terms of employment of any Employee or Participant be modified
or in any way be affected by the provisions of the Plan.

6.9  Headings.

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference
only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.


The Coca-Cola Company Supplemental Benefit Plan is hereby amended and restated,
effective as of January 1, 2002.


                                     By: /S/ CORETHA M. RUSHING
                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Senior Vice President, Human Resources


<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A
                           PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES
                             As of January 1, 2002


The Coca-Cola Export Corporation
Refreshment Products Services, Inc.
Soft Drink International, Inc.
Rocketcash LLC















                                       16







</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.30
<SEQUENCE>10
<FILENAME>x10-30.txt
<DESCRIPTION>LETTER AGREEMENT BETWEEN KO AND CARL WARE
<TEXT>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.30


                      [LETTERHEAD OF THE COCA-C0LA COMPANY]


                             October 24, 2002

                                                                   CONFIDENTIAL


Mr. Carl Ware
Atlanta, Georgia 30331

        Re:     Your Retirement from The Coca-Cola Company (the "Company")

Dear Carl:

     This is to confirm the terms of your upcoming retirement from the Company,
effective as of February 1, 2003:

     1.   You will resign from your officership effective, January 31, 2003, and
          retire from the Company effective, February 1, 2003.

     2.   Upon your retirement, the restrictions on the 176,000 restricted
          shares granted to you pursuant to the 1983 Restricted Stock Plan will
          be released, subject to applicable tax withholdings, and delivered to
          you as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, according to the
          terms of the 1983 Plan. You will be provided a gross-up for federal
          and state taxes pursuant to the terms of the 1983 Restricted Stock
          Plan on these shares.

     3.   Upon your retirement and subject to the approval of the Compensation
          Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company will
          release the restrictions on the 36,000 restricted shares granted to
          you pursuant to the 1989 Restricted Stock Plan, and deliver such
          shares to you, subject to applicable tax withholdings, as soon as
          reasonably practicable thereafter.

     4.   You will forfeit the 125,000 performance-based restricted shares
          granted to you pursuant to the 1989 Restricted Stock Plan, in
          accordance with the terms of the grant.

     5.   As provided under the terms of the Plans, all stock options you have
          held in the Company since February 1, 2002 will become fully vested
          upon your retirement and will remain exercisable until the original
          expiration date stated in each plan.


<PAGE>

Mr. Carl Ware
Page 2



     6.   You will be eligible for payment of an Annual Incentive bonus for
          your performance in 2002, in accordance with the terms of the
          Executive Performance Program, and Executive Incentive Plan and
          payable when and as such bonuses are paid to other executives in the
          Company.

     7.   You will be eligible for prorated performance periods in progress
          under the Long Term Incentive Plan, in accordance with the terms of
          the Plan and payable when and as such payments are made to other
          executives in the Company.

     8.   Any payments made to you under the Executive Performance Program, the
          Executive Incentive Plan or the Long Term Incentive Plan will be made
          subject to applicable withholding taxes.

     9.   Upon the retirement and subject to the approval of the Compensation
          Committee of the Company's Board of Directors in February 2003, the
          Company will pay you a lump sum cash payment of $600,000, less
          applicable taxes, in recognition of your special service to the
          Company.

     10.  The Company will grant title and possession to you of the mobile
          telephones and laptop computer currently assigned to you. The fair
          market value of these items will be personal income to you.

     11.  You will become eligible to participate in all retiree medical,
          dental, vision and prescription drug coverage plans as of February 1,
          2003, and all other benefits and opportunities normally available to
          retirees in good standing of the Company.

     12.  In the event of your death, all payments and benefits payable to you
          will be made in accordance with the terms of the applicable plans or,
          if no applicable plan, to your estate.

     13.  As we desire to continue to use your services as a senior advisor
          after your retirement, the Company will enter into a three-year
          consulting agreement with you, beginning March 1, 2003, at the annual
          rate of $225,000. The terms of our agreement will be outlined and
          agreed at a later date.

<PAGE>

Mr. Carl Ware
Page 3



     No letter of this kind can begin to express our appreciation for the long
and loyal service you have rendered to and on behalf of the Company. Please
accept my personal thanks on behalf of all your many friends and colleagues at
The Coca-Cola Company.

                                        Sincerely,



                                        /s/ Douglas N. Daft



Accepted and agreed to this

7th day of November, 2002


/s/ Carl Ware




</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.31
<SEQUENCE>11
<FILENAME>x10-31.txt
<DESCRIPTION>TCCEC EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN, EFFECTIVE 3/13/2002
<TEXT>
                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.31

                             Dated 13th March 2002


                        THE COCA-COLA EXPORT CORPORATION

                                       And

                                     OTHERS


                              TRUST DEED AND RULES
                                       of
                        THE COCA-COLA EXPORT CORPORATION
                              EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN





<PAGE>



                                    CONTENTS

THE TRUST DEED                                                  Page

1       Definitions and interpretation                            1
2       Trusts of the Plan                                        2
3       Notices to Participants                                   3
4       Investment                                                3
5       Borrowing                                                 4
6       Receipt of money or money's worth with
          respect to Plan Shares                                  4
7       Application of the Plan to group companies                4
8       Retention of Shares subject to Holding Period             5
9       Voting rights and directions                              5
10      Trustee's powers of delegation                            6
11      Administration                                            6
12      Trustee's indemnities and charges                         7
13      Appointment, removal and retirement of the Trustee        9
14      Residence of the trust                                    9
15      Amendments to the Plan                                   10
16      Termination of the Plan                                  10
17      Governing law                                            11
18      Construction of this Deed                                11


                                    SCHEDULE


RULES OF THE COCA-COLA EXPORT CORPORATION EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN


PART ONE

Definitions and interpretation                                  12

PART TWO

Provisions affecting Plan Shares                                18

1       Operation of the Plan/participation on the same terms   18
2       Participation Contract                                  18
3       Ineligibility due to participation in other share
          plans                                                 19
4       Ineligibility due to Material Interest in close
          company                                               19
5       Contributions to the Trustee                            19
6       Acquisition of Shares for the Plan                      20
7       Rights attaching to Plan Shares                         20
8       Rights issues                                           20
9       Capitalisation issues                                   21
10      Company Reconstruction                                  21
11      Events during Holding Period                            22
12      Fractional entitlements                                 23
13      Transfer of Plan Shares                                 24
14      Stamp duty                                              24
15      Notices                                                 24

<PAGE>


16      Disputes                                                24
17      Terms of employment                                     25

PART THREE

Free Shares                                                     26

1       Invitation to participate                               26
2       Maximum value of Free Shares Appropriated               26
3       Performance measures and targets                        26
4       Basis of Appropriation                                  28

PART FOUR

Partnership Shares and Matching Shares                          29

1       Invitations                                             29
2       Partnership Share Money                                 30
3       No Accumulation Period                                  30
4       Accumulation Period                                     31
5       Stopping and restarting deductions                      32
6       Withdrawal of Partnership Shares                        32
7       Number of Partnership Shares that can be acquired       33
8       Matching Shares                                         33

PART FIVE

Reinvestment of Cash Dividends                                  35

1       Permitted reinvestment                                  35
2       Limit on dividend reinvested                            35
3       Acquisition of Dividend Shares                          36


<PAGE>


THIS DEED is made the 13th day of March  2002

BETWEEN:

(1)    THE COCA-COLA EXPORT  CORPORATION  whose registered  office is at 1 Queen
       Caroline Street, London W6 9HQ ("the Company");

(2)    COCA-COLA  HOLDINGS  (UK) LIMITED and BEVERAGE  SERVICES  LIMITED both of
       whose  registered  office is at 1 Queen  Caroline  Street,  London W6 9HQ
       (together the "Initial Participating Companies"); and

(3)    CAPITA IRG TRUSTEES LIMITED whose  registered  office is at Bourne House,
       34  Beckenham  Road,   Beckenham,   Kent  BR3  4TU  United  Kingdom  (the
       "Trustee").

WHEREAS:

(A)    The Company  wishes to establish an Employee  Share  Ownership Plan to be
       known as the Coca-Cola Export Corporation  Employee Share Plan,  approved
       in accordance  with the  provisions of Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000
       and constituting an Employees' Share Scheme.

(B)    The Plan was approved and established by the Company on 8 March 2002.

(C)    The Company has agreed that the Initial Participating  Companies shall be
       Participating  Companies  in  the  Plan  and  the  Initial  Participating
       Companies  have  agreed to be bound in all  respects by this Deed and the
       rules contained in the Schedule to this Deed (the "Rules").

(D)    The Trustee has agreed to be the original trustee of the Plan.

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSES as follows:

1      DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1    Definitions:  The words and  expressions  used in this  Deed  which  have
       capital letters have the meanings set out in Part One of the Rules.

1.2    Interpretation:  The  provisions  of Part One of the  Rules  shall  apply
       equally to this Deed.

                                       1

<PAGE>

2      TRUSTS OF THE PLAN

2.1    Payments by Participating Companies: The Participating Companies will pay
       to the Trustee the amounts necessary to enable the Trustee to acquire, in
       accordance  with the  Plan,  Shares  for  and/or  to be  Appropriated  to
       Qualifying  Employees,  together with any other amounts required to cover
       any liabilities  incurred by the Trustee under the Plan in respect of the
       Participating Companies' own employees.

2.2    Application of payments:  Unless otherwise stated, the Trustee will apply
       all monies received by it in accordance with the Plan and hold any Shares
       acquired and all other trust  property  deriving  from them on the trusts
       declared  in this  Deed.  In the  case  of any  monies  received  for the
       acquisition of Free Shares or Matching  Shares,  the Trustee will acquire
       and Appropriate  these Shares in accordance with the Plan. In the case of
       any monies received for the acquisition of Partnership Shares or Dividend
       Shares,  the Trustee will acquire  these  Shares in  accordance  with the
       Plan.

2.3    Retention or sale of surplus Shares: If it is not possible to Appropriate
       all the Shares  acquired  for  Appropriation  as Free  Shares or Matching
       Shares  without  fractional  entitlements  arising  or if,  for any other
       reason,  the Trustee holds Shares which were acquired to be Appropriated,
       but which are not  Appropriated,  the  Trustee  may either  retain  those
       Shares  or  sell  them  and pay the  net  proceeds  to the  Participating
       Companies.

2.4    Rights  attaching  to  unappropriated  Shares:  If  the  Trustee  becomes
       entitled in respect of any Shares not held on behalf of a Participant  to
       any rights to be allotted, or to subscribe for, further securities (other
       than an issue of  capitalisation  shares  of the same  class as  specific
       Shares which the Trustee is about to  Appropriate,  which  capitalisation
       shares  shall be  retained  by the  Trustee as Shares to be  Appropriated
       among the Qualifying  Employees on the relevant  Appropriation  Day), the
       Trustee may take up those rights or sell them for the best  consideration
       in money reasonably obtainable at the time or sell sufficient of them nil
       paid to enable the  Trustee to  subscribe  in full for the balance of any
       unsold rights or allow those rights to lapse.

2.5    Trusts  of   unappropriated   Shares:   The   Trustee   shall   hold  any
       unappropriated  Shares or unutilised cash balances and any income arising
       from them UPON TRUST to apply the same in or towards the future  purchase
       of  Shares  for  the  purposes  of the  Plan  and/or  their  expenses  of
       administering  the Plan.  The  Trustee  shall  notify  the  Participating
       Companies  from time to time of the  amounts  and/or  number of Shares so
       held by it and its/their application.

2.6    Use of Shares acquired under a qualifying  transfer:  Any Shares acquired
       by the Trustee by a transfer from an employee share ownership trust which
       is a qualifying  transfer  within section 69(3AA) of the Finance Act 1989
       must  not be  awarded  as  Partnership  Shares  and must be


                                       2

<PAGE>

       included in  priority  to  other available  Shares  in  any award of Free
       Free  Shares or Matching Shares made after the date of the transfer.

2.7    General  duty of the Trustee in relation to  Participants'  Plan  Shares:
       Subject to Clause 8, the  Trustee  shall not  dispose of a  Participant's
       Plan  Shares or deal with any  rights,  conferred  in respect of any such
       Shares,  to be allotted  Shares,  securities or rights of any description
       other  than  pursuant  to a  direction  given  by or  on  behalf  of  the
       Participant.

3      NOTICES TO PARTICIPANTS

3.1    Notice of  Appropriation  of Free Shares or Matching  Shares:  As soon as
       practicable  after the Trustee has  Appropriated  Free Shares or Matching
       Shares,  the Trustee shall notify each Qualifying  Employee of the number
       and  description  of the Shares  Appropriated  to him, the Initial Market
       Value of those Shares and the Holding Period applicable to them.

3.2    Notice of acquisition of Partnership Shares: As soon as practicable after
       the Trustee has acquired any Partnership Shares on behalf of a Qualifying
       Employee,  the Trustee shall notify the Qualifying Employee of the number
       and description of the Shares acquired,  the amount of Partnership  Share
       Money applied in acquiring them and their Market Value on the Acquisition
       Date.

3.3    Notice of acquisition of Dividend  Shares:  As soon as practicable  after
       the Trustee has acquired Dividend Shares on behalf of a Participant,  the
       Trustee shall notify the Participant of the number and description of the
       Shares acquired,  their Market Value on the Acquisition Date, the Holding
       Period  applicable  to them and the amount (if any) of the cash  dividend
       carried forward under Rule 3.3 of Part Five of the Rules.

3.4    Notice of Participant's tax liability: Where a Participant becomes liable
       to income tax under  Schedule D Case V,  Schedule E or  Schedule F of the
       Taxes Act due to his  participation in the Plan, the Trustee shall inform
       the Participant of any facts relevant to determining that liability.

3.5    Notice of any  foreign  tax  deducted  before  dividend  paid:  Where any
       foreign  cash  dividend  is  received  in respect of Plan  Shares held on
       behalf of a Participant, the Trustee shall give the Participant notice of
       the amount of any foreign tax deducted  from the  dividend  before it was
       paid.

4      INVESTMENT

4.1    Trustee's  power of  investment:  The  Trustee may invest any monies from
       time to time held by it and not  immediately  required  as if it were the
       absolute beneficial owner of those monies.

4.2    No duty to invest:  The Trustee shall be under no duty to invest property
       held on trust under this Deed.

                                       3
<PAGE>

5      BORROWING

       The Trustee shall have power to borrow money both to acquire Shares for
       the purposes of the Plan and to pay any other expenses properly incurred
       by the Trustee in administering the Plan.

6      RECEIPT OF MONEY OR MONEY'S WORTH WITH RESPECT TO PLAN SHARES

6.1    Obligation to pay over: Subject to Clause 6.2, the Trustee shall, as soon
       as  practicable  following  its receipt of any money or money's  worth in
       respect of or by reference to any Plan Shares,  arrange for that money or
       money's  worth  to be paid  to  Participants  in  accordance  with  their
       respective entitlements.

6.2    Exceptions from obligation: Clause 6.1 shall:

       (a) not apply to money's worth consisting of New Shares;

       (b) be subject to the operation of Part Five of the Rules (Reinvestmentof
           Cash Dividends); and

       (c) be subject to Clause 11.

7      APPLICATION OF THE PLAN TO GROUP COMPANIES

7.1    Extension  of the  Plan to  Controlled  Companies  and/or  Jointly  Owned
       Companies:  The Plan may, with the consent of the Company, be extended to
       any  Controlled  Company or Jointly  Owned  Company by the execution of a
       deed of adherence  whereby  that company  agrees to be bound by this Deed
       and the Plan.

7.2    Disapplication  of the Plan to  Participating  Companies:  The Plan shall
       cease to apply to any company at any time when:

       (a) that  company  becomes  no longer  either a  Controlled  Company or a
           Jointly Owned Company; or

       (b) a notice is  served by the  Company  upon the  Trustee  that the Plan
           shall not apply to that company

       provided that the rights of Participants employed by that company to Plan
       Shares  Appropriated  o  them  or  acquired  on  their behalf while that
       company was a Participating  Company shall  not be affected and provided
       that (in  the  situation  referred  to  at  (b) above) the requirement of
       paragraph 10(2) of Schedule 8 continues to be satisfied.

                                       4
<PAGE>

7.3    Information from Participating  Companies:  A Participating Company (or a
       former  Participating  Company, if appropriate) shall provide the Trustee
       with all  information  required  from it for the operation of the Plan in
       such form as the Trustee shall reasonably require.

8      RETENTION OF SHARES SUBJECT TO HOLDING PERIOD

8.1    No disposal:  Subject to Clause 8.2, the Trustee shall not dispose of any
       of a Participant's Free Shares, Matching Shares or Dividend Shares during
       the Holding  Period  applicable to those Shares other than at the written
       direction  of the  Participant  (or his personal  representatives)  given
       under the terms of the Participation Contract.

8.2    Permitted disposals during Holding Period: Clause 8.1 shall:

       (a) not apply if at the time of the disposal the  Participant  has ceased
           to be in Employment;

       (b) be subject to a direction of the Participant given in accordance with
           Rule 11.1 of Part Two of the Rules; and

       (c) be subject to Clause 11.3.

9      VOTING RIGHTS AND DIRECTIONS

9.1    Exercise of voting  rights:  While Plan Shares are registered in the name
       of the Trustee,  the Trustee shall,  in respect of any matter upon which,
       at a general  meeting  of The  Coca-Cola  Company  or at a meeting of the
       holders of any class of shares of The Coca-Cola  Company,  it is entitled
       to exercise any voting rights attaching to those Plan Shares,  invite the
       Participants  on whose  behalf those Plan Shares are held to direct it as
       to such  exercise.  The Trustee  shall not be entitled in respect of Plan
       Shares held on behalf of  Participants  to vote on a show of hands unless
       all directions  received from  Participants  who have given directions in
       respect of the particular resolution are identical. The Trustee shall not
       in any  circumstances be under an obligation to call for a poll. If there
       is a poll, the Trustee shall vote only in accordance  with the directions
       of Participants  who have given  directions and shall not vote in respect
       of Plan Shares where no directions have been received.

9.2    Voting rights attached to unappropriated Shares: The Trustee may not vote
       in respect of Shares it holds which are not Plan Shares.

                                       5
<PAGE>

10     TRUSTEE'S POWERS OF DELEGATION

10.1   Trustee's power to employ agents:  The Trustee may, in the performance of
       its duties under the Plan, employ and pay any appropriate person, appoint
       any person as its agent to transact all or any  business,  and act on the
       advice or opinion of any professional or business  person,  and shall not
       be responsible  for anything done or omitted or suffered in good faith in
       reliance on such advice or opinion.

10.2   Delegation  of the  Trustee's  powers:  The  Trustee  may,  to the extent
       permitted by law, delegate any of its powers and duties under the Plan to
       any person,  but no  delegation  made under this Clause  shall divest the
       Trustee of its responsibilities under Schedule 8.

10.3   Nominee shareholder: The Trustee may allow any Shares to be registered in
       the  name  of  an  appointed  nominee,  provided  that  such  Shares  are
       registered in a designated account.

10.4   Revocation  of  delegation:  The  Trustee  may at any time,  and shall if
       directed to by the Company,  revoke any  delegation or  arrangement  made
       under this  Clause  and/or  require  any trust  property  held by another
       person to be returned to the Trustee.

10.5   Execution of documents:  The Trustee may execute and may authorise any of
       its  directors,  officers  or  employees  to  execute  on its  behalf any
       documents in such manner as may be appropriate.

11     ADMINISTRATION

11.1   Meetings and regulations:  Subject to the terms of this Deed, the Trustee
       may  convene   meetings  and  make  such   regulations  as  it  considers
       appropriate for the administration of the Plan.

11.2   Duty to keep  accounts  and  records:  The  Trustee  shall  maintain  the
       accounts  and records  necessary  for it to fulfil its own PAYE and other
       obligations  under  the  Plan and the PAYE  obligations  of any  Employer
       Company under the Plan.

11.3   Trustee's  power to dispose of shares to meet its PAYE  obligations:  The
       Trustee shall,  where a PAYE obligation is imposed on it under Schedule 8
       as a result of a  Participant's  Plan Shares ceasing to be subject to the
       Plan  (including due to the operation of this Clause),  have the power to
       meet that PAYE obligation by:

       (a) disposing of any of the  Participant's  Plan Shares and retaining the
           proceeds; or

       (b) requiring  the  Participant  to pay to it a sum  equal to the  amount
           required to discharge the PAYE obligation.

                                       6
<PAGE>

       The  Trustee may  dispose of a  Participant's  Plan  Shares  under Clause
       11.3(a) by itself acquiring some or all of  those Shares for the purposes
       of the Plan.

11.4   Trustee to pay Employer Company:  If as a result of a Participant's  Plan
       Shares  ceasing to be subject to the Plan a Participant  is chargeable to
       income tax under Part X of  Schedule 8 and an  obligation  to make a PAYE
       Deduction arises in respect of that charge the Trustee shall,  subject to
       Clauses 11.6 and 11.7,  pay to the Employer  Company a sum  sufficient to
       enable it to discharge that obligation.

11.5   Payment to Employer Company of Capital Receipts:  If the Trustee receives
       a sum of money which  constitutes (or forms part of) a Capital Receipt in
       respect of which a Participant  is chargeable to income tax in accordance
       with Part X of Schedule 8, the Trustee shall pay to the Employer  Company
       out of that sum of money an amount  equal to that on which  income tax is
       payable.

11.6   Payment by Participant to Employer  Company:  Clause 11.4 shall not apply
       if the relevant  Participant is required to pay to his Employer Company a
       sum that is sufficient to enable it to discharge the obligation.

11.7   No Employer  Company:  In any case under Clause 11.4 or Clause  11.5,  as
       appropriate, where:

       (a) there is no Employer Company; or

       (b) the Inland Revenue have directed under  paragraph  95(7) or 96(3), as
           appropriate,  of Schedule 8 that it is impracticable for the Employer
           Company concerned to make a PAYE Deduction,

       Clause 11.4  or  Clause 11.5, as  appropriate, shall  not apply  and the
       Trustee shall make a PAYE Deduction in respect of an amount equal to that
       on  which income tax is payable, as  if  the  Participant were  a former
       employee of the Trustee.

12     TRUSTEE'S INDEMNITIES AND CHARGES

12.1   Trustee's  indemnity:  The  Participating  Companies  agree  to keep  the
       Trustee  fully  indemnified  against any  liability  arising out of or in
       connection with the Plan.  However,  the Trustee shall not be indemnified
       or  exonerated in respect of any fraud,  negligence or wilful  default on
       its part or its agents' or any of their  officers' or  employees'  parts.
       The Trustee  shall have the  benefit of any  indemnities  conferred  upon
       trustees by law.

12.2   Accounting for benefits received by the Trustee:  Neither the Trustee nor
       any  of  its  officers  or  employees  shall  be  liable  to  account  to
       Participants for any benefit received under the Plan. Neither

                                       7
<PAGE>

       the Trustee nor any officer or employee of the Trustee shall be liable to
       account to other Participants for any profit derived by him as a
       Participant.

12.3   Trustee's  remuneration:  Any person acting as a trustee in the course of
       any profession or business  carried on by him may charge and be paid such
       reasonable  charges  for so acting  as shall  from time to time be agreed
       between him and the Company.

12.4   Permitted  dealings  of the  Trustee:  The Trustee  (and any  director or
       officer of a body corporate or a trust  corporation  acting as a trustee)
       shall not, on its own account:

       (a) be precluded from acquiring,  holding or dealing with any debentures,
           debenture  stock,  shares or  securities  whatsoever of The Coca-Cola
           Company, the Company, any Controlled Company or Jointly Owned Company
           or any other  company in the shares of which The  Coca-Cola  Company,
           the Company,  any Controlled Company or any Jointly Owned Company may
           be interested;

       (b) be precluded  from  entering  into any contract or other  transaction
           with The Coca-Cola  Company,  the Company,  any Controlled Company or
           Jointly Owned Company or any other company,  or from being interested
           in any such contract or transaction; or

       (c) be in any way liable to account to The Coca-Cola Company, the Company
           or any Controlled Company or Jointly Owned Company or any Participant
           for  any  amount  obtained  by it  from  such  acquisition,  holding,
           dealing,  contract or transaction,  whether or not in connection with
           its duties under this Deed.

12.5   Reliance on information  provided:  The Trustee shall be entitled, in the
       absence of manifest error, to rely without further enquiry on:

       (a) information  supplied  to it by any  Participating  Company  for  the
           purposes of the Plan; and

       (b) any direction,  notice or document purporting to be given or executed
           by or with  the  authority  of any  Participating  Company  or by any
           Participant.

12.6   Exclusion of liability:  The Trustee  shall not be liable or  responsible
       for any loss,  liability or increased  liability of a Participant arising
       out of the failure of the  Participant to give a direction to the Trustee
       or to give a direction  within a particular  time or, if the  Participant
       has directed the Trustee to use its  discretion,  arising out of the bona
       fide exercise by the Trustee of that discretion.

12.7   Insurance: The Trustee may insure against any loss caused by it or by any
       of its employees,  officers,  agents or delegates  under the Plan. It may
       also insure itself and any of these persons against  liability for breach
       of trust not involving  wilful  wrongdoing or fraud of the Trustee or the

                                       8

<PAGE>

       person  concerned.  Except in the case of a paid  trustee,  the insurance
       premiums may be paid from the Plan assets.

13     APPOINTMENT, REMOVAL AND RETIREMENT OF THE TRUSTEE

13.1   Number of  trustees:  There  shall at all times be in office at least two
       trustees or a corporate trustee.

13.2   Appointment and  removal  of  trustees: The Company  may  at any  time by
       notice in writing:

       (a) appoint a new (or additional) trustee,  including a corporate trustee
           (to the exclusion of the trustee's  statutory power of  appointment);
           and

       (b) remove a trustee  from office (but not so as to leave in office fewer
           than two  trustees or a corporate  trustee),  without  assigning  any
           reason for its removal  which (in the absence of a date  specified in
           the notice) shall take effect immediately.

13.3   Appointment and removal on cessation of the Company's  existence:  If the
       Company ceases to exist then its powers of appointment  and removal shall
       be vested in the Trustee  except  that if the Company  ceases to exist in
       connection with a Company  Reconstruction  or takeover,  then such powers
       shall be vested in the  successor  company  (or,  if more than one,  such
       successor company as the Company shall nominate).

13.4   Retirement of the Trustee:  The Trustee may retire as a trustee by giving
       to the Company written notice which shall take effect at the end of three
       months (or another  period agreed with the Company) from the date of that
       notice,  provided that this will leave at least two trustees in office or
       a  corporate  trustee.  Where the  retiring  Trustee is a sole  corporate
       trustee,  if the  Company  does not appoint a new  trustee  within  three
       months of the date of such  retirement,  then the  Trustee  may appoint a
       successor  trustee.  The Trustee shall not be  responsible  for any costs
       caused by its retirement but shall do all things necessary to give proper
       effect to its retirement.

13.5   Transfer of trust  property:  Immediately on removal or  retirement,  the
       Trustee shall  transfer all trust  property held by it to the  continuing
       and/or any successor  trustee and deliver all documents in its possession
       relating to the Plan as the Company may direct. If it does not do so, the
       continuing trustee may do so on its behalf

13.6   Participant as trustee: A person shall not be disqualified from acting as
       a trustee or an officer or employee of a trustee  because he is or was an
       officer  or  employee  of The  Coca-Cola  Company,  the  Company  or of a
       Participating Company or is or was a Participant.

                                       9

<PAGE>

14     RESIDENCE OF THE TRUST

       For so long  as the  Plan  is  to  be  approved  by the  Inland  Revenue
       under Schedule  8, the  Trust,  and every  trustee,  shall be  resident
       for tax purposes in the United Kingdom.

15     AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN

15.1   Company's  power to amend:  Subject to Clause 15.2, the Company may, with
       the Trustee's  consent,  amend the Plan in any manner it thinks fit (with
       any  amendment  being  binding  on  the  Trustee  and  all  Participating
       Companies and Participants)  but so that no purported  amendment shall be
       effective if:

       (a) it would cause the Plan to cease to be an Employees' Share Scheme;

       (b) it would  materially  adversely affect the rights of a Participant in
           respect  of his  Plan  Shares  unless  it is made  with  his  written
           consent; or

       (c) it would offend the rule against perpetuities.

15.2   Inland Revenue approval:  If, and so long as, the Plan is approved by the
       Inland  Revenue under  Schedule 8, no amendment to any key feature of the
       Plan (for the purposes of  paragraph  118(2)(b) of Schedule 8) shall have
       effect unless such amendment has been approved by the Inland Revenue.

15.3   Notice to the Trustee: Written notice of any amendment made in accordance
       with this Clause 15 shall be given to the Trustee.

16     TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

16.1   The Plan shall terminate:

       (a) in accordance with a Plan Termination Notice issued by the Company to
       the Trustee under paragraph 120 of Schedule 8; or

       (b) if earlier, on the expiry of the Trust Period.

16.2   The Company shall  immediately upon executing a Plan  Termination  Notice
       provide a copy of the notice to the Trustee,  the Inland Revenue and each
       individual  who has Plan  Shares or who has  entered  into a  Partnership
       Share  Agreement  which was in force  immediately  before  the notice was
       issued.

                                       10
<PAGE>

16.3   Upon the issue of a Plan  Termination  Notice  or upon the  expiry of the
       Trust Period, paragraph 121 of Schedule 8 shall have effect.

16.4   Any  Shares  or  other  assets  which  remain  undisposed  of  after  the
       requirements of paragraph 121 of Schedule 8 have been complied with shall
       be held by the  Trustee  upon  trust to pay or  apply  them to or for the
       benefit of the Participating Companies as at the termination date in such
       proportions,  having  regard to their  respective  contributions,  as the
       Trustee shall in its absolute discretion think fit.

17     GOVERNING LAW

       This Deed shall be governed by  and  construed in accordance with the law
       of England.

18     CONSTRUCTION OF THIS DEED


        The Rules shall be treated as part of this Deed.

IN WITNESS whereof  this Deed  has been executed and delivered  as a deed by the
parties on the date which first appears on page 1.

                                       11
<PAGE>

                                    SCHEDULE

                   RULES OF THE COCA-COLA EXPORT CORPORATION
                              EMPLOYEE SHARE PLAN

                                    PART ONE

                         DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

The words and  expressions  used in the Plan which have capital letters have the
meanings set out below.  Words and  expressions  not otherwise  defined have the
same meanings as they have in the Taxes Act. In the Plan:

(a)  the  headings  are for the sake of  convenience  and should be ignored when
     construing it;

(b)  references to any statutory  provisions are to those provisions as amended,
     extended  or  re-enacted  from  time to time and  include  any  subordinate
     legislation made under them; and

(c)  unless the context  requires  otherwise,  words in the singular include the
     plural  and vice  versa and  words  imputing  either  gender  include  both
     genders.

"Accumulation  Period" in respect of Partnership Shares, the period during which
a Qualifying Employee's Partnership Share Money is accumulated before it is used
to acquire Partnership Shares or is repaid to that employee;

"Acquisition  Date" in respect of Partnership  Shares, the date determined under
Rule 3.1 or Rule 4.3 of Part Four of these Rules as appropriate  and, in respect
of Dividend  Shares,  the date  determined  under Rule 3.1 of Part Five of these
Rules;

"Appropriation" the allocation to a Qualifying Employee of a beneficial interest
in  Free  Shares  or  Matching  Shares  (and  references  to   "Appropriate"  or
"Appropriated" shall be read accordingly);

"Appropriation  Day"  a  day  on  which  Free  Shares  or  Matching  Shares  are
Appropriated to a Qualifying Employee;

"Appropriation  Year" a Year of  Assessment  during  which an  Appropriation  of
Shares is or is intended to be made;

"Associated  Company"  the  meaning  given  in  paragraph  126 (as  extended  by
paragraph 127) of Schedule 8;

                                       12

<PAGE>

"Award  Date"  the date on which an  Appropriation  is made  and/or  Partnership
Shares or Dividend Shares are acquired on behalf of a Qualifying Employee;

"Capital Receipt" the meaning given in paragraph 79 of Schedule 8;

"the Company" the meaning given in the Deed;

"Company  Reconstruction"  has the meaning given to it in Rule 10 of Part Two of
these Rules;

"Connected  Company"  (a)  the  Company,  (b) a  company  which  Controls  or is
Controlled  by the Company or is Controlled by a company which also Controls the
Company,  and (c) a company which is a Member of a Consortium owning the Company
or which is owned in part by the Company as a Member of a Consortium;

"Continuous  Employment"  continuous employment (within the meaning given in the
Employment  Rights Act 1996) by an individual with one or more companies each of
which is a qualifying company, within the meaning of paragraph 14 of Schedule 8;

"Control"  unless  otherwise  indicated,  control  within the  meaning  given in
section 840 of the Taxes Act (and references to "Controls" or "Controlled" shall
be read accordingly);

"Controlled  Company" any company (being a body corporate) which is a Subsidiary
and is under the Control of the Company;

"Dealing Day" any day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for business;

"the Deed" this trust deed as amended from time to time;

"Dividend  Shares"  Shares  acquired by the  Trustee on behalf of a  Participant
under Part Five of these Rules;

"Eligible Employee" an individual who:

(a)  is in Employment with a Participating Company, chargeable to tax in respect
     of that  Employment  under  Case I of  Schedule  E and has such  Qualifying
     Period (if any) as the Company may determine; or

(b)  if  paragraph  (a)  above  does  not  apply,   is  in  Employment   with  a
     Participating  Company and nominated to participate by the Company (or is a
     member of a category of persons in such  Employment  which is  nominated to
     participate by the Company)  subject to having such  Qualifying  Period (if
     any)

                                       13
<PAGE>

unless the individual is ineligible to participate in the Plan by virtue of Rule
3 or Rule 4 of Part Two of these Rules;

"Employee  Share Ownership Plan" an employee share ownership plan approved under
Schedule 8 and established by a Connected Company;

"Employees'  Share Scheme" the meaning given in section 743 of the Companies Act
1985;

"Employer  Company" the company (if any) of which a  Participant  is an employee
when,  as  appropriate,  either (a) his Plan  Shares  cease to be subject to the
Plan,  or (b) the Trustee  receives a sum of money which  constitutes  (or forms
part of) a Capital  Receipt in respect of his Plan  Shares and to which the PAYE
Regulations apply at that time;

"Employment"  employment  with a  Participating  Company  or  (unless  otherwise
stated) with another Associated Company of the Company;

"Exchange  Rate" for any day,  the average of the buying and  selling  prices at
close UK Pounds  for US  Dollars  spot  rates for that day as  published  in the
Financial  Times  newspaper  (or such other  publication  as is  selected by the
Trustee for the purpose of the Plan);

"Free Shares" Shares  Appropriated to a Qualifying  Employee under Part Three of
these Rules;

"Holding Period" with respect to:

(a)  an Appropriation of Free Shares or Matching Shares, the period specified by
     the Company for that  Appropriation  during which those Shares will be held
     by the Trustee,  which must be not less than three years nor more than five
     years from the  Appropriation Day (or such other period(s) as may from time
     to time be required or permitted under Schedule 8); and

(b)  Dividend Shares,  the period of three years from their Acquisition Date (or
     such other period as may from time to time be required or  permitted  under
     Schedule 8);

"Initial Market Value" in relation to any Appropriation of Shares,  their Market
Value on the Appropriation Day. Where Shares are subject to restrictions or risk
of  forfeiture  (as that term is defined in paragraph  24(3) of Schedule 8) such
Market Value shall be determined as if there were no such restrictions or risk;

"Initial Participating Companies" the meaning given in the Deed;

                                       14
<PAGE>

"Jointly Owned Company":

(a)  any company of which 50 per cent.  of its issued share  capital is owned by
     the Company  and/or any  Subsidiary  and 50 per cent.  of its issued  share
     capital is owned by another person; and

(b)  any company under the Control of any such jointly owned company;

"Market  Value" in relation to a Share,  on any day, the average of the high and
low prices of a Share of the same class on the New York Stock  Exchange at close
of business for the immediately  preceding  Dealing Day converted into UK Pounds
at the Exchange Rate for that preceding  Dealing Day;  provided that if all Plan
Shares  comprised in an  Appropriation  or acquisition on behalf of Participants
are purchased on the market on their Award Date,  "Market  Value" shall mean the
average of the purchase prices of such Plan Shares expressed in UK Pounds;

"Matching Shares" Shares Appropriated under Part Four of these Rules;

"Material Interest" the meaning given in paragraphs 17 to 19 of Schedule 8;

"Member of a Consortium" the meaning given in paragraph 129(4) of Schedule 8;

"New Shares" the meaning given in Rule 10 of Part Two of these Rules;

"NICs" National Insurance contributions;

"Participant" any person on whose behalf the Trustee holds Plan Shares;

"Participating Companies":

(a)  the Initial Participating Companies (while they remain bound by the Deed);

(b)  any  Controlled  Company  which,  pursuant  to  Clause  7.1  of  the  Deed,
     participates in the Plan; and

(c)  any company which is a Jointly Owned Company and which,  pursuant to Clause
     7.1 of the Deed, participates in the Plan;

"Participation  Contract" a contract  complying with Rule 2 of Part Two of these
Rules;

"Partnership  Shares"  Shares  acquired by the Trustee on behalf of a Qualifying
Employee under Part Four of these Rules;

"Partnership  Share Agreement" a contract  complying with Rule 2 of Part Two and
Rule 1 of Part Four of these Rules;

                                       15

<PAGE>

"Partnership  Share Money" money  deducted from a Qualifying  Employee's  Salary
under a Partnership Share Agreement;

"PAYE  Deduction" a deduction  required by regulations made under section 203 of
the Taxes Act;

"PAYE Regulations" the meaning given in section 203L(3) of the Taxes Act;

"Performance  Unit" any  individual,  team or divisional  or corporate  unit the
Company may determine with respect to an  Appropriation  to be made under Rule 1
of Part Three of these Rules;

"Permitted Cessation" ceasing to be in Employment because of:

(a)  injury or disability;

(b)  Redundancy;

(c)  a transfer to which the Transfer of Undertakings (Protection of Employment)
     Regulations 1981 apply;

(d)  a change of  Control or other  circumstances  in  consequence  of which the
     company by which the  Participant  is employed  ceases to be an  Associated
     Company of the Company;

(e)  retirement on or after reaching the age of 50; or

(f)  death;

"Plan" The Coca-Cola Export  Corporation  Employee Share Plan established by the
Deed and these Rules;

"Plan Shares" Free Shares,  Partnership Shares, Matching Shares, Dividend Shares
and/or,  where appropriate,  New Shares, which are held by the Trustee on behalf
of the Participants to whom they have been  Appropriated or on whose behalf they
have been acquired;

"Plan Termination Notice" a notice issued under paragraph 120 of Schedule 8;

"Profit Sharing Scheme" a profit sharing scheme approved under Schedule 9 to the
Taxes Act and established by a Connected Company;

"Qualifying  Corporate Bond" the meaning given in section 117 of the Taxation of
Chargeable Gains Act 1992;

"Qualifying  Employee" an Eligible Employee who has entered into a Participation
Contract or Partnership Share Agreement, as appropriate;

                                       16

<PAGE>

"Qualifying Period" the period (if any) of Continuous  Employment  determined by
the Company with respect to any  operation  of the Plan,  being,  in the case of
Free Shares,  a period  starting not earlier than 18 months  before the relevant
Appropriation  Day, in the case of Partnership  Shares or Matching  Shares where
the  Partnership  Share Agreement  provides for an Accumulation  Period a period
starting no earlier than six months before the start of the Accumulation  Period
and in the case of Partnership  Shares or Matching  Shares where the Partnership
Share Agreement does not provide for an Accumulation  Period,  a period starting
no  earlier  than 18 months  before the date on which the  relevant  Partnership
Share Money is deducted;

"Redundancy" the meaning given in the Employment Rights Act 1996;

"Restricted Performance Measures" performance measures as defined in Rule 3.3 of
Part Three of these Rules;

"Salary" the meaning given in paragraph 48 of Schedule 8;

"Schedule 8" Schedule 8 to the Finance Act 2000;

"Share" a share in the capital of The  Coca-Cola  Company  which  satisfies  the
conditions specified in Part VIII of Schedule 8;

"Subsidiary" any company which is a subsidiary (as defined by section 736 of the
Companies Act 1985) of the Company;

"the Taxes Act" the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988;

"The Coca-Cola  Company" The Coca-Cola  Company whose principal office is at [PO
Box 1734, Atlanta,  Georgia 30301,  United States of America],  by whatever name
known from time to time;

"Trustee"  the trustee  referred to in the Deed or such other  person or persons
resident in the United  Kingdom who is or are the trustee or trustees  from time
to time of the Plan;

"Trust Period" the period of 80 years beginning with the date of the Deed;

"Unrestricted  Performance Measures" performance measures as defined in Rule 3.4
of Part Three of these Rules; and

"Year of Assessment" the meaning given in section 832 of the Taxes Act.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                    PART TWO

                        PROVISIONS AFFECTING PLAN SHARES

1    OPERATION OF THE PLAN/PARTICIPATION ON THE SAME TERMS

1.1  Company's  discretion:  The Plan shall be operated at the discretion of the
     Company.

1.2  Participation on the same terms: Subject to Rules 3.3 and 3.4 of Part Three
     of these Rules,  every Eligible  Employee must be invited to participate in
     the Plan in respect of any Appropriation of Shares or acquisition of Shares
     on their behalf on the same terms,  and those who participate must do so on
     the same terms.

1.3  Permitted  factors:  The fact that  participation  at any operation of Part
     Three  of  these  Rules  may  be by  reference  to an  Eligible  Employee's
     remuneration, length of service or hours worked shall not infringe Rule 1.2
     unless,  where more than one of these three factors is used, paragraph 9(4)
     of Schedule 8 is not complied with.

2 PARTICIPATION CONTRACT

2.1  Holding Period: A Participation Contract (which shall include a Partnership
     Share Agreement which provides for the  Appropriation  of Matching  Shares)
     shall specify the Holding Period applicable to the Free Shares (or Matching
     Shares or Dividend  Shares,  if  applicable) to which it relates and shall,
     subject to its provisions,  bind the Eligible Employee in contract with the
     Company:

       (a) to permit any Plan Shares which are subject to a Holding  Period  and
           Appropriated  to him or acquired on his behalf to remain in the hands
           of the Trustee throughout the Holding Period applicable to them; and

       (b) not to assign, charge or otherwise dispose of his beneficial interest
           in any of those Plan Shares during their Holding Period.

2.2  Forfeiture:  A  Participation  Contract  shall,  if the Company so decides,
     state in respect of the  Appropriation  of Free Shares (or in the case of a
     Partnership  Share  Agreement  of Matching  Shares) to which it relates the
     extent (if any) to which those  Shares will be  forfeited  if other than in
     the event of Permitted Cessation:

       (a) the Participant ceases to be in Employment;

                                       18

<PAGE>

       (b) the Participant withdraws the Shares from the Plan; or

       (c) in the case of Matching  Shares only, the  Participant  withdraws the
           Partnership  Shares in respect of which  those  Matching  Shares were
           Appropriated to him

     before the expiry of the period  (not  exceeding   three  years)  from  the
     Appropriation  Day of the relevant  Shares  specified in the  Participation
     Contract.  If any Shares are  forfeited,  a  Participant  shall cease to be
     beneficially entitled to those Shares.

3    INELIGIBILITY DUE TO PARTICIPATION IN OTHER SHARE PLANS

3.1  Free  Shares:   An   individual   shall  not  be  eligible  to  receive  an
     Appropriation of Free Shares in any Year of Assessment in which shares have
     been (or are at the same  time to be)  appropriated  to him  under a Profit
     Sharing Scheme or in which he has  participated  (or is at the same time to
     participate) in another Employee Share Ownership Plan.

3.2  Partnership  Shares or Matching Shares: An individual shall not be eligible
     to participate in an invitation for  Partnership  Shares or Matching Shares
     in any Year of Assessment in which he has  participated  (or is at the same
     time to participate) in another Employee Share Ownership Plan.

3.3  Deemed  participation:  For the  purposes  of  Rule  3.1  and  Rule  3.2 an
     individual  shall be treated as having  participated  in an Employee  Share
     Ownership  Plan if he would have  received  Free Shares under that plan but
     for the failure to meet a performance target.

4    INELIGIBILITY DUE TO MATERIAL INTEREST IN CLOSE COMPANY

     An individual shall not be eligible to participate  in the Plan at any time
     when he has (or has within the preceding 12 months had) a Material Interest
     in The  Coca-Cola  Company  (being a close  company)  or, if The  Coca-Cola
     Company is a close  company,  in any company  which  Controls The Coca-Cola
     Company or is a Member of a Consortium  which owns The  Coca-Cola  Company.
     Paragraphs  15(2)  and 20 to 22 of  Schedule  8 shall  apply  to  determine
     whether  an  individual  is  regarded  as having or having  had a  Material
     Interest for the purposes of this Rule 4.

5    CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TRUSTEE

     Any contributions to be made to the Trustee to enable an acquisition of
     Shares to be made by the Trustee for  Appropriation on any Appropriation
     Day shall be made within a sufficient time to allow for that Appropriation.


                                       19
<PAGE>

6    ACQUISITION OF SHARES FOR THE PLAN

     Acquisition  of Shares:  The  Trustee,  upon the  direction of the Company,
     shall acquire Shares to be  Appropriated  as Free Shares or Matching Shares
     or to be  acquired  as  Partnership  Shares or  Dividend  Shares  either by
     acquiring  authorised  but  unissued  Shares or  treasury  Shares  from The
     Coca-Cola Company or by purchasing Shares on the market or otherwise.

7    RIGHTS ATTACHING TO PLAN SHARES

     Rights attaching to Plan Shares: Where the Trustee Appropriates or acquires
     Plan  Shares  a  proportion  of  which  rank  for  any  dividend  or  other
     distribution  or other rights  attaching to Shares by reference to a record
     date preceding the relevant  Appropriation  Day or  Acquisition  Date and a
     proportion  of  which do not,  then  the  Shares  to be  allocated  to each
     Qualifying  Employee  shall,  so  far  as  practicable,   be  in  the  same
     proportions of Shares with and without the rights.

8    RIGHTS ISSUES

8.1  Instructions to the Trustee:  Whenever any rights to be allotted any shares
     or  securities  (on  payment) or rights of any  description  are granted in
     respect of Plan Shares,  each Participant  shall be notified by the Trustee
     of the rights relating to his Plan Shares.  Each Participant may direct the
     Trustee and the Trustee may then, in accordance  with such  directions,  do
     one or more of the following:

       (a) subject to the provision by the  Participant of any necessary  funds,
           take up or sell  all or any of the  rights  or allow  them to  lapse;
           and/or

       (b) sell rights nil paid to the extent necessary to enable the Trustee to
           subscribe in full for the balance of any unsold rights.

     The Participant's directions may be of particular or general application
     and may relate to Plan Shares acquired before and after the date of the
     rights issue.

8.2  Period  for  giving  directions:  The  Trustee  shall  act  upon  any  such
     directions received by it not less than five Dealing Days before the expiry
     of the  period  allowed  for  the  exercise  of  any  such  rights.  If any
     Participant  has not by that time  given  directions  to the  Trustee  with
     regard to those rights and, if  appropriate,  provided any funds  necessary
     for the purpose,  the Trustee shall allow the rights to lapse.  Any Capital
     Receipt  received in consequence of the  non-exercise or sale of any rights
     shall be dealt with by the  Trustee in  accordance  with Clause 11.5 of the
     Deed.

                                       20
<PAGE>

8.3  New Shares:  Any shares,  securities  or rights  taken up by the Trustee on
     behalf of any Participant  under Rule 8.1(b) shall,  subject to Rule 13 and
     provided  that the right to so take up shares,  securities  or other rights
     was  conferred  in  respect  of all the  ordinary  shares in The  Coca-Cola
     Company,  form part of the Participant's Plan Shares and shall be deemed to
     have been  Appropriated  to or acquired on behalf of the Participant in the
     same way and at the same time as the  Participant's  Plan Shares in respect
     of which they are allotted.

8.4  Trustee's indemnity:  Nothing in this Rule shall require the Trustee to act
     in any manner which would involve it in any liability unless indemnified to
     its satisfaction by the Participant against such liability.

9    CAPITALISATION ISSUES

     Where any Shares are  allotted by way of  capitalisation  to the Trustee in
     respect of any Participant's  Plan Shares,  those Shares shall form part of
     that  Participant's Plan Shares and be deemed to have been Appropriated to,
     or acquired on behalf of, the  Participant  in the same way and at the same
     time as the  Participant's  Plan  Shares  in  respect  of  which  they  are
     allotted.

10   COMPANY RECONSTRUCTION

10.1 Company  Reconstruction:  This Rule  applies if there occurs in relation to
     any of a Participant's Plan Shares (the "Original Shares") a transaction:

       (a) which results in a new holding (the "New Holding") being equated with
           the Original Shares for the purposes of capital gains tax; or

       (b) which  would have that result but for the fact that what would be the
           new holding consists of or includes a Qualifying Corporate Bond.

       Such a transaction is referred to in the Plan as a Company
       Reconstruction.

10.2 Excluded Shares: If, as part of a Company Reconstruction, any:

       (a) redeemable  shares or  securities  issued  as  mentioned  in  section
           209(2)(a) of the Taxes Act;

       (b) share capital issued in circumstances such that section 210(l) of the
           Taxes Act applies; or

       (c) share capital to which section 249 of the Taxes Act applies,

     is/are  issued  and a charge to income  tax arises in respect of the issue,
     those  shares  shall not form part of the New Holding  for the  purposes of
     this Rule.

                                       21
<PAGE>

10.3 New Shares:  In this Rule "New Shares" means,  subject to Rule 10.2, shares
     comprised in the New Holding  which were issued in respect of, or otherwise
     represent, the Original Shares.

10.4 Effect on Original Shares: For the purposes of the Plan:

       (a) a Company Reconstruction shall be treated as not involving a disposal
           of the Original Shares;

       (b) the date on which any New Shares  are to be  treated  as having  been
           Appropriated to or acquired on behalf of a Participant  shall be that
           on which his Original Shares were so Appropriated or acquired;

       (c) the  conditions  in Part VIII  (types  of share  that may be used) of
           Schedule  8 shall be  treated as  fulfilled  with  respect to any New
           Shares if they were (or were  treated as)  fulfilled  with respect to
           the Original Shares; and

       (d) the provisions of Part X (income tax) and Part XI (capital gains tax)
           of Schedule 8 shall apply in relation to the New Shares as they would
           have applied to the Original Shares.

10.5 References to Plan Shares:  Following a Company Reconstruction,  references
     to a  Participant's  Plan Shares shall be  construed,  subject to the above
     provisions,  as being or, as the case may be, as  including,  references to
     any New Shares.

11   EVENTS DURING HOLDING PERIOD

11.1 Takeover:  A Participant  may during the Holding  Period of any of his Plan
     Shares direct the Trustee to:

       (a) accept an offer for those Plan Shares (the "Original Shares") if such
           acceptance  will  result  in a new  holding  being  equated  with the
           Original Shares for the purposes of capital gains tax;

       (b) accept an offer of a Qualifying Corporate Bond (whether alone or with
           other  assets  or cash or both) for  those  Plan  Shares if the offer
           forms part of a general offer as mentioned in Rule 11.1(c) below;

       (c) accept an offer of cash, with or without other assets, for those Plan
           Shares if the offer  forms part of a general  offer  which is made to
           holders of shares of the same  class as his  shares in The  Coca-Cola
           Company and which is made in the first  instance on a condition  such
           that if it is satisfied the person making the offer will have control
           of The  Coca-Cola  Company,  within the meaning of section 416 of the
           Taxes Act; or

                                       22
<PAGE>

       (d) agree to a transaction  affecting  those Plan Shares or those of them
           which are of a particular  class, if the transaction would be entered
           into pursuant to a compromise, arrangement or scheme applicable to or
           affecting:

          (i) all the ordinary  share capital of The  Coca-Cola  Company or, as
              the case may be, all the shares of the class in question; or

         (ii) all the shares, or all the shares of the class in question, which
              are held by a class of shareholders identified otherwise than by
              reference to their employment or their participation in an
              Employee Share Ownership Plan.

11.2 Compulsory acquisition:  In the event of any Plan Shares being compulsorily
     acquired  under  sections  428 to  430F  of the  Companies  Act  1985,  the
     Participants  concerned  shall be entitled to receive  notification of this
     from the  Trustee as soon as  practicable  after the  acquisition,  and the
     provisions of Rules 13 and 14 shall apply with the necessary changes so far
     as relevant.

12   FRACTIONAL ENTITLEMENTS

12.1 Proportionate  allocation:  Where the Trustee receives additional rights or
     securities  in respect of Plan  Shares  under a Company  Reconstruction,  a
     takeover or compulsory  acquisition  described in Rule 11, a capitalisation
     or rights issue or similar offer or invitation,  the Trustee shall allocate
     those  rights  or  securities  amongst  the  Participants  concerned  on  a
     proportionate  basis.  If that  allocation  gives rise to a  fraction  of a
     security or of a transferable unit of a security (in this Rule "unit"), the
     Trustee  shall  round  the  allocation  down to the  next  whole  unit  and
     aggregate  the  fractions  not  allocated.  The Trustee  shall use its best
     endeavours  to sell  any  rights  or  units  which  are not  allocated  and
     distribute the net proceeds of sale (after deducting from them any expenses
     of  sale  and any  taxation  which  may be  payable  in  respect  of  them)
     proportionately among the Participants whose allocations were rounded down,
     but so that any sum of less than 3 otherwise distributable to a particular
     Participant may be  retained  by the  Trustee and used for the  purposes of
     the Plan.

12.2 Allocation by reference to time of  Appropriation  or  acquisition:  In any
     circumstances in which the Trustee receives New Shares which form part of a
     Participant's Plan Shares, the Trustee shall allocate the New Shares to the
     Participant  by  reference  to  the  relative  times  of  Appropriation  or
     acquisition  of his Plan Shares to which they  relate.  If that  allocation
     gives  rise to a fraction  of a New  Share,  the  Trustee  shall  round the
     allocation  up or down to the next  whole  unit as it,  in its  discretion,
     thinks fit.

                                       23
<PAGE>

13   TRANSFER OF PLAN SHARES

     Subject  to  Clause  11.3  of the  Deed,  the  Trustee  shall,  as  soon as
     practicable  after it is  required  to do so under the Plan,  transfer  the
     legal title to any Plan Shares it holds on behalf of that  Participant into
     the name of the relevant Participant (or his nominee).

14   STAMP DUTY

     Any stamp duty or other expenses  involved in any transfer of Shares by the
     Trustee shall be payable:

       (a) in the case of a  transfer  into the  name of a  Participant,  by the
           Trustee (and reimbursed by the relevant Participating Company); and

       (b) in any other case, by the transferee.

15   NOTICES

15.1 Directions  to the  Trustee:  Any  direction  given to the Trustee by or on
     behalf of a Participant  or any person in whom the  beneficial  interest in
     his Plan Shares is for the time being  vested  under the Plan must be given
     in writing and, unless given electronically, signed by the relevant person.

15.2 Notices:  Any notice  which the  Trustee  gives to any  Eligible  Employee,
     Qualifying Employee or Participant shall be in writing (including by email)
     and  sufficiently  given if delivered to him  personally,  by email or sent
     first class  through the post  pre-paid,  in either case  addressed  to the
     Eligible  Employee,  Qualifying  Employee or Participant at the address (or
     email address) last known to the Trustee (including any address supplied by
     the  relevant  Participating  Company).  If the notice is sent by post,  it
     shall be deemed to have been duly  given on the day  following  the date of
     posting  and in the case of a notice  sent by email,  it shall be deemed to
     have been duly  given when sent  provided  the  Trustee  is not  thereafter
     notified that the email is undeliverable.

16   DISPUTES

     The  decision  of the  Company on any  dispute or  question  affecting  any
     Eligible Employee,  Qualifying Employee or Participant under the Plan shall
     be final and conclusive.


                                       24
<PAGE>

17   TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT

     The rights and obligations of an individual  under the terms and conditions
     of his office or employment  shall not be affected by his  participation in
     the Plan or any right he may have to participate in the Plan. An individual
     who  participates  in the Plan waives all and any rights to compensation or
     damages in consequence of the  termination of his office or employment with
     any  company  for any  reason  whatsoever  - whether  lawful or  unlawful -
     insofar  as those  rights  arise,  or may arise,  from his  ceasing to have
     rights  under or to be entitled to the Shares under the Plan as a result of
     such  termination or from the loss or diminution in value of such rights or
     entitlements.  If necessary,  the individual's terms of employment shall be
     varied accordingly.






                                       25
<PAGE>

                                   PART THREE

                                  FREE SHARES

1    INVITATION TO PARTICIPATE

     If the Company decides that an  Appropriation of Free Shares shall be made,
     it shall invite all Eligible  Employees who are not at that time a party to
     a Participation Contract, to participate by issuing to them a Participation
     Contract.  To consent to the  Appropriation  of Free  Shares,  an  Eligible
     Employee must return the Participation  Contract duly completed by the date
     specified in it. If the Company does not receive a  Participation  Contract
     from an Eligible  Employee by the specified  date,  that Eligible  Employee
     shall be deemed to have declined to  participate  in the Plan at that time.
     The Company  shall  specify  the  Holding  Period for the Free Shares to be
     Appropriated  on an  Appropriation  Date.  The Holding  Period for any Free
     Shares already Appropriated under the Plan cannot be changed.

2    MAXIMUM VALUE OF FREE SHARES APPROPRIATED

     The maximum aggregate Initial Market Value of the Free Shares  Appropriated
     to a  Qualifying  Employee  in an  Appropriation  Year shall not exceed the
     maximum amount permitted by paragraph 24 of Schedule 8 from time to time.

3    PERFORMANCE MEASURES AND TARGETS

3.1  Appropriation may be subject to performance  measures:  An Appropriation of
     Free  Shares may be made  subject to  performance  measures  and targets as
     provided for under this Rule 3.

3.2  Requirements  as to  performance  measures:  If any  Appropriation  of Free
     Shares under the Plan is to be made subject to  performance  measures  they
     must be:

       (a) provided for all persons who are  Qualifying  Employees in respect of
           that Appropriation;

       (b) based on business results or other objective criteria;

       (c) fair and objective  measures of the  performance  of the  Performance
           Units to which they apply;

       (d) set for Performance  Units where no employee is a member of more than
           one Performance Unit; and

       (e) be either Restricted Performance Measures or Unrestricted Performance
           Measures.


                                       26
<PAGE>

3.3  Restricted Performance Measures: If the Company decides to Appropriate Free
     Shares by reference to  Restricted  Performance  Measures,  at least 20 per
     cent. of the Free Shares to be Appropriated  must be  Appropriated  without
     reference to  performance  measures and shall be  Appropriated  on the same
     terms as required by Rule 1 of Part Two of these Rules.  The remaining Free
     Shares shall be Appropriated  subject to performance  measures but so that,
     in respect  of such  Appropriation,  the  highest  Appropriation  made to a
     Qualifying  Employee by reference to performance  measures shall be no more
     than four times the highest  Appropriation to a Qualifying Employee without
     reference to performance measures.  The Free Shares awarded by reference to
     performance measures need not be Appropriated on the same terms as required
     by Rule 1 of Part Two of these Rules.

3.4  Unrestricted  Performance  Measures:  If the Company decides to Appropriate
     Free Shares by reference to Unrestricted  Performance  Measures some or all
     of the Free  Shares  shall be  Appropriated  by  reference  to  performance
     measures but so that:

       (a) Appropriations of Free Shares to Qualifying Employees who are members
           of the same  Performance  Unit  shall  be made on the  same  terms as
           required by Rule 1 of Part Two of these Rules; and

       (b) Free Shares  Appropriated  for each Performance Unit shall be treated
           as separate Appropriations.

3.5  Company's  obligation to notify:  If an  Appropriation of Free Shares under
     the Plan is to be made  subject to  performance  measures  and  targets the
     Company  must,  as soon as  reasonably  practicable,  notify each  Eligible
     Employee:

       (a) of the  performance  measures  and  targets  which  will  be  used to
           determine  the  number  or  value,  as  appropriate,  of Free  Shares
           Appropriated to him; and

       (b) in general terms of the  performance  measures  which will be used to
           determine the number or value, as  appropriate,  of Free Shares to be
           Appropriated  to  each  Qualifying  Employee  participating  in  that
           Appropriation.

3.6  Confidential  information:  In fulfilling its obligations under Rule 3.5(b)
     above,  the Company shall not be obliged to disclose any information  which
     it reasonably considers would prejudice commercial confidentiality.


                                       27
<PAGE>

4    BASIS OF APPROPRIATION

4.1  Free Shares - no performance  measures:  Free Shares to be  Appropriated to
     Qualifying  Employees without performance measures shall be Appropriated on
     a basis determined by the Company but so that such basis complies with Rule
     1 of Part Two of these Rules.

4.2  Free Shares - performance measures:  The Company shall determine in respect
     of any  Appropriation  of Free  Shares to be made  subject  to  performance
     measures  (a)  the  Performance  Units  for  that  Appropriation,  (b)  the
     performance  measures and targets, and (c) whether the performance measures
     are to be  Restricted  Performance  Measures  or  Unrestricted  Performance
     Measures.




                                       28
<PAGE>

                                   PART FOUR

                     PARTNERSHIP SHARES AND MATCHING SHARES

1    INVITATIONS

1.1  Invitations to Eligible Employees:  If the Company decides to give Eligible
     Employees the  opportunity  to acquire  Partnership  Shares,  each Eligible
     Employee will be sent a Partnership Share Agreement under which:

       (a) the Eligible  Employee  would  authorise  the relevant  Participating
           Company to deduct part of his Salary for the purchase of  Partnership
           Shares; and

       (b) the  Company  would  agree to arrange  for  Partnership  Shares to be
           acquired on behalf of the Eligible  Employee in  accordance  with the
           Plan.

     To take the opportunity to acquire Partnership Shares, an Eligible Employee
     must return the  Partnership  Share  Agreement  duly  completed by the date
     specified  in it.  If the  Company  does not  receive a  Partnership  Share
     Agreement from an Eligible  Employee by the specified  date,  that Eligible
     Employee shall be deemed to have declined to acquire  Partnership Shares at
     that time.

1.2  Maximum  deductions  from Salary:  The  Partnership  Share  Agreement  must
     stipulate the maximum amount of  Partnership  Share Money (or percentage of
     Salary)  that may be deducted  from an Eligible  Employee's  Salary and the
     intervals at which such  deductions are to be made, but so that the maximum
     amount does not exceed the amount  permitted from time to time by paragraph
     36 of  Schedule 8 and does not,  in any event,  exceed 10 per cent.  of the
     Eligible Employee's Salary.

1.3  Percentage of Salary:  For the purposes of Rule 1.2 above, "10 per cent. of
     the Eligible Employee's Salary" shall mean:

       (a) if  the   Partnership   Share  Agreement  does  not  provide  for  an
           Accumulation  Period,  10 per cent. of the Salary  payment from which
           the deduction is made; and

       (b) if the  Partnership  Share  Agreement  provides  for an  Accumulation
           Period,  10 per cent. of the Salary  payments  over the  Accumulation
           Period.

1.4  Minimum  deductions from Salary: The Partnership Share Agreement in respect
     of any  invitation  may also  stipulate  that the  minimum  monthly  amount
     (irrespective  of  the  interval  for  deductions)  to be  deducted  from a
     Qualifying  Employee's  Salary in pursuance of that  Agreement  must not be
     less than a specified amount which must not be greater than [British
     Pounds] 10.

                                       29

<PAGE>

1.5  Prescribed notice: The Partnership Share Agreement must contain a notice in
     a prescribed  form in compliance with paragraph 38 of Schedule 8 (notice of
     possible effect of deductions on benefit entitlement).

2    PARTNERSHIP SHARE MONEY

     Any  Partnership  Share  Money  shall  be  paid to the  Trustee  as soon as
     practicable following its deduction from a Qualifying Employee's Salary and
     shall be held by the  Trustee  on his behalf  pending  its  application  in
     accordance  with Rule 3.1 or 4.3 of this Part Four, as  appropriate,  in an
     account (interest bearing or otherwise) with:

     (a) an institution authorised under the Banking Act 1987;

     (b) a building society; or

     (c) a relevant European institution.

     The Company  shall  determine and inform the Trustee of whether the account
     will be interest bearing.

     If the Partnership  Share Money held on behalf of a Qualifying  Employee is
     held in an interest  bearing  account,  the Trustee  shall  account for the
     interest to the Qualifying Employee.

3    NO ACCUMULATION PERIOD

3.1  Acquisition  of  Shares:  Any  Partnership  Share  Money  deducted  from  a
     Qualifying  Employee's  Salary under a Partnership  Share Agreement with no
     Accumulation Period will be applied by the Trustee in acquiring Partnership
     Shares on a date  (the  "Acquisition  Date")  set by the  Trustee  which is
     within 30 days after the deduction is made.  The number of Shares  acquired
     on behalf of a Qualifying  Employee shall be determined by reference to the
     Market Value of the Shares on the Acquisition Date.

3.2  Surplus  Partnership  Share  Money:  Any  surplus  Partnership  Share Money
     remaining after the  acquisition of Partnership  Shares by the Trustee may,
     with the agreement of the Qualifying Employee (which may be provided for in
     the Partnership Share Agreement),  be carried forward and added to the next
     deduction  of  Salary.  In any  other  case,  it must  be paid  over to the
     Qualifying  Employee  (subject  to  deduction  of income tax under PAYE and
     NICs, as appropriate) as soon as practicable.

                                       30

<PAGE>

4    ACCUMULATION PERIOD

4.1  Accumulation Period: If the Company decides to offer an Accumulation Period
     in respect of an invitation to acquire  Partnership Shares, the Partnership
     Share Agreement must specify:

       (a) the length of the Accumulation  Period (which cannot exceed 12 months
           or, if different, any period specified from time to time in paragraph
           41(1) of Schedule 8);

       (b) when the Accumulation  Period starts (which may not be later than the
           date on which  the first  deduction  of  Salary  is made  under  that
           Agreement); and

       (c) when the Accumulation Period ends and whether the Accumulation Period
           will  come to an end  before  then  on the  occurrence  of  specified
           event(s).

4.2  Transaction  resulting in a new holding: If, during an Accumulation Period,
     a transaction occurs in relation to any Shares (the "original  holding") to
     be acquired  under a  Partnership  Share  Agreement  which results in a new
     holding of shares  (the "new  holding")  being  equated  with the  original
     holding for the purposes of capital gains tax and the  Qualifying  Employee
     so consents,  the  Partnership  Share Agreement shall have effect after the
     time of that  transaction  as if it were an  agreement  for the purchase of
     shares comprised in the new holding.

4.3  Acquisition  of Shares:  Subject to Rule 4.5, the  Partnership  Share Money
     deducted in respect of a Participant during an Accumulation  Period must be
     applied by the Trustee in  acquiring  Partnership  Shares on behalf of that
     Participant on a date (the "Acquisition  Date") set by the Trustee which is
     within 30 days  after the end of that  Accumulation  Period.  The number of
     Shares  acquired on behalf of a Qualifying  Employee  will be determined by
     reference to the lower of:

       (a) the Market Value of the Shares at the  beginning of the  Accumulation
           Period; and

       (b) the Market Value of the Shares on their Acquisition Date.

4.4  Surplus  Partnership  Share  Money:  Any  surplus  Partnership  Share Money
     remaining after the  acquisition of Partnership  Shares by the Trustee may,
     with the agreement of the Qualifying Employee (which may be provided for in
     the  Partnership  Share   Agreement),   be  carried  forward  to  the  next
     Accumulation  Period.  In any  other  case,  it must  be  paid  over to the
     Qualifying  Employee  (subject  to  deduction  of income tax under PAYE and
     NICs, as appropriate) as soon as practicable.

4.5  Repayment of Partnership  Share Money: In any case where  Partnership Share
     Money  has been  deducted  in an  Accumulation  Period  and the  Qualifying
     Employee  ceases to be in Employment  with a  Participating  Company during
     that  Accumulation  Period the  Partnership  Share  Money  deducted in that
     Accumulation  Period must be paid over to the Qualifying  Employee (subject
     to

                                       31
<PAGE>

     deduction of income tax under PAYE and NICs as appropriate) as soon as
     practicable.  The  Partnership  Share  Agreement  may provide that when the
     Accumulation Period comes to an end on the occurrence of an event specified
     in the Agreement the Partnership  Share Money deducted in that Accumulation
     Period must be paid over to the Qualifying  Employee  (subject to deduction
     of income tax under PAYE and NICs, as appropriate) as soon as practicable.

5    STOPPING AND RESTARTING DEDUCTIONS

5.1  Stopping  deductions:  A Qualifying Employee may at any time after entering
     into a Partnership  Share  Agreement give notice in writing to the relevant
     Participating  Company  to stop  deductions  from  his  Salary  under  that
     Agreement.

5.2  Restarting  deductions:  A Qualifying  Employee who has stopped  deductions
     from  his  Salary  in  pursuance  of  a  Partnership  Share  Agreement  may
     subsequently give notice in writing to the relevant  Participating  Company
     to restart deductions from his Salary under that Agreement. However:

     (a) any deductions that have been missed may not be made up; and

     (b) where the  deductions  are made during an  Accumulation  Period,  the
         Partnership  Share  Agreement may prevent a Qualifying  Employee from
         restarting deductions more than once in that Accumulation Period.

5.3  Termination  of  Partnership  Share  Agreement:  A Qualifying  Employee may
     terminate his  Partnership  Share Agreement at any time by giving notice in
     writing to the relevant  Participating Company. Where a Qualifying Employee
     terminates his Partnership Share Agreement,  no further deductions shall be
     made from his Salary  and any  Partnership  Share  Money held on his behalf
     shall be paid over to him  (subject to  deduction  of income tax under PAYE
     and NICs, as appropriate) as soon as practicable.

5.4  Effect of notice  under  Rules  5.1,  5.2 and 5.3:  Unless a later  date is
     specified  in any notice  given under Rule 5.1 or 5.3 above,  the  relevant
     Participating  Company must give effect to such a notice  within 30 days of
     receiving it. Unless a later date is specified in a notice given under Rule
     5.2 above, the relevant Participating Company must restart deductions under
     the  Partnership  Share  Agreement  no later  than  the  date of the  first
     deduction due under the Partnership Share Agreement more than 30 days after
     receipt of the notice.

6    WITHDRAWAL OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES

     A Participant may withdraw his Partnership Shares from the Plan at any
     time.


                                       32
<PAGE>

7    NUMBER OF PARTNERSHIP SHARES THAT CAN BE ACQUIRED

7.1  Limit specified at time of invitation:  The Company may specify at the time
     of making an  invitation  under Rule 1 the  maximum  number of  Partnership
     Shares that can be acquired on behalf of Eligible  Employees  in respect of
     that  invitation.   The  Partnership   Share  Agreement  shall  contain  an
     undertaking  by the  Company  to notify  each  Qualifying  Employee  of any
     restriction on the number of Shares to be acquired:

     (a) if there is no  Accumulation  Period,  before  the  deduction  of any
         Partnership Share Money under the Partnership Share Agreement; or

     (b) if there is an  Accumulation  Period,  before  the  beginning  of the
         Accumulation Period under that Partnership Share Agreement.

7.2  Scaling down: If the Company receives  applications for Partnership  Shares
     in excess of the maximum number of Partnership  Shares specified in respect
     of that invitation  under Rule 7.1, then the following steps shall be taken
     in sequence until the excess number is eliminated:

     (a) the  excess  of the  monthly  deduction  chosen  by  each  Qualifying
         Employee over the amount  stipulated  under Rule 1.4 shall be reduced
         pro rata;

     (b) all  monthly  deductions  shall be reduced  to the amount  stipulated
         under Rule 1.4; and

     (c) Partnership  Share Agreements shall be selected by lot, each based on
         a monthly deduction of the amount stipulated under Rule 1.4.

7.3  Modification/withdrawal  and  notification:   If  Rule  7.2  applies,  each
     Partnership  Share  Agreement  shall be  deemed to have  been  modified  or
     withdrawn in accordance with Rule 7.2 and each Qualifying Employee shall be
     notified accordingly.

8    MATCHING SHARES

8.1  Matching Shares - acquisition and forfeiture:  If the Company  decides,  in
     conjunction  with an invitation  to acquire  Partnership  Shares,  to offer
     Matching Shares,  each Eligible  Employee shall be sent a Partnership Share
     Agreement.  The Partnership  Share Agreement will state the extent (if any)
     to which the Matching  Shares  appropriated  to a Participant in respect of
     the associated  Partnership  Shares will be forfeited if, other than in the
     event of Permitted Cessation, the Participant:

     (a) ceases to be in Employment;

     (b) withdraws the Matching Shares from the Plan; or

                                       33

<PAGE>

     (c) withdraws the associated Partnership Shares from the Plan,

     in each case within such period after the relevant Shares were Appropriated
     to him (not to exceed  three years) as is stated in the  Partnership  Share
     Agreement.

8.2  Terms of Matching Shares: Matching Shares shall:

     (a) be  Shares  of the  same  class  and  carry  the same  rights  as the
         Partnership Shares to which they relate;

     (b) be Appropriated  on the same day as the  Partnership  Shares to which
         they relate are acquired on behalf of the Qualifying Employee; and

     (c) in respect of any  Appropriation,  be  Appropriated to all Qualifying
         Employees on exactly the same basis.

8.3  Ratio of Matching  Shares to  Partnership  Shares:  The  Partnership  Share
     Agreement under which Matching Shares are offered must specify the ratio of
     Matching  Shares to  Partnership  Shares for the time being  offered by the
     Company and the  circumstances and manner in which the ratio may be changed
     by the  Company.  The  ratio  must  not  exceed  2:1 (or such  other  ratio
     permitted by  paragraph  51(2) of Schedule 8 from time to time) and must be
     applied by reference to the number of Shares. The Qualifying  Employee must
     be  informed by the  Company if the ratio  offered by the  Company  changes
     before  Partnership  Shares are  acquired on his behalf  under the relevant
     Partnership Share Agreement.



                                       34

<PAGE>

                                   PART FIVE

                         REINVESTMENT OF CASH DIVIDENDS



1    PERMITTED REINVESTMENT

1.1  Mandatory or voluntary reinvestment: At the time of operating Part Three or
     Part Four of these Rules,  the Company may decide  that,  subject to Rule 2
     below,  all cash dividends paid in respect of any Plan Shares  Appropriated
     or acquired on behalf of a Participant  as a consequence  of that operation
     must either:

     (a) be applied in acquiring Dividend Shares on behalf of the Participant;
         or

     (b) be  applied  in   acquiring   Dividend   Shares  on  behalf  only  of
         Participants who elect to reinvest those dividends.

     If the Company decides  to impose  or allow such a facility under the Plan,
     the provisions of this Part Five of these Rules shall apply.

1.2  Dividend Shares/Holding Period: Dividend Shares shall be shares of the same
     class and carry the same  rights as the  Shares to which the cash  dividend
     relates and may not be subject to forfeiture.

     During the Holding Period,  the Participant  shall be bound by the terms of
     his  Participation  Contract with the Company to permit any Dividend Shares
     acquired on his behalf to remain in the hands of the  Trustee and  (subject
     to Clause 8 of the Deed) not to assign,  charge or otherwise dispose of his
     beneficial interest in such Dividend Shares.

2    LIMIT ON DIVIDEND REINVESTED

2.1  Maximum amount reinvested:  The amount applied under the Plan and any other
     Employee  Share   Ownership  Plan  in  acquiring   Dividend  Shares  for  a
     Participant  shall  not  exceed  [British  Pounds]  1,500  in any  Year  of
     Assessment  (or such  other  amount as may be  permitted  from time to time
     under paragraph 54(1) of Schedule 8).

2.2  Surplus  cash  dividend:  If the amount of cash  dividend  received  by the
     Trustee  in  respect  of a  Participant's  Plan  Shares  exceeds  the limit
     specified in Rule 2.1 above for that Participant in any Year of Assessment,
     the excess of the cash  dividend  must be paid over to the  Participant  as
     soon as practicable.


                                       35
<PAGE>

3    ACQUISITION OF DIVIDEND SHARES

3.1  Time of  acquisition:  Subject to Rule 3.3,  the Trustee  must apply a cash
     dividend  paid in  respect  of Plan  Shares  that  is to be  reinvested  in
     acquiring  Dividend  Shares on a date (the  "Acquisition  Date") set by the
     Trustee  which is a date  within  30 days  after the date on which the cash
     dividend is received by it. The Trustee must,  in exercising  its powers in
     relation to the acquisition of Dividend Shares,  treat Participants  fairly
     and equally and may, for these purposes, use any unappropriated Shares that
     it holds.

3.2  Number of Dividend Shares acquired:  The number of Dividend Shares acquired
     on behalf of a  Participant  shall be  determined  in  accordance  with the
     Market Value of those Shares on their Acquisition Date.

3.3  Carry  forward of  uninvested  amounts:  Any cash  dividend  available  for
     reinvestment  that is not  reinvested  either  because  the  amount  of the
     dividend is insufficient to acquire a Dividend Share or because there is an
     amount remaining after acquiring one or more Dividend Shares on behalf of a
     Participant may be retained by the Trustee and carried forward and added to
     the amount of the next cash dividend to be reinvested for that Participant.
     However,  any such amount  retained by the Trustee must be paid over to the
     Participant as soon as practicable:

     (a) if or to the extent  that it is not  reinvested  within the period of
         three years beginning with the date on which the dividend was paid;

     (b) if  the  Participant   ceases  to  be  in  Employment  prior  to  its
         reinvestment; or

     (c) if a Plan Termination Notice is issued prior to its reinvestment.

     For the purposes of this Rule an amount of cash  dividend  carried  forward
     from an earlier  cash  dividend  shall be treated as  reinvested  before an
     amount derived from a later cash dividend.

                                       36
<PAGE>

THE COMMON SEAL OF                      )

THE COCA-COLA EXPORT CORPORATION        )

was hereunto affixed in the presence of:)
                                                /s/ Susan E. Shaw
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Secretary


                                                /s/ Fiona K. Payne
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Authorized Signatory



THE COMMON SEAL OF                      )
COCA-COLA HOLDINGS (UK) LIMITED         )
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:)


                                                /s/ David Cullinan
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Director




                                                /s/ Jennifer Owen
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Secretary

THE COMMON SEAL OF                      )
BEVERAGE SERVICES LIMITED               )
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:)

                                                /s/ David Cullinan
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Director


                                                /s/ Jennifer Owen
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Secretary


THE COMMON SEAL OF                      )
CAPITA IRG TRUSTEES LIMITED             )
was hereunto affixed in the presence of:)

                                                /s/ David Kilmartin
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Authorised signatory



                                                /s/ John Butler
                                                -----------------------------
                                                Authorised signatory


                                       37








12



</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.32
<SEQUENCE>12
<FILENAME>x10-32.txt
<DESCRIPTION>EMPLOYEE'S SHARE SAVINGS AND SHARE OWNERSHIP PLAN OF CC LTD., EFFECTIVE 1/1/90
<TEXT>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 10.32







                                                        Schedule "A"



                                                        Coca-Cola Ltd.


- ------------------------------                          ------------------

SAVINGS PLAN                                            EMPLOYEES
                                                        SAVINGS AND
                                                        SHARE
                                                        OWNERSHIP
Effective January 1, 1990                               PLAN








<PAGE>



ARTICLE




1       Purpose                                                         1

2       Definitions                                                     2

3       Eligibility and Membership                                      7

4       Contributions                                                   9

5       Investment of Funds                                             12

6       Allocation and Vesting of Funds                                 15

7       Valuation of the Trust Fund                                     18

8       Designation of Beneficiary                                      20

9       Benefits for Participants                                       21


<PAGE>



ARTICLE
(continued)





10      Method of Distribution of Benefits                              24

11      Agreements                                                      26

12      Amendments to the Plan                                          28

13      Termination of the Plan                                         29

14      General Provisions                                              30

15      Administration                                                  33

16      Construction                                                    35


<PAGE>





1       PURPOSE

1.01    The Plan is intended to qualify as an employees profit sharing plan
        under the Income Tax Act (Canada) as amended from time to time.












                                                                        1.
<PAGE>





2       DEFINITIONS

2.01    "Affiliate" shall mean The Coca-Cola Company,  incorporated in the State
        of Delaware, U.S.A., and Coca-Cola Beverages or any corporation not less
        than 50% of whose voting stock (not including shares having voting power
        only upon the  happening  of an event of default)  is owned  directly or
        indirectly by The Coca-Cola Company or by Coca-Cola Beverages.  Any such
        corporation shall be an Affiliate only during such time as the foregoing
        voting stock ownership requirements are met.

2.02    "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of Coca-Cola Ltd.
        Or any similar Board of any successor corporation.

2.03    "Company" shall mean Coca-Cola Ltd., its successors or assigns.

2.04    "Continuous   Service"  shall  mean  uninterrupted   employment  with  a
        Participating  Employer and shall  include  periods of annual  vacation,
        absence on account of sickness or accident and other  approved  leave of
        absence granted by a Participating Employer.


2.05    "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1990.

2.06    "Employee"  shall mean a person who is resident in Canada and classified
        as a permanent full-time employee by his


                                                                        2.
<PAGE>

        Participating Employer, excluding elected officers of The Coca-Cola
        Company.

2.07    "Fund" shall mean the separate funds in which Participant  contributions
        to the Plan are invested in accordance with Article 5.

2.08    "Insurance   Company"  shall  mean  a  company   licensed  or  otherwise
        authorized  under  the  laws of  Canada  or a  province  to  carry on an
        annuities business in Canada.

2.09    "Market  Value" shall mean,  except where provided  otherwise  under the
        Plan, the cost of a Share on a Valuation Date  equivalent to the average
        cost of all Shares purchased and paid for by the Trustee in the calendar
        month in which such  Valuation  Date occurs.  In the event no Shares are
        purchased in the calendar month, the Market value shall be equivalent to
        the  average  of  high  and  low  prices   reported  on  the   composite
        transactions  listing of the New York Stock  Exchange on such  Valuation
        Date, or if the said Shares did not trade on such  Valuation  Date,  the
        last  day  prior to such  Valuation  Date  such  Shares  traded  on said
        exchange.

2.10    "Participant"  shall  mean  any  person  participating  in the  Plan  as
        provided in Article 3.


2.11    "Participant's  Contribution  Account" shall mean the account into which
        shall be credited the  contributions  made by a Participant  pursuant to
        Section 4.01.


2.12    "Participant's  Company Account" shall mean the account into which shall
        be credited the contributions made by a

                                                                        3.
<PAGE>

        Participating Employer on behalf of the Participant pursuant to Section
        4.04.


2.13    "Participating  Employer"  means  the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  of the
        Company, organized under the laws of Canada or a Province thereof, which
        adopts the Plan with the approval of the Board.


2.14    "Plan"  shall  mean the  Coca-Cola  Ltd.  Employees  Savings  and  Share
        Ownership Plan as described herein or as hereafter amended.


2.15    "Plan Year" shall mean the period  beginning with the Effective Date and
        ending  December 31, 1990, and each 12-month period ending December 31st
        thereafter.


2.16    "Retirement" shall mean early, normal or postponed  retirement under any
        retirement plan of a Participating Employer covering Employees, provided
        such  retirement  results  in  the  Participant's  separation  from  the
        employment of a  Participating  Employer.  In any event,  Retirement for
        purposes of the Plan shall not occur later than the end of the  calendar
        year in which the Participant attains age 71.


2.17    "Retirement  Savings  Plan"  shall mean the  Coca-Cola  Ltd.  Employees'
        Retirement Savings Plan.


2.18    "Salary" shall mean the total  remuneration  earned by a Participant and
        received through the payroll of the Participating Employer but excluding
        any payment made in lieu of any vacation with pay  entitlement not taken
        by the Participant prior to the date of his Termination of


                                                                        4.
<PAGE>






        Employment or Retirement, any  contest prizes and  any  payment  by  the
        Participating  Employer  to the  Participant  in  respect  of long  term
        disability insurance premiums paid by the Participant.


2.19    "Shares"  shall  mean the common  shares of The  Coca-Cola  Company  and
        includes fractions thereof.


2.20    "Subsidiary"  means any  corporation  not less than 50% of whose  voting
        stock (not including  shares having voting power only upon the happening
        of an event of default) is at the time owned, directly or indirectly, by
        the Company. Any such corporation shall be a Subsidiary only during such
        time as the foregoing voting stock ownership requirements are met.


2.21    "Termination of Employment" shall mean separation from the employment of
        a Participating Employer.


2.22    "Trust  Agreement"  shall mean the  agreement  entered  into between the
        Company and the Trustee which governs the management and  administration
        of the assets of the Plan, as such agreement may be originally  adopted,
        or as it may be amended from time to time.


2.23    "Trust  Fund"  shall  mean the cash and other  properties  arising  from
        contributions  made by Participants and the  Participating  Employers in
        accordance with the provisions of the Plan and held and  administered by
        the Trustee  pursuant to the Trust Agreement to carry out the provisions
        of the Plan.



                                                                        5.
<PAGE>




2.24    "Trustee"  shall mean a  corporation  licensed or  otherwise  authorized
        under the laws of Canada or a province  to carry on in Canada a business
        as a trust  company and by whom the assets of the Trust Fund are held as
        provided for in Article 11.

2.25    "Valuation  Date" shall mean the last business day of each month or such
        other more frequent date as may be determined by the Trustee.

In the Plan, unless the context otherwise requires,  words in the singular shall
be  construed  as  including  words in the  plural  and  words in the  plural as
including words in the singular and words  importing the masculine  gender shall
be construed as including the feminine and vice versa.  The headings in the Plan
are for convenience of reference only and are not to be construed as part of the
Plan.



                                                                        6.

<PAGE>




3       ELIGIBILITY AND MEMBERSHIP

3.01    Eligibility

        (a) An Employee who is employed by a Participating  Employer on December
            31, 1989 shall be eligible to become a Participant  on the Effective
            Date.

        (b) An Employee  who is hired by a  Participating  Employer on and after
            the Effective  Date shall be eligible to become a Participant on the
            first  day of the  month  coincident  with  or  next  following  the
            completion of one year of Continuous Service.

        (c) An Employee who transfers from an Affiliate or a Subsidiary which is
            not a  Participating  Employer  shall have his period of  continuous
            employment  immediately  prior to the date of transfer  included for
            the purpose of determining eligibility under this Section 3.01.

3.02    Participation

        An  eligible  Employee  shall  become a  Participant  by filing with his
        Participating  Employer an application and enrollment  form  authorizing
        the Participating  Employer to make regular payroll  deductions for such
        contributions  to the Plan  and/or the  Retirement  Savings  Plan as the
        Employee may designate  pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof  and/or  Section
        3.01 of the Retirement  Savings Plan and expressing the agreement of the
        Employee to the terms and  conditions of the Plan and/or the  Retirement
        Savings Plan.  Participation  shall become effective on the first day of
        the month  following the month in which such completed  application  and

                                                                        7.
<PAGE>


        enrollment  form  is  received  by the  Participating  Employer  from an
        eligible Employee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any eligible Employee
        who  files  the  appropriate  enrollment  form  with  his  Participating
        Employer any time prior to the Effective Date shall become a Participant
        on the Effective Date.


3.03    Re-Employment of Former Employees or Former Participants

        Any person re-employed by a Participating  Employer as an Employee,  who
        was previously a Participant or who was previously  eligible to become a
        Participant,  shall become a  Participant  on the first day of the month
        following  the month in which his  application  and  enrollment  form is
        received   by   the   Participating   Employer   upon   his   subsequent
        re-employment.

3.04    Inactive Participants

        A Participant who remains in the employ of a Participating  Employer but
        who ceases to be an Employee as herein  defined shall continue to remain
        a   Participant   of  the  Plan  but  shall  not  be  eligible  to  make
        contributions  hereto and no Company  contributions shall be made on his
        behalf while he is an inactive Participant.

3.05    Participation While Transferred to an Affiliate

        A Participant who is transferred to an Affiliate for a temporary  period
        not  exceeding  three years shall remain a  Participant  of the Plan and
        shall be eligible to continue to make  contributions  to the Plan during
        such period of temporary  transfer.  The Company shall  continue to make
        contributions  pursuant  to  Section  4.04 on behalf of the  Participant
        during such period.

                                                                        8.

<PAGE>


4       CONTRIBUTIONS

4.01    Participant Contributions

        (a) Basic  Contributions

            Each  Participant  may  contribute to the Plan at the  Participant's
            option  either  1%,  2%,  3% or 4% of his  Salary  less any  amounts
            contributed  under Section 3.01 of the  Retirement  Savings Plan, as
            designated  by written  notice.  Such  contributions,  including any
            amounts  contributed  under Section 3.01 of the  Retirement  Savings
            Plan,  up to a maximum of 4% of the  Participant's  Salary  shall be
            referred to as Basic Contributions.

        (b) Supplemental  Contributions

            In  addition,  each  Participant  who is making  the  maximum  Basic
            Contributions  in  subsection  (a) above may  contribute to the Plan
            each month supplemental  contributions as elected by the Participant
            in multiples of 1% of his Salary less any amounts  contributed under
            Section  3.02  of  the  Retirement  Savings  Plan.

4.02    Change in Participant Contributions

        Subject to the provisions of Section 4.01, a Participant  may change the
        percentage  of his  contribution  as of the  first  day of any  month by
        filing the applicable  form with his  Participating  Employer's  payroll
        department  no later than one month  immediately  prior to the effective
        date of such change.


                                                                        9.

<PAGE>



4.03    Suspension of Participant Contributions

        (a) A Participant may suspend  contributions  as of the first day of any
            month  by  filing  the  applicable   form  with  his   Participating
            Employer's  payroll department not later than one month prior to the
            effective date of such suspension of contributions.

        (b) A  Participant  who has  suspended  contributions  may  apply to his
            Participating  Employer's payroll department to have them resumed in
            accordance with Section 4.01 on the first day of any month by filing
            the  applicable  form  with  his  Participating  Employer's  payroll
            department  not later than one month prior to the effective  date of
            resumption of contributions and that such resumption shall not occur
            within 3 months of the date the contributions were suspended.

4.04    Participating Employer Contributions

        (a) Each Participating Employer shall for each fiscal year contribute on
            behalf of its Employees who are  Participants in the Plan out of its
            profits,  either current or  accumulated,  or out of its profits and
            the  profits of a  corporation  with which it does not deal at arm's
            length  an  amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  of (i)  50%  of  each
            Participant's  Basic  Contribution  to the Plan  pursuant to Section
            4.01 and (ii) 50% of each  Participant's  Basic  Contribution to the
            Retirement Savings Plan.

        (b) Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in each  fiscal  year  in  which a
            Participating  Employer or a corporation with which it does not deal
            at arm's length has established profits in accordance with generally
            accepted accounting  principles,  each Participating  Employer shall
            make a contribution  out of such profits to the Plan which shall not
            be less than $100 per Participant.


                                                                        10.
<PAGE>



4.05    Payment of Contributions

        The amount of each Participant's  monthly  contributions under this Plan
        shall be paid by his Participating  Employer to the Trustee and shall be
        deposited by the Trustee in the  Participant's  Contribution  Account of
        each  Participant  by the last day of the month  following the month for
        which such contributions are made.  Participating Employer contributions
        under the Plan in respect of such  Participating  Employer's fiscal year
        shall be deposited  with the Trustee within 120 days from the end of the
        fiscal year of the Participating Employer.

4.06.   Limitation on Contribution Changes and Suspensions

        A   Participant   may  not  elect  to  change  the   percentage  of  his
        contributions  in  accordance  with Section 4.02 of this Plan or Section
        3.05 of the  Retirement  Savings Plan nor suspend his  contributions  in
        accordance  with  Section  4.03 of  this  Plan  or  Section  3.07 of the
        Retirement Savings Plan more than twice in any one calendar year.










                                                                        11.

<PAGE>



5       INVESTMENT OF FUNDS

5.01    Investment in Shares

        Contributions   made  by   Participating   Employers  to  the  Plan  and
        contributions  made by Participants,  which are directed by Participants
        to be  invested  in Shares,  shall be  invested  and  reinvested  by the
        Trustee in Shares once every calendar month.  The Trustee shall purchase
        Shares on the open market in respect of  Participants.  For  purposes of
        the Plan, the cost of the Shares shall be the Market Value.

5.02    Participant Contributions

        A  Participant  may  direct  the  Trustee  to invest  all or part of his
        Participant's  Contribution  Account  either in accordance  with Section
        5.01 or in the following funds selected by the Company:

        (a) a Pooled  Equity Fund which shall be invested  primarily in Canadian
            stocks;

        (b) a Guaranteed  Fund which shall be a fund  invested by the Trustee in
            consultation  with the Company which shall guarantee payment in full
            of such amounts  deposited  therein plus interest at a fixed minimum
            rate for a period.

5.03    Investment Directions

        A Participant  shall direct the  proportion of his  contributions  under
        Section 4.01 which shall be invested in accordance

                                                                        12.

<PAGE>

        with the  foregoing  Section 5.02 in  increments of 1% as elected by the
        Participant.

5.04    Notice of Direction

        The  Participant's  investment  direction  shall be made in writing  and
        filed  with  his  Participating  Employer.  Such  direction  shall  be a
        continuing  direction,  but may be changed effective as of the first day
        of the month by submitting a revised investment  direction in respect of
        the Participant's  future  contributions at least one month prior to the
        effective  date  thereof.  Changes  in the  investment  direction  under
        Section 5.04 of this Plan or Section 4.03 of the Retirement Savings Plan
        may not be made more than twice in any one calendar year.

5.05    Investment Option Transfers

A       Participant  may elect twice every  calendar year, by filing an Employee
        Savings  Plan  Change Form with his  Participating  Employer at least 30
        days prior to the effective  Valuation  Date, to transfer all or part of
        his Participant's Contribution Account from Shares to one or both of the
        Funds,  from one or both of the  Funds to Shares or from one Fund to the
        other Fund.  The transfer from the Funds to Shares or between Funds will
        be  determined  on  the  basis  of the  value  of  the  interest  of the
        Participant's  Contribution  Account in the exporting Fund or Funds,  as
        applicable,  as determined by the Trustee at the Valuation Date on which
        the  transfer  occurs.  The  transfer  from Shares to one or both of the
        Funds  will be  determined  on the  basis  of the  Market  Value  of the
        interest  of the  Participant's  Contribution  Account  in Shares on the
        Valuation  Date  on  which  the  transfer   occurs.   The  amount  of  a
        Participant's  Contribution  Account  that may be  transferred  shall be
        specified by a Participant in increments of 1% and shall be subject to a


                                                                        13.

<PAGE>

        minimum  amount equal to 1% of his  Participant's  Contribution  Account
        balance  determined  as of the  effective  Valuation  Date or such other
        minimum  amount as may,  from time to time, be prescribed by the Company
        for  purposes of the Plan.  Transfers  between  Shares and the Funds and
        between  Funds under  Section 5.05 of this Plan or under Section 4.04 of
        the  Retirement  Savings Plan may not be made more than twice in any one
        calendar year.




                                                                        14.

<PAGE>

6       ALLOCATION AND VESTING OF FUNDS

6.01    Establishment of Participant Accounts
        The Trustee shall establish and maintain for each Participant:

        (a) a Participant's Company Account showing the aggregate of all amounts
            each of which is an amount  contributed  in respect of a Participant
            by a Participating Employer to the Plan and any amounts allocated to
            such Participant  under this Article 6 plus income and capital gains
            and losses thereon; and

        (b) a  Participant's  Contribution  Account showing the aggregate of all
            amounts  each of which is an amount  contributed  to the Plan by the
            Participant  and allocated gains to him, plus income and capital and
            losses thereon.

6.02    Allocation and Vesting of Contributions

        (a) The  contributions  of each Participant will be allocated by the end
            of the month in which such contributions are received by the Trustee
            to the Participant's  Contribution Account. The Participant shall be
            100% vested in such  contributions  immediately  upon  allocation of
            such contributions to the Participant's Contribution Account.

        (b) Participating  Employer  contributions on behalf of each Participant
            will be allocated to the Participant's Company Account by the end of
            the Plan  Year in  which  such  contributions  are  received  by the
            Trustee.  Participating  Employer  contributions  on  behalf of each
            Participant for a Plan Year shall be 100% vested in such



                                                                        15.

<PAGE>




            Participant  immediately upon allocation of such contribution to the
            Participant's Company Account.

6.03    Allocation of Income, Capital Gains and Losses

        As of each Valuation Date the investment  earnings  attributable to each
        investment  option   maintained   pursuant  to  Section  5.02  including
        interest,  dividends, realized and unrealized capital gains (or losses),
        shall be  credited  by the  Trustee  to the  Participant's  Contribution
        Account and Participant's Company Account of each Participant whose said
        accounts are invested in such  investment  option in the proportion that
        the value of the Participant's Contribution and Company Accounts of each
        Participant  attributable to that  investment  option bears to the total
        value  of  all   Participant's   Contribution   and   Company   Accounts
        attributable  to that  investment  option as of the  previous  Valuation
        Date.

6.04    Shares Held in Participant's Contribution and Company Accounts

        In the  event  that all or a  portion  of a  Participant's  Contribution
        Account and a Participant's  Company Account established in respect of a
        Participant  is  invested  in  Shares,  the  record  of  the  respective
        Participant's  Contribution  and  Participant's  Company  Accounts shall
        indicate  the  total  number  of  Shares   purchased  and  held  on  the
        Participant's  behalf.  Any income received in respect of Shares held in
        the Participant's Contribution Account and Participant's Company Account
        shall be allocated by the Trustee to the respective accounts at the time
        such income is  received by the  Trustee.  All Shares  purchased  by the
        Trustee  pursuant to Section  5.01 shall be held by the Trustee in trust
        on behalf of the applicable Participant, and the certificates in respect
        thereof shall be registered in the name of the Trustee or its


                                                                        16.



<PAGE>




        nominee. All rights with respect to Shares held by the Trustee on behalf
        of a Participant in his  Participant's  Contribution  Account and in his
        Participant's  Company  Account,  including  rights  of  conversion  and
        voting, shall be exercisable by the Participant.  Any Shares held by the
        Trustee as to which it receives no  instructions  from a Participant  to
        whose  individual  Participant's  Contribution  Account or Participant's
        Company  Account such Shares are credited  shall be voted by the Trustee
        in the same  proportions  as the  voting  of the  Shares  for  which the
        Trustee receives instructions from Participants.












                                                                        17.


<PAGE>




7       VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND


7.01    Valuation

        The  Trustee  shall  determine  the value of the  Trust  Fund as of each
        Valuation Date including the Valuation Date that coincides with the last
        day of each Plan Year and shall  advise  the  Company  in writing of the
        value so determined. The value of the Trust Fund at each such date shall
        be an amount  equal to the market  value of all assets and income of the
        Trust Fund,  less any proper  charges  against the Trust Fund, all as of
        such  Valuation  Date. The Trustee's  determination  of the value of the
        Trust  Fund  shall  be  binding   upon  the   Participating   Employers,
        Participants,  their  beneficiaries  and  all  other  persons  involved.
        Notwithstanding the above, the Company or its agent shall have the right
        to  review  and audit  the  records  of the  Trustee  pertaining  to the
        administration  and  operation of the Plan and Trust Fund,  from time to
        time,  and the Trustee shall correct or  recalculate  any value which is
        shown to have been calculated in error.


7.02    Expenses

        Unless paid by the Company, in its sole discretion,  all expenses of the
        Plan shall be allocated to each Participant's  Contribution  Account and
        Participant's Company Account pro rata in accordance with the respective
        account  balances,  or in such other manner as determined by the Company
        in  consultation  with the  Trustee.  Unless  paid by the  Company,  any
        expenses  associated  with  the  purchase  or sale of  Shares  shall  be
        allocated  to  the  applicable   Participant's   Company   Accounts  and
        Participant's Contribution Accounts pro rata



                                                                        18.

<PAGE>




        in accordance  with the number of Shares  purchased or sold on behalf of
        each Participant.




















                                                                        19.


<PAGE>





8       DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY


8.01    Subject to the laws of any province of Canada,  a  Participant  may file
        with his Participating Employer, on a form approved by it, a designation
        of a  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  to receive any payments to be paid
        from the Plan on the death of the  Participant,  and the Participant may
        from time to time change or revoke any such designation. The most recent
        designation  under the Plan so received shall be  controlling,  if valid
        and  effective  under  applicable  laws unless  subsequently  revoked or
        changed in accordance with applicable  laws provided,  however,  that no
        designation  or change or revocation  thereof shall be effective  unless
        received by the Participating  Employer or any authorized agent thereof,
        prior to the Participant's  death, and in no event shall any designation
        be effective as of a date prior to its receipt.







                                                                        20.

<PAGE>





9       BENEFITS FOR PARTICIPANTS


9.01    Valuation Date

        All benefits for Participants shall be computed as of the Valuation Date
        immediately   following  or  coincident  with  the  termination  of  his
        membership in the Plan.


9.02    Retirement or Termination of Employment

        Subject to Section 10.02, any Participant who terminates  service with a
        Participating  Employer  due to  Retirement  or earlier  Termination  of
        Employment will receive the value of his  Participant's  Company Account
        and  Participant's  Contribution  Account,  including any univested cash
        balance, determined as of the Valuation Date on which such Participant's
        interest  in the  Plan  is  liquidated  in  accordance  with  applicable
        valuation  procedures then in effect for each investment option in which
        the   Participant's   respective   Participant's   Company  Account  and
        Participant's  Contribution  Account  are  invested  less  any  expenses
        associated with such distribution unless paid by the Company.

9.03    Death

        Upon the death of a Participant at any time while in the employment of a
        Participating   Employer,   there  shall  be  paid  to  his   designated
        beneficiary  or, if no designation of beneficiary is then in effect,  to
        the estate of the deceased  Participant,  the value of his Participant's
        Company Account and Participant's  Contribution  Account,  including any
        uninvested cash balance, determined as of the Valuation


                                                                        21.
<PAGE>




        Date on which such  Participant's  interest in the Plan is liquidated in
        accordance with applicable  valuation procedures then in effect for each
        investment  option in which the Participant's  respective  Participant's
        Company Account and Participant's Contribution Account are invested less
        any  expenses  associated  with  such  distribution  unless  paid by the
        Company.


9.04    Disability

        Any  Participant   whose  service  with  a  Participating   Employer  is
        terminated due to disability or sickness as determined consistent with a
        Participating   Employer's   policy  will   receive  the  value  of  his
        Participant's  Company Account and Participant's  Contribution  Account,
        including any  uninvested  cash balance,  determined as of the Valuation
        Date on which such  Participant's  interest in the Plan is liquidated in
        accordance with applicable  valuation procedures then in effect for each
        investment  option in which the Participant's  respective  Participant's
        Company Account and Participant's Contribution Account are invested less
        any  expenses  associated  with  such  distribution  unless  paid by the
        Company.


9.05    Withdrawal from the Participant's Contribution Account

        A  Participant  may, as of any  Valuation  Date,  by giving  notice to a
        Participating  Employer's  payroll  department  not later than one month
        prior to the  effective  date of the  withdrawal,  apply in  writing  to
        liquidate all or a portion of his Participant's Contribution Account and
        receive the value of all or a portion of his Participant's  Contribution
        Account,  including  any  uninvested  cash balance,  in accordance  with
        applicable  valuation  procedures  then in  effect  for each  investment
        option in which his Participant's  Contribution Account is invested less
        any expenses associated with such


                                                                        22.

<PAGE>












        distribution  unless paid by the Company.  Any such withdrawal  shall be
        subject  to a  minimum  of  $500  or  the  value  of  the  Participant's
        Contribution Account, if lesser,  provided such Participant has not made
        more than one  withdrawal  under this Section 9.05 or under Section 8.01
        of the Retirement Savings Plan during the current calendar year.


9.06    Suspension Following Withdrawal

        Following a withdrawal made under Section 9.05 of this Plan and/or under
        Section  8.01  of  the  Retirement   Savings  Plan  in  respect  of  the
        Participant's  Basic  Contributions,  the Participant shall be deemed to
        have  made  an  effective   election   under  Section  4.03  to  suspend
        contributions  for a period of 3 months and shall be permitted to resume
        such  contributions  upon proper notice as set out in subsection 4.03(b)
        on the  first  day of any  month  following  the  appropriate  period of
        suspension.










                                                                        23.

<PAGE>





10      METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS


10.01   Date of Payment

        The benefits  provided in Sections  9.02,  9.03,  9.04 and 9.05 shall be
        paid to the  Participant or, in the event of his death, to a beneficiary
        designated  by him or to his  estate  not later  than 90 days  after the
        earliest of:

        (a) the death of the Participant;

        (b) the  day  on  which  the  Participant  ceases  to be  employed  by a
            Participating Employer;

        (c) the end of the  calendar  year in which the  Participant  becomes 71
            years of age;

        (d) the termination or winding-up of the Plan; and

        (e) the date on which the Participant  elects to make a withdrawal under
            Section 9.05.

10.02   Form of Distribution

        Distribution of benefits under Article 9 shall be payable in cash in one
        lump sum. All cash payments shall be made by cheque. If all or a portion
        of his  Participant's  Company  Account and  Participant's  Contribution
        Account are invested in Shares,  the  Participant  may elect to have the
        Trustee  distribute  in  specie to him the  whole  Shares  held in those
        accounts.

        In such event,




                                                                        24.

<PAGE>





        (a) the  Participant  shall  receive  certificates  in  respect of those
            Shares registered in his name or the name of his nominee; and

        (b) the  Participant  shall receive,  in lieu of any fractions of Shares
            held in the Participant's  respective accounts,  the Market Value of
            such fractional Shares determined in accordance with Article 9; and

        (c) the  cash  value  of  his  Participant's  Contribution  Account  and
            Participant's Company Account determined and otherwise payable under
            Article 9,  shall be  reduced  by the Market  Value of the Shares as
            determined  under  Article 9 and  distributed  in specie  under this
            Section 10.02.







                                                                        25.

<PAGE>





11      AGREEMENTS


11.01   Agreement Between the Trustee and the Company

        The Company  shall enter into a Trust  Agreement  with the Trustee under
        which the Trustee shall receive the  contributions  of the  Participants
        and the Participating  Employers to be applied under the Trust Agreement
        and  held,  invested,  reinvested  and  distributed  by the  Trustee  in
        accordance with the terms of such Trust Agreement, this Plan, the Income
        Tax Act (Canada), applicable provincial legislation and the requirements
        of Revenue  Canada,  Taxation.  The  company  may  instruct  the Trustee
        pursuant to provisions  in the Trust  Agreement to enter into a contract
        with an Insurance Company to invest part of the Trust Fund on such terms
        as the Company deems  appropriate,  and the Company retains the right to
        act on behalf of all  persons  having an  interest  in the Trust Fund to
        require the  Trustee to amend such  contracts  or to enter into  further
        such contracts.

11.02   Custody of Assets

        The assets of the Trust Fund under the Trust  Agreement shall be held in
        the  possession  of the  Trustee.  Securities  in the Trust  Fund may be
        registered  in the name of the  Trustee or its  nominees or held in such
        form that they may pass by delivery.




                                                                        26.





11.03   Trustee to Invest Assets

        Subject to and without  limiting the generality of Article 5 and Section
        11.01,  the investment of the assets under the Trust  Agreement shall be
        made by the Trustee.









                                                                        27.
<PAGE>





12      AMENDMENTS TO THE PLAN


12.01   Right to Amend

        Subject to the provisions  hereinafter set forth,  the Company  reserves
        the right,  at any time or from time to time,  by action of its Board of
        Directors  to  modify  or  amend  in  whole or in part any or all of the
        provisions of the Plan,  provided that no such modification or amendment
        may be made which will:

        (a) deprive any  Participant  of any benefit  theretofore  vested in him
            under the Plan; or

        (b) make it  possible  for any part of the Trust Fund to be used for, or
            diverted to,  purposes  other than for the exclusive  benefit of the
            Participants  or  their  respective   beneficiaries   prior  to  the
            satisfaction of all liabilities  with respect to the Participants in
            the Plan and their beneficiaries.


12.02   Retroactive Amendment

        Notwithstanding  the provisions of Section 12.01 or any other provisions
        of the Plan,  any  modification  or  amendment  of the Plan may be made,
        retroactively  if  necessary,  which  the  Company  deems  necessary  or
        appropriate  to conform the Plan to or to satisfy the  conditions of any
        law, governmental regulation or ruling, and to permit the Plan and Trust
        Agreement  to meet the  requirements  of the  income  Tax Act  (Canada),
        applicable  provincial  legislation  and  the  requirements  of  Revenue
        Canada, Taxation.



                                                                        28.


<PAGE>





13      TERMINATION OF THE PLAN


13.01   Right to Terminate the Plan

        The  Company  reserves  the  right at any time by action of its Board of
        Directors to terminate the Plan in whole or in part.


13.02   Procedure on Termination

        In the event of  discontinuance of the Plan whether in whole or in part,
        all of the assets of the Trust  Fund must and shall be  applied  for the
        benefit of Participants and/or their  beneficiaries,  as specified under
        the Plan,  effected  in  accordance  with the value of their  respective
        Participant's  Company Accounts and Participant's  Contribution Accounts
        as determined  through a special  valuation of the Trust Fund as of that
        date in such manner as the Trustee may determine.







                                                                        29.



<PAGE>







14      GENERAL PROVISIONS


14.01   Rights of Participants

        Neither the establishment of the Plan, nor any modification thereof, nor
        the  creation  of any fund,  trust or  account,  nor the  payment of any
        benefits  shall  be  construed  as  giving  any  Participant  or  former
        Participant  or  Employee  of a  Participating  Employer  or any  person
        whomsoever,  any  legal  or  equitable  right  against  a  Participating
        Employer,  the  Company  or the  Trustee,  unless  such  right  shall be
        specifically  provided  for in  the  Trust  Agreement  or  the  Plan  or
        conferred by  affirmative  action of the Company in accordance  with the
        terms and  provisions of the Plan.  The rights of the  Participants  and
        their  beneficiaries  under  the  Plan are  rights  only to share in the
        assets of the Trust Fund in accordance  with the  provisions of the Plan
        as from time to time in  effect,  and a  Participating  Employer  or the
        Company shall not have any  liability  under or arising out of the Plan,
        to any Employee, Participant, beneficiary or other person.


14.02   Employment

        Nothing herein  contained shall be deemed to give any Employee the right
        to  be  retained  in  the  service  of a  Participating  Employer  or to
        interfere with the rights of a Participating  Employer to discharge such
        Employee at any time,  all of which  rights  shall remain as if the Plan
        had not been established.



                                                                        30.



<PAGE>







14.03   Qualification Plan

        The  establishment  and  continuation  of this Plan is  subject  to such
        qualification  with the  relevant  tax  authorities  as is  necessary to
        establish  that the Plan  constitutes  an employees  profit sharing plan
        within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada) and in  particular  as
        is necessary to establish that the Participating  Employers are entitled
        to deduct the amounts of their  payments to the Plan as expenses  before
        taxes under the  provisions  of the Income Tax Act (Canada) or any other
        applicable  legislation,  as is now in  effect or as may be  amended  or
        adopted.


14.04   Assignment

        Except as otherwise  required by law or as provided  under the Plan, any
        benefits payable under the terms of this Plan are for the  Participant's
        own use and benefit and are not capable of assignment or alienation  and
        do not confer upon any Participant, beneficiary, personal representative
        or  dependent,  or any  other  person,  any  rights or  interest  in the
        benefits, if any, capable of being assigned or otherwise alienated,  nor
        shall any such benefit be capable of surrender.


14.05   No Loans

        No  payment  out of the  Plan  shall be made to a  Participant  or other
        beneficiary by way of loan.



                                                                        31.


<PAGE>





14.06   Payment of Benefits in the Case of Incapacity

        If it shall be determined that any person entitled to benefits under the
        Plan is legally,  physically  or mentally  incapable  of  receiving  and
        receipting for such  benefits,  such payments or any part thereof may be
        made by the Trustee to such other person,  persons or  institutions as a
        Participating  Employer believes are then maintaining or have custody of
        such  recipient.  Such  payment  shall  constitute  a full and  complete
        discharge of the payment of the benefit under the Plan.


14.07   Written Explanation

        There shall be prepared and made available to each Participant a written
        explanation  of the  terms  and  conditions  of the Plan and  amendments
        thereto  applicable to him,  together with an  explanation of the rights
        and duties of the Participant  with reference to the benefits  available
        to him under the terms of the Plan. In the event of any conflict between
        any statement made in such explanation and the provisions of the Plan or
        Trust  Agreement,  the provisions of the Plan or Trust  Agreement  shall
        govern.







                                                                        32.



<PAGE>








15      ADMINISTRATION


15.01   Company to Administer

        The Company will operate and  administer the Plan and will determine all
        questions arising under and in connection  therewith,  and may from time
        to time prescribe,  amend and rescind regulations for such operation and
        administration but may employ an agent or agents for this purpose.


15.02   Annual Statement

        The Company shall  deliver or cause to be delivered to each  Participant
        at  least   annually  a  statement   setting  forth  the  value  of  the
        Participant's Contribution Account and the Participant's Company Account
        under the Plan. At the time of any payment to a Participant, beneficiary
        or estate the  Company  shall  deliver or cause to be  delivered  to the
        person  receiving  such payment a statement  setting forth in reasonable
        detail the computation of the amount of the payment. Each such statement
        shall be deemed  correct  unless the  Participant,  the  beneficiary  or
        estate gives notice to the contrary to the Company within 6 months after
        its delivery.


15.03   Delivery to Participants

        Each  notice,  report,  remittance,  statement  and other  communication
        directed to a  Participant  shall be in writing and may be  delivered in
        person or by first class mail,  in which latter event it shall be deemed
        to have been delivered and received by the Participant when so deposited
        in the mail with postage prepaid addressed to the Participant at



                                                                        33.


<PAGE>





        The  Participant's   last  address  of  record  with  his  Participating
        Employer.


15.04   Delivery to Participating Employers

        All applications,  notices,  designations and other  communications from
        Participants  shall be in writing  and where  applicable  on  prescribed
        forms,  and shall be  mailed by first  class  mail or  delivered  to his
        Participating  Employer by the  Participant  and shall be deemed to have
        been given when received by his Participating Employer.














                                                                        34.

<PAGE>






16      CONSTRUCTION



16.01   The Plan shall be construed and  interpreted in accordance with the laws
        of the Province of Ontario and the laws of Canada applicable therein.









                                                                        35.


</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-10.33
<SEQUENCE>13
<FILENAME>x10-33.txt
<DESCRIPTION>SHARE PURCHASE PLAN - DENMARK, EFFECTIVE AS OF 1991
<TEXT>
                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.33

                          SHARE PURCHASE PLAN - DENMARK

The Share Purchase Plan - Denmark is not set forth in any formal document. The
following is a written description of the plan.

Overview of the Plan.
- --------------------

The plan enables employees to buy shares in The Coca-Cola Company, through
regular saving. For every share the employee buy (maximum 3% of base salary),
Coca-Cola Nordic Services (CCNS)/Coca-Cola Denmark (CCDK) will match.
Furthermore, according to Danish Tax Law, the received shares are free of income
tax and social security. The shares may not be withdrawn for 5 years.


Details of the Plan
- -------------------

The employee is eligible to participate in the plan if the employee is a
permanent employee and has completed 6 months of continuous service with The
Coca-Cola Company. The employee cannot participate if he/she is no longer
employed by CCNS/CCDK even if such employee is receiving severance payments.

The employee can decide to save 1%, 2% or 3% (maximum) of gross base salary.
This amount is deducted monthly from the net pay (after tax), and is shown as a
separate deduction on the payslip. CCNS/CCDK matches the employee contribution.

CCNS/CCDK holds the total sum of money and each quarter instructs Danske Invest
(Danske Bank) to buy on the New York Stock Exchange the maximum number of whole
shares possible using the money which CCNS/CCDK holds. Any balance remaining
(which is insufficient to buy a whole share that quarter) is rolled forward and
added in the next quarter to buy further shares.

CCNS/CCDK instructs Danske Bank to open a depository account (for the shares)
for each employee and an account (for any remaining balance) for each employee.
The employee receives dividends on all shares.

Danske Bank's fees for buying the shares are paid by CCNS/CCDK. The employee
pays the fees as and when the employee sells the shares.

Taxation
- --------

The plan is approved by the Tax Authorities and therefore the contribution from
the CCNS/CCDK is free of tax. The employee needs to hold the shares for 5 years,
and then the shares can either be sold or transferred to another account. Danske
Bank automatically notifies the employee when the shares are released.

Termination
- -----------

The participation in the plan ends when the employee ends his or her employment
with CCNS/CCDK. The shares in the depository account are owned by the employee.





</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-12.1
<SEQUENCE>14
<FILENAME>x12-1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
<TEXT>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 12.1



                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries
               Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges

                          (IN MILLIONS EXCEPT RATIOS)



<TABLE>
                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                              ------------------------------------------------
                                              2002      2001      2000      1999      1998
                                              ------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
<S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>

Earnings:

 Income from continuing operations
   before income taxes and changes
   in accounting principles                   $ 5,499   $ 5,670   $ 3,399   $ 3,819   $ 5,198


 Fixed charges                                    236       327       489       386       320

 Less: Capitalized interest, net                   (1)       (8)      (11)      (18)      (17)

      Equity income, net of dividends            (256)      (54)      380       292        31
                                              ------------------------------------------------

   Adjusted earnings                          $ 5,478   $ 5,935   $ 4,257   $ 4,479   $ 5,532
                                              ================================================

Fixed charges:

 Gross interest incurred                      $   200   $   297   $   458   $   355   $   294

 Interest portion of rent expense                  36        30        31        31        26
                                              ------------------------------------------------

   Total fixed charges                        $   236   $   327   $   489   $   386   $   320
                                              ================================================

   Ratios of earnings to fixed charges           23.2      18.1       8.7      11.6      17.3
                                              ================================================


<FN>

The Company is contingently liable for guarantees of indebtedness owed by third
parties in the amount of $494 million. Fixed charges for these contingent
liabilities have not been included in the computation of the above ratios as the
amounts are immaterial and, in the opinion of Management, it is not probable
that the Company will be required to satisfy the guarantees.

</FN>
</TABLE>

</TEXT>
</DOCUMENT>
<DOCUMENT>
<TYPE>EX-13.1
<SEQUENCE>15
<FILENAME>x13-1.txt
<DESCRIPTION>PORTIONS OF 2002 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHARE OWNERS
<TEXT>

      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

OUR BUSINESS

The Coca-Cola Company is the largest  manufacturer,  distributor and marketer of
nonalcoholic  beverage  concentrates and syrups in the world.  When used in this
report,  the terms "Company," "we," "us" or "our" mean The Coca-Cola Company and
its divisions and subsidiaries.  Our Company manufactures  beverage concentrates
and syrups as well as some  finished  beverages,  which we sell to bottling  and
canning  operations,   distributors,  fountain  wholesalers  and  some  fountain
retailers.  We are also the largest producer of ready-to-drink  juices and juice
drinks in the world.  In  addition,  we have  ownership  interests  in  numerous
bottling and canning operations.

     Our Company  exists to benefit and refresh  everyone  who is touched by our
business.  We believe our success ultimately depends on our ability to build and
nurture  relationships with constituents  essential to our business:  consumers,
customers,  bottlers,  business  partners,  government  agencies,   communities,
employees  and  share  owners.  In order to serve  and  create  value  for these
constituents,  our  Company  executes a business  strategy  to drive  profitable
volume growth focused on the following strategic priorities:

(1)  accelerate carbonated soft-drink growth, led by Coca-Cola;

(2)  selectively  broaden  our  family of  beverage  brands to drive  profitable
     growth;

(3)  grow  system  profitability  and  capability  together  with  our  bottling
     partners;

(4)  serve  customers with  creativity and consistency to generate growth across
     all channels;

(5)  direct investments to highest-potential areas across markets;

(6)  drive efficiency and cost effectiveness everywhere.


Significant Growth Opportunities
- --------------------------------
The  following  table  illustrates  how we  view  various  markets  for our
Company's  products  and  reflects  information  as of and  for the  year  ended
December 31, 2002, as applicable:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Emerging Markets       Developing Markets       Developed Markets       Leading-Edge Markets
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>                       <C>                   <C>                        <C>

Sample countries (1)             China, India, Russia,     Korea, Brazil,       Japan, Great Britain,        Mexico, Spain,
                                  Indonesia, Nigeria       Italy, Turkey            South Africa            U.S., Australia
Annual per capita consumption
  of our Company's products      Less than 50 servings    50-149 servings         150-249 servings            250+ servings

Population                            4.3 billion           800 million              600 million               500 million
Percentage of the world's
  population                              69%                   13%                       10%                      8%

Percentage of Company's unit
  case volume                             11%                   17%                       25%                     47%

(1) Includes selected  countries within each of the identified  markets and
is not intended to include all countries within the given markets.

</TABLE>

     Leading-edge markets generated 47 percent of the Company's unit case volume
in 2002.  Annual per capita  consumption  of our  Company's  beverages  in these
leading-edge markets is 250 or more servings.  However,  even in our highest per
capita consumption market,  Mexico, less than one-third of the population drinks
brand  Coca-Cola on a daily  basis.  Emerging  markets,  where annual per capita
consumption  is less  than 50  servings,  contributed  only  11  percent  of the
Company's  unit case  volume in 2002.  More than 4 billion  people live in these
emerging markets.

     In  emerging  and  developing  markets,  our  focus is on  availability  of
affordable  products for consumers and building brand  preference.  In developed
and leading-edge markets, our approach to consumers is more sophisticated. Along
with  ensuring our products are affordable and  building  brand  preference,  we
must activate points of purchase so that consumers have greater connections with
our brands.


                                                        2002 ANNUAL REPORT - 45

<PAGE>


      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

   In all markets, we need a consistent approach to always:

- - provide quality products and superior customer service;

- - strive to manage our brand/price/package/channel  strategy to meet consumer
  needs in a way that maximizes value for our system and leverages the unique
  and unparalleled strengths of our bottlers and our system infrastructure.

     We believe significant growth potential exists for our family of brands.

Profitable Growth
- -----------------
To add value to our  Company,  our growth must be  profitable.  Carbonated  soft
drinks  have  attractive  historical  margins,  and we expect  these  attractive
margins  to  continue  in the  future.  As a result,  we  intend  to  accelerate
carbonated  soft-drink  growth, led by Coca-Cola.  Additionally,  our Company is
continuing to profitably  broaden our family of brands.  In  particular,  we are
expanding and growing our  noncarbonated  offerings to provide more alternatives
to consumers. We plan to introduce and/or expand both carbonated soft drinks and
noncarbonated beverages as profitable introduction and/or expansion is warranted
in identified markets.  Increasing consumption of our entire family of beverages
on more occasions is a key success factor in all markets.

System Economics
- ----------------
For our Company to be successful, the bottler system must be successful. Bottler
returns  have been  improving,  and  equity  income  from our  bottlers  is also
steadily  improving.  The following are examples of joint  initiatives  to drive
profitability:

- - We  established  a  process  for top  management  level  meetings  with our
  bottling partners.

- - We  established  a bottler  Information  Technology  Advisory  Board  whose
  mission is to  prioritize,  recommend  and enable  execution of the highest
  impact system-wide information technology initiatives.

- - In North  America,  we  supported  our  bottlers as they  formed  Coca-Cola
  Bottlers'  Sales & Services  Company to  generate  significant  system-wide
  savings  in  procurement,   route  to  market   optimization   and  account
  management.

Corporate Governance
- --------------------
Corporate  governance  received  significant  attention in 2002. While strategic
priorities  and execution are critical to our business,  we have always been and
will continue to be committed to the highest standards of corporate  governance.
The following two examples demonstrate our commitment.

     First,  in July 2002, our Company  announced that we would expense the cost
of all forms of stock-based compensation, including stock options granted by the
Company.  We concluded  that stock  options are a form of employee  compensation
expense,  and it would  therefore be  appropriate  to reflect these costs in our
financial results.  Voluntarily changing to this preferable method of accounting
for employee stock options and other forms of stock-based  compensation  ensures
that our earnings more clearly reflect  economic  reality when all  compensation
costs  are  recorded  in  the  financial   statements.   Refer  to  the  heading
"Application of Critical  Accounting  Policies-Stock-Based  Compensation" and to
Notes 1 and 13.  (Throughout  this report,  references  to "Notes"  refer to the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included as part of this report.)

     Second,  in  December  2002,  our Company  changed our policy of  providing
future earnings guidance. Our Company will no longer provide quarterly or annual
earnings  per  share  guidance.  We will  continue  to  provide  investors  with
perspective on our value drivers,  our strategic  initiatives  and those factors
critical to understanding our business and operating  environment.  Our Company,
with  the  support  of the  Board  of  Directors,  concluded  that  establishing
short-term guidance can impede a more meaningful investor focus on the strategic
initiatives  that companies are taking to build  businesses and succeed over the
long run.

     Our  Company's  Board of  Directors  is  composed  of  qualified  directors
providing  appropriate  oversight.  Various committees of our Board of Directors
review and approve Company  transactions,  as  appropriate.  Our Audit Committee
members  are all  independent  directors.  Furthermore,  we defined  new guiding
principles  for how our  suppliers  conduct  business  and  reaffirmed a code of
ethics for our own employees and directors.

46 - THE COCA-COLA COMPANY

<PAGE>


      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

INVESTMENTS

With a business  system that  operates  locally in more than 200  countries  and
generates superior cash flows, we consider our Company to be uniquely positioned
to  capitalize  on  profitable  investment   opportunities.   Our  criteria  for
investment are simple:  New  investments  should  directly  enhance our existing
operations  and  generally  be expected to provide  cash returns that exceed our
long-term,  after-tax,  weighted-average  cost of capital  (calculated on a book
basis), currently estimated at between 8 and 10 percent.

     Because the beverage business has consistently  generated high returns,  we
consider it to be a particularly  attractive investment for us. Our expenditures
in developed and leading-edge markets focus primarily on marketing our Company's
brands.  In emerging and  developing  markets,  our objective is to increase the
penetration  of  our  products.  In  these  markets,  we  allocate  most  of our
investments  to  enhancing  our brands  and  infrastructure  such as  production
facilities, distribution networks, sales equipment and technology. We make these
investments by forming strategic  business  alliances with local bottlers and by
matching local expertise with our experience, resources and strategy.

     We pursue our strategic investment  priorities in a way that capitalizes on
the combination of our most fundamental and enduring  attributes-our brands, our
people and our bottling  partners.  The more than 6 billion  people in the world
represent  current and  potential  consumers of our  Company's  products.  As we
increase and meet consumer  demand for our family of brands,  we produce  growth
throughout the Coca-Cola system.

Our Brands
- ----------

Our offerings in the nonalcoholic beverages business include some of the world's
most  valuable  brands -- more than 300 in all.  These include  carbonated  soft
drinks  and  noncarbonated  beverages  such as juices and juice  drinks,  sports
drinks, water products, teas and coffees. Ultimately, consumer demand determines
the Company's optimal brand offerings.  To meet our long-term growth objectives,
we make  significant  expenditures to support our brands.  This process involves
investments to support existing  brands,  to develop new global or local brands,
and to acquire global or local brands when appropriate.

     In 2002,  our  Company  introduced  a variety of new  brands  and  products
including  Vanilla Coke and diet Vanilla Coke. Our existing  brands such as diet
Coke with lemon,  Fanta, Qoo and POWERade were introduced into new markets.  Our
Company  acquired brands during 2002 such as Risco water in Mexico,  Dorna water
and Valser water in Europe, and Rio Beverages in New Zealand.  Along with Danone
Waters of North  America,  Inc., we  established a joint  venture,  of which our
Company owns 51 percent, with the rights to the Dannon,  Sparkletts and Alhambra
brands in the United  States.  Our Company  acquired  long-term  global  license
rights for  Seagram's  nonalcoholic  carbonated  soft drinks and certain  assets
related  to the  Seagram's  mixer  business.  We entered  into a master  license
agreement for the Evian water brand in the United States and Canada. Also during
2002, our Company  continued our  collaboration  with The Walt Disney Company to
market noncarbonated children's beverages.

     We make  significant  investments  in  marketing  to  support  our  brands.
Marketing   investments   enhance  consumer   awareness  and  increase  consumer
preference for our brands.  This produces long-term growth in profitable volume,
per capita consumption and our share of worldwide nonalcoholic beverage sales.

Our People
- ----------
Our people -- the 56,000  employees  of our Company  who work with our  bottling
partners and other key constituents -- are essential to our success. To meet our
long-term  growth  objectives,  we  recruit  and  actively  cultivate  a diverse
workforce and establish a culture that fosters  learning,  innovation  and value
creation  on a daily  basis.  This means  maintaining  and  refining a corporate
culture that encourages our people to develop to their fullest potential,  which
enhances  enjoyment and  satisfaction  in the Company's  work  environment.  Our
Company values the uniqueness of all employees and the contributions  they make.
We put the  responsibility  and  accountability for ensuring local relevance and
maximizing  business  performance  in the hands of those  closest to the market.
Additionally,  we  have  made  innovation  an  explicit  priority  for  all  our
associates.  Our associates  work together with bottling  partners to understand
markets and what consumers want.  Then we meet that need by delivering  products
through our unparalleled system.

     The increase in the number of employees from 38,000 as of December 31, 2001
to 56,000 as of December 31, 2002 is primarily due to 2002  acquisitions.  For a
description of these acquisitions, refer to Note 18.


                                                         2002 ANNUAL REPORT - 47

<PAGE>


      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

Our Bottling Partners
- ---------------------
The  financial  health  and  success  of  our  bottling  partners  are  critical
components of the Company's  ability to deliver leading brands.  Our people work
with our  bottling  partners  to  continuously  look for ways to improve  system
economics. Our Company has business relationships with three types of bottlers:

(1)  independently owned bottlers, in which we have no ownership interest;

(2)  bottlers in which we have invested and have a noncontrolling ownership
     interest;

(3)  bottlers  in which we have  invested  and have a  controlling  ownership
     interest.

     During  2002,   independently   owned  bottling   operations  produced  and
distributed approximately 23 percent of our worldwide unit case volume. Bottlers
in which we own a  noncontrolling  ownership  interest  produced and distributed
approximately  59 percent of our worldwide unit case volume in 2002.  Controlled
bottling operations accounted for 8 percent of 2002 volume.  Fountain operations
and The Minute Maid Company produced and distributed approximately 10 percent of
2002 volume.

     The  independently  owned bottling  operations and the bottlers in which we
have a noncontrolling  interest generally have significant funding from majority
owners and other financing sources that are otherwise unrelated to our Company.

     Bottlers in which we have a noncontrolling ownership interest are accounted
for under the cost or equity  method,  as  appropriate.  Equity  income or loss,
included  in our  consolidated  net  income,  represents  our  share  of the net
earnings or losses of our equity method investees.  In 2002, our Company's share
of income from equity method investments totaled $384 million.

     In July 2001, our Company and San Miguel  Corporation (San Miguel) acquired
Coca-Cola  Bottlers  Philippines,  Inc.  (CCBPI) from  Coca-Cola  Amatil Limited
(Coca-Cola  Amatil).  Upon completion of this transaction,  our Company owned 35
percent of the common shares and 100 percent of the Preferred B shares,  and San
Miguel owned 65 percent of the common shares of CCBPI. Additionally, as a result
of this transaction, our Company's interest in Coca-Cola Amatil was reduced from
approximately 38 percent to approximately 35 percent.

     During 2000,  the Company  entered into a joint venture in China with China
National Oils and Foodstuffs Imports/Exports  Corporation (COFCO), completion of
which  occurred in 2001.  COFCO  contributed  to the joint  venture its minority
equity  interests in 11 Chinese  bottlers.  Our Company  contributed  its equity
interests in two Chinese  bottlers plus cash in exchange for a 35 percent equity
interest in the venture.

     On  December  31,  1999,  we owned  approximately  51 percent of  Coca-Cola
Beverages  plc  (Coca-Cola  Beverages).  In July  2000,  a merger  of  Coca-Cola
Beverages and Hellenic  Bottling  Company S.A. was completed to create Coca-Cola
Hellenic  Bottling Company S.A.  (CCHBC).  This merger resulted in a decrease of
our  Company's  equity  ownership  interest  from  approximately  51  percent of
Coca-Cola  Beverages to approximately 24 percent of the combined entity,  CCHBC.
This change in  ownership  resulted in the Company  recognizing  a $118  million
tax-free, noncash gain in the third quarter of 2000.

     The following table presents the difference between calculated fair values,
based on quoted  closing  prices of publicly  traded  shares,  and our Company's
carrying  values for  significant  publicly  traded equity method  investees (in
millions):

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Fair            Carrying
DECEMBER 31, 2002                 Value               Value       Difference (1)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc.      $ 3,670             $   972          $ 2,698
Coca-Cola FEMSA, S.A. de C.V.       785                 347              438
Coca-Cola Hellenic
   Bottling Company S.A.            745                 872             (127)
Coca-Cola Amatil Limited            711                 492              219
Panamerican Beverages, Inc.         636                 441              195
Grupo Continental, S.A.             264                 164              100
Coca-Cola Bottling
   Company Consolidated             160                  63               97
Coca-Cola Embonor S.A.               63                 100              (37)
Coca-Cola West Japan
   Company Ltd.                      59                 107              (48)
Embotelladoras Polar S.A.            20                  37              (17)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                $ 7,113             $ 3,595          $ 3,518
================================================================================

   (1)  In instances  where  carrying  value exceeds fair value,  the decline in
        value is considered to be temporary.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Historically,  in certain situations,  we have viewed it to be advantageous
for our Company to acquire a controlling interest in a bottling operation, often
on a temporary basis. Owning such a controlling interest has allowed us to


48 - THE COCA-COLA COMPANY

<PAGE>

      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

compensate  for  limited  local  resources  and has enabled us to help focus the
bottler's  sales and marketing  programs,  assist in developing its business and
information systems and establish appropriate long-term capital structures.

     Effective   February  2002,  our  Company  acquired  control  of  Coca-Cola
Erfrischungsgetraenke   AG  (CCEAG),  the  largest  bottler  in  Germany.   This
transaction  was  accounted  for as a business  combination,  and the results of
CCEAG's  operations  have been  included in the Company's  financial  statements
since  February  2002.  Prior to February  2002,  CCEAG was accounted for by our
Company  under the equity  method of  accounting.  As of December 31, 2002,  our
Company had an  approximate  41 percent  ownership  interest in the  outstanding
shares of CCEAG.  In accordance  with the terms of a Control and Profit and Loss
Transfer Agreement (CPL) with CCEAG, our Company obtained control of CCEAG for a
period of up to five  years.  In return for the  control of CCEAG,  the  Company
guaranteed  annual  payments,  in lieu of dividends by CCEAG, to all other CCEAG
share owners.  Additionally,  all other CCEAG share owners entered into either a
put or put/call option agreement with the Company, exercisable at the end of the
term of the CPL at  agreed  prices.  Our  Company  entered  into  either  put or
put/call  agreements for shares  representing an approximate 59 percent interest
in CCEAG.

     In January  2002,  our  Company  and CCBPI  finalized  the  purchase of RFM
Corp.'s (RFM)  approximate 83 percent  interest in Cosmos  Bottling  Corporation
(CBC), a publicly  traded  Philippine  beverage  company.  The original sale and
purchase agreement with RFM was entered into in November 2001. As of the date of
this sale and purchase  agreement,  the Company began supplying  concentrate for
this operation. In March 2002, a tender offer was completed with our Company and
CCBPI  acquiring  all shares of the remaining  minority  share owners except for
shares  representing  a 1 percent  interest in CBC. As of December 31, 2002, our
Company's direct ownership interest in CBC was approximately 61 percent, and our
indirect  ownership   interest  in  CBC  was  approximately  13  percent.   This
transaction  was  accounted  for as a business  combination,  and the results of
CBC's operations have been included in the Company's financial  statements since
January  2002.  CBC is an  established  carbonated  soft-drink  business  in the
Philippines.  Our Company's goal is to leverage our partnership  with San Miguel
in the  Philippines,  as  well as  leverage  our  sales,  marketing  and  system
resources, to expand CBC volume and profit over time. The Company and CCBPI have
agreed to restructure the operations of CBC, and this  restructuring will result
in the Company  owning all  acquired  trademarks  and CCBPI  owning all acquired
bottling  assets.  Upon expected  completion of the  restructuring  in 2003, our
Company does not expect a significant gain or loss.

     In  February  2001,  our  Company  reached  agreement  with  Carlsberg  A/S
(Carlsberg)  for the  dissolution of Coca-Cola  Nordic  Beverages A/S (CCNB),  a
joint venture in which our Company had a 49 percent ownership interest.  At that
time,  CCNB had bottling  operations  in Sweden,  Norway,  Denmark,  Finland and
Iceland. Under this agreement with Carlsberg, our Company acquired CCNB's Sweden
and Norway bottling operations in June 2001,  increasing our Company's ownership
in those bottlers to 100 percent.  Carlsberg acquired CCNB's Denmark and Finland
bottling operations,  increasing  Carlsberg's ownership in those bottlers to 100
percent. Pursuant to the agreement, CCNB sold its Iceland bottling operations to
a third-party group of investors in May 2001.

     During  the first  half of 2001,  in  separate  transactions,  our  Company
purchased two bottlers in Brazil: Refrescos Guararapes Ltda. and Sucovalle Sucos
e Concentrados  do Vale S.A. In separate  transactions  during the first half of
2000, our Company  purchased two other bottlers in Brazil:  Companhia Mineira de
Refrescos,  S.A.  and  Refrigerantes  Minas Gerais Ltda.  In October  2000,  the
Company purchased a 58 percent interest in Paraguay Refrescos S.A.  (Paresa),  a
bottler in Paraguay.  In December  2000, the Company made a tender offer for the
remaining 42 percent of the shares in Paresa.  In January  2001,  following  the
completion of the tender offer, we owned approximately 95 percent of Paresa.

     In line with our long-term bottling strategy,  we consider alternatives for
reducing  our  ownership  interests  in  bottlers  in which we have  controlling
ownership  interests.  One alternative is to combine our bottling interests with
the bottling interests of others to form strategic business  alliances.  Another
alternative is to sell our interest in a bottling operation to one of our equity
investee  bottlers.  In both of these situations,  we continue to participate in
the bottler's  results of operations  through our share of the equity investee's
earnings or losses.

     In the  first  quarter  of 2002,  our  Company  sold our  Baltics  bottling
operations to CCHBC. The proceeds from the sale


                                                         2002 ANNUAL REPORT - 49
<PAGE>


      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

of the Baltics  bottlers were  approximately  equal to the carrying value of the
investment.

     In November 2001, our Company sold nearly all of its ownership interests in
various Russian bottling  operations to CCHBC for approximately  $170 million in
cash and notes  receivable,  of which $146 million in notes receivable  remained
outstanding  as of December 31, 2001.  This amount was fully  collected in 2002.
These interests  consisted of the Company's 40 percent  ownership  interest in a
joint venture with CCHBC that operated bottling territories in Siberia and parts
of western Russia,  together with our Company's nearly 100 percent  interests in
bottling operations with territories covering the remainder of Russia.

     Refer  to  Notes  2 and 18 for  further  discussion  of the  above  bottler
transactions.


FINANCIAL STRATEGIES

The  following  strategies  are  intended  to  optimize  our  cost  of  capital,
increasing our ability to maximize share-owner value.

Debt Financing
- --------------
Our Company  maintains  debt levels we consider  prudent based on our cash flow,
interest  coverage and  percentage of debt to capital.  We use debt financing to
lower our overall cost of capital,  which increases our return on  share-owners'
equity.

     As of December 31, 2002,  our  long-term  debt was rated "A+" by Standard &
Poor's and "Aa3" by Moody's,  and our  commercial  paper program was rated "A-1"
and "P-1" by  Standard & Poor's and  Moody's,  respectively.  In  assessing  our
credit  strength,  both  Standard  & Poor's and  Moody's  consider  our  capital
structure and financial  policies as well as aggregated  balance sheet and other
financial  information for the Company and certain bottlers including  Coca-Cola
Enterprises Inc.  (Coca-Cola  Enterprises)  and CCHBC.  While the Company has no
legal obligation for the debt of these bottlers, the rating agencies believe the
strategic  importance of the bottlers to the Company's  business  model provides
the Company  with an  incentive  to keep these  bottlers  viable.  If our credit
ratings  were  reduced  by the  rating  agencies,  our  interest  expense  could
increase. Additionally, if certain bottlers' credit ratings were to decline, the
Company's  share of equity  income could be reduced as a result of the potential
increase in interest expense for these bottlers.

     The interest  coverage  ratio is a key item  monitored by rating  agencies.
Generally,  this ratio is computed as income  before  taxes  (excluding  unusual
items)  plus  interest  expense,  divided  by the sum of  interest  expense  and
capitalized interest. In accordance with this definition, our Company's interest
coverage ratio on a stand-alone  basis was 29x, 20x and 12x,  respectively,  for
the years ended  December 31,  2002,  2001 and 2000.  If the unusual  items were
included in the  calculation,  the interest  coverage ratio would have been 28x,
20x and 8x, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2002, 2001 and 2000.

     The interest  coverage  ratio is monitored by our Company for trends and is
one measurement  generally used by rating agencies in assessing debt ratings for
companies.  However, as described above, the rating agencies aggregate financial
data for certain  bottlers with our Company when  assessing our debt rating.  As
such,  the key measure is the aggregate  interest  coverage ratio of the Company
and  these  bottlers.  Both  Standard  & Poor's  and  Moody's  employ  different
aggregation  methodologies  and  have  different  thresholds  for the  aggregate
interest coverage ratio. These thresholds are not necessarily  permanent nor are
they fully disclosed to our Company.

     Our global presence and strong capital  position give us easy access to key
financial  markets  around  the  world,  enabling  us to raise  funds with a low
effective cost. This posture,  coupled with active  management of our percentage
mix of  short-term  and  long-term  debt,  results  in a lower  overall  cost of
borrowing.   Our  debt  management  policies,  in  conjunction  with  our  share
repurchase programs and investment  activity,  can result in current liabilities
exceeding current assets.

     In  managing  our use of debt,  we also  monitor  the  following  financial
measurements and ratios:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,                              2002           2001            2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net debt (in billions)                   $ 3.2          $ 3.3            $3.9
Net debt-to-net capital                     21%            23%             29%
Ratio of earnings to
   fixed charges                          23.2x          18.1x            8.7x
================================================================================

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Our Company monitors the financial  measurements and ratios discussed above
in conjunction with our percentage mix of fixed-rate and variable-rate  debt and
other business and financial risks. The above financial measurements and


50 - THE COCA-COLA COMPANY


<PAGE>

      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

ratios trended positively in 2002 and 2001, reflecting improved business results
and effective capital  management  strategies.  Additionally,  the 2000 ratio of
earnings to fixed charges was negatively  impacted by items  discussed under the
heading "Other Operating Charges."

Share  Repurchases
- ------------------
In October 1996, our Board of Directors  authorized a plan to
repurchase up to 206 million shares of our Company's  common stock through 2006.
In 2002 and 2001, we repurchased  approximately  14 million shares at an average
price  of  $48.42  and  5  million   shares  at  an  average  price  of  $48.53,
respectively, under the 1996 plan.

     In 2000, we did not repurchase any shares under the 1996 plan. This was due
to our utilization of cash for an organizational  realignment (the Realignment),
as discussed under the heading "Other Operating Charges," and the impact on cash
from the  reduction in  concentrate  inventory  levels by certain  bottlers,  as
discussed  under the headings  "Net  Operating  Revenues  and Gross  Profit" and
"Operating Income and Operating Margin."

     Since the inception of our initial share repurchase program in 1984 through
our current  program as of December  31,  2002,  we have  purchased  more than 1
billion shares of our Company's common stock.  This represents 32 percent of the
shares  outstanding  as of  January  1,  1984 at an  average  price per share of
$13.13.

     Our Company expects to make share repurchases of approximately $1.5 billion
in 2003.  As cash flows are  expected  to  increase  in  subsequent  years,  our
subsequent share repurchases are also expected to increase.

Dividend Policy
- ---------------
At its  February  2003  meeting,  our Board of  Directors  again  increased  our
quarterly  dividend,  raising it to $.22 per share,  equivalent  to a  full-year
dividend  of $.88  per  share  in  2003.  This is our  41st  consecutive  annual
increase.  Our annual common stock  dividend was $.80 per share,  $.72 per share
and $.68 per share in 2002, 2001 and 2000, respectively.

     In 2002, our dividend payout ratio was  approximately 65 percent of our net
income. To free up additional cash for reinvestment in our high-return  beverage
business, our Board of Directors intends to gradually reduce our dividend payout
ratio over time.


FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

Our  Company  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  primarily  to reduce our
exposure to adverse  fluctuations  in interest rates and foreign  exchange rates
and, to a lesser  extent,  adverse  fluctuations  in commodity  prices and other
market risks. We do not enter into derivative financial  instruments for trading
purposes. As a matter of policy, all our derivative positions are used to reduce
risk by hedging an underlying economic exposure. Because of the high correlation
between the hedging instrument and the underlying exposure,  fluctuations in the
value of the instruments are generally offset by reciprocal changes in the value
of  the   underlying   exposure.   Virtually   all  of   our   derivatives   are
straightforward, over-the-counter instruments with liquid markets.

Foreign Currency
- ----------------
We manage most of our foreign currency exposures on a consolidated  basis, which
allows us to net certain  exposures and take  advantage of any natural  offsets.
With  approximately 77 percent of 2002 Operating  Income,  excluding  Corporate,
generated  outside the United  States,  weakness in one  particular  currency is
often  offset by  strengths  in others over time.  We use  derivative  financial
instruments to further reduce our net exposure to currency fluctuations.

     Our  Company  enters  into  forward  exchange  contracts  and  collars  and
purchases currency options  (principally euro and Japanese yen) to hedge certain
portions  of  forecasted   cash  flows   denominated   in  foreign   currencies.
Additionally,  the Company enters into forward exchange  contracts to offset the
earnings  impact  relating to exchange  rate  fluctuations  on certain  monetary
assets and liabilities.  The Company also enters into forward exchange contracts
as hedges of net investments in international operations.


                                                         2002 ANNUAL REPORT - 51



<PAGE>

      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

Interest Rates
- --------------
Our Company monitors our percentage mix of fixed-rate and variable-rate debt, as
well as our  percentage mix of term debt versus  nonterm debt.  This  monitoring
includes a review of business and other  financial risks as noted above. We also
enter into interest rate swap agreements to manage these risks.

Value at Risk
- -------------
Our Company  monitors  our  exposure to  financial  market  risks using  several
objective measurement systems, including value-at-risk models. Our value-at-risk
calculations  use a historical  simulation  model to estimate  potential  future
losses in the fair value of our derivatives and other financial instruments that
could occur as a result of adverse  movements  in foreign  currency and interest
rates.  We have not  considered the potential  impact of favorable  movements in
foreign currency and interest rates on our calculations.  We examined historical
weekly  returns over the previous 10 years to calculate  our value at risk.  The
average value at risk  represents the simple  average of quarterly  amounts over
the past year. As a result of our foreign currency  value-at-risk  calculations,
we  estimate  with 95 percent  confidence  that the fair  values of our  foreign
currency  derivatives and other financial  instruments,  over a one-week period,
would  decline  by  less  than  $34  million,   $43  million  and  $37  million,
respectively,  using 2002, 2001 or 2000 average fair values and by less than $31
million and $37  million,  respectively,  using  December 31, 2002 and 2001 fair
values. According to our interest rate value-at-risk  calculations,  we estimate
with 95 percent  confidence that any increase in our net interest expense due to
an adverse move in our 2002 average or in our December 31, 2002  interest  rates
over a  one-week  period  would  not have a  material  impact  on our  financial
statements.  Our December 31, 2001 and 2000  estimates also were not material to
our financial statements.

                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

VOLUME

We  measure  our sales  volume in two ways:  (1)  gallons  and (2) unit cases of
finished  products.  "Gallons"  represent  our primary  business and measure the
volume of concentrates,  syrups,  beverage bases, finished beverages and powders
(in all cases,  expressed  in  equivalent  gallons  of syrup)  for all  beverage
products  which are  reportable  as unit case  volume.  Most of our revenues are
based on this measure of primarily wholesale activity,  which consists mainly of
our sales to bottlers and customers.

     We  also  measure  volume  in  unit  cases.  "Unit  case"  means  a unit of
measurement  equal to 192 U.S. fluid ounces of finished beverage (24 eight-ounce
servings).  "Unit  case  volume"  means the  number of unit  cases (or unit case
equivalents)  of Company  trademark or licensed  beverage  products  directly or
indirectly sold by the Coca-Cola system to customers.  Volume primarily consists
of beverage  products  bearing Company  trademarks.  Also included in volume are
certain products licensed to our Company or owned by our bottling partners,  for
which our Company provides  marketing support and derives profit from the sales.
Such products  licensed to our Company or owned by our bottling partners account
for a minimal portion of total unit case volume.  Although most of our Company's
revenue is not based  directly on unit case volume,  we believe unit case volume
is one of the  measures  of the  underlying  strength of the  Coca-Cola  system
because it measures trends at the consumer level.

     Our worldwide  unit case volume  increased 5 percent in 2002, on top of a 4
percent increase in 2001. The increase reflects  acquisitions (refer to Note 18)
and  consistent  performance  across certain key  operations  despite  difficult
global economic conditions. The Coca-Cola system sold 18.7 billion unit cases in
2002.

APPLICATION OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Management has discussed with our Audit Committee the development, selection and
disclosure of our critical accounting policies and estimates and the application
of these policies and estimates.

52 - THE COCA-COLA COMPANY

<PAGE>


      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                     The Coca-Cola Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidation and Basis of Presentation
- ---------------------------------------
Our financial  statements  include the accounts of The Coca-Cola Company and all
subsidiaries.  We consolidate all entities that our Company controls,  and we do
not have any unconsolidated "special purpose" entities. Under current accounting
guidance,  our  Company is not  permitted  to  consolidate  companies  we do not
control.  For  investments in companies in which we have the ability to exercise
significant  influence over operating and financial policies,  such entities are
accounted  for by the  equity  method.  Our  judgments  regarding  the  level of
influence of each equity method investment include  considering key factors such
as  our  ownership  interest,  representation  on  the  board  of  directors,
participation in policy making decisions and material intercompany transactions.
Consolidated  net income  includes  our  Company's  share of the net earnings of
these  companies.  The difference  between  consolidation  and the equity method
impacts  certain  financial  ratios because of the  presentation of the detailed
line items reported in the financial  statements.  However, our consolidated net
income for the period and our share-owners'  equity at the end of the period are
the same whether the investment in the company is accounted for under the equity
method or the  company  is  consolidated.  We record  our  investments  in other
companies  that we do not  control  and for which we do not have the  ability to
exercise  significant  influence  under the cost method.  In accordance with the
cost method, the assets are recorded at cost or fair value, as appropriate.  Our
Company  eliminates  from our  financial  results all  significant  intercompany
transactions, including transactions with equity method investees.

     The table below  presents  Equity  Income  (Loss) and Income  Before Income
Taxes and Cumulative Effect of Accounting  Change, of which Equity Income (Loss)
is a component. The purpose of the table is to present the relative significance
of Equity Income (Loss) to Income Before Income Taxes and  Cumulative  Effect of
Accounting Change.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 2002            2001            2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions)
Equity income (loss)                  $  384         $   152         $  (289)
Income before income taxes
   and cumulative effect
   of accounting change               $5,499         $ 5,670         $ 3,399
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The table  below  presents  our  Equity  Method  Investments,  Cost  Method
Investments, Principally Bottling Companies and Total Assets. The purpose of the
table is to present  the  relative  significance  of our equity and cost  method
investments to Total Assets.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                            2002            2001
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(In millions)
Equity method investments                           $  4,737        $  5,128
Cost method investments,
   principally bottling companies                   $    254        $    294
Total assets                                        $ 24,501        $ 22,417

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Our  CCEAG  business  combination  represents  a good  example  related  to
consolidation and management's  consideration  regarding  control.  We concluded
that CCEAG should be consolidated with our Company based on the following.

     Prior to February  2002,  our Company  accounted for CCEAG under the equity
method of  accounting.  Our  Company  has an  approximate  41 percent  ownership
interest in the outstanding shares of CCEAG. In accordance with the terms of the
CPL, our Company  obtained control of CCEAG for a period of up to five years. In
return for control of CCEAG, the Company guaranteed annual payments,  in lieu of
dividends by CCEAG,  to all other CCEAG share  owners.  Additionally,  all other
CCEAG share owners entered into either a put or put/call  option  agreement with
the Company, exercisable at the end of the term of the CPL at agreed prices. Our
Company entered into either put or put/call  agreements for shares  representing
an approximate 59 percent  interest in CCEAG. The spread in the strike prices of
the put and call options is only approximately 3 percent.

     Since the terms of the CPL transfer  control and all of the economic  risks
and rewards of CCEAG to the Company immediately, we determined consolidation was
appropriate. Refer to Note 18.

                                                         2002 ANNUAL REPORT - 53

<PAGE>

      FINANCIAL REVIEW INCORPORATING MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS